PERIODICAL LITERATURE, American Anthropologist | 10.1525/aa.1910.12.4.02a00120 | DeepDyve

PERIODICAL LITERATURE

PERIODICAL LITERATURE (R.) Quelques modifications adaptatives secondaires du thorax chez I’homme. (R. de I*&. d’Anthr. d e Pa&. 1910. XX. 257-266. 3 fgs.) Treats of secondary modifications of the human thorax (antero-posterior flattening of thorax and sternum instead of bilateral flattening; considerable development o the clavicle; separation f of the superficial pectoral muscles, etc.; regression of the deep muscles of the anterior region of the thorax), considered as “the results of the mechanical conditions of man’s special adaptation.” Bartels (M.) Uber europtiische und malayische Verbotszeichen. (2. d. Ver. f. Volksk.. Berlin. 1910.xx. 202207. a fgs.) Treats of European (ditch, heap of twigs, pole set up with straw-wisp on top, “the King’s glove” In a vineyard of Meran. black, or red as in the Tirol; pole with bleached skull of horse or cow placed on top, among Tatar peasants of Crimea) and Malayan (malakdu trespass and protection signs for plantations, gardens. etc.. in the Malay Archipelago, especially on the islands of the Alfuro Sea. -there is a fine collection in the Royal Ethnological Museum in Berlin). In Italy (although referred to in Boccaccio) such signs seem not t o occur. The erection of a malakdu is somewhat of a ceremonial and the punishments threatened are enmity of relatives, sudden death, certain diseases, etc., which fall upon the trespasser or offender, of themselves. Baudouin (M.) La luxation congenitale de la hanche au point de vue anthropologique. (Bull. Soc. d’Anthr. d e Anthony CHAMBERLAIN] PERIODICAL L I T E R A T U R E mine extent of vocabulary of ignorant Paris. 1909,ve s.. x, 144-147.) Dispeasants, etc. Instead of being “only cusses anthropological aspects of conabout 400 words.” as Payot asserted genital dislocation of the hip,-sex f in 1900.the stock of words o such a n (not essentially a female trouble). individual certainly reaches 3.000 and bilateralism (bilateral almost as comover quite often. See also the Bulktin mon as unilateral; bilateral a little rarer for 1go5-1go7. in males). right and left (right a little Bloch (A.) La grosseur du mollet comme more common; unilateral right more caracthe anthropologique. (Bull. SOC. common in males than left), lesions, d’Anthr. de Paris, 1909, s. x. 87-96. vc . frequency in prehistoric times, etc. 2 figs.) General discussion of the size t t Tat6 (E.) Humerus anormal. and development of the calf of the leg exostose double, d’origine prehistorique as an anthropological characteristic, (Ibid.. 262-264.) Brief account of a with special reference to the white and left humerus (possibly neolithic. but negro races. B. concludes that the more likely Gallo-Roman, to judge lack of development o the calf is a f from objects found with it) from the mark of the negro race, and that this Grotte des Bas-Vignons, commune of feature elsewhere (e. g., Ethiopians, Essonnes, Seine-et-Oise. with two Australians, Papuans. Veddas. Draexostoses. one of which the authors vidians, etc.) is atavistic, showing their consider to be a reversional anomaly, negro origin. A negroid element exthe other, perhaps, “ a n exostosis of plains also the presence of this chardevelopment.” Belck (W.) Die Efinder der Eisenacteristic among the ancient Egyptians (the ancient Assyrian calf was very technik. ( Z . f. Ethnol.. Berlin. 1910, XLII. 15-30.) Discusses the question large). The very large calf of many white women is due to fat. not muscular o the origin o iron-smelting and ironf f development as is the case with men; working, etc. The late appearance of iron among them shuts o u t the whole in this they resemble young children. Presentation de portraits de deux Assyro-Babylonian area from the list jeunes chimpanzk. d’un jeune orang of places where this art might have et d’un jeune gorille. (Ibid.. 148-155. originated. B. argues against the 4 pl.) Notes on the young chimorigin of iron-smelting among the panzees ( a males. one female) a t the African negroes and its transfer thence Olympia Theater, a young orang and a to the ancient Egyptians and its young gorilla (in 1891 in Paris), with a spread elsewhere from them. B. holds that the oldest mention o hardened f succinct account of the intelligence and the external characteristics of the iron or steel is to be found in the Bible chimpanzee. The young gorilla is (Joshua, XVII, 16. 18; Judges I. 19and IV. 3.) where the chariots of the much less sociable than the chimpanzee Canaanites are referred to. and the orang. The intelligence of Bellucci (G.) Sul bisogno di dissetarsi the chimpanzee is natural t o it and not attribuito all’anima dei morti. (A. the result of “ancestral domestication p. YAntrop., Firenze. 1909. XXXIX. hereditarily transmitted.” Blythe (W. H.) O n a slide rule and z13-2ag. 4 fgs.) Treats of the belief tables to calculate P = .000365X L X that the spirit of the dead needs something to drink (a bowl or vessel of some B X H . (Man. Lond.. 19x0. 124x, sort is placed a t the feet of the corpse 126.) O n the upper fixed rule the scale or elsewhere near it). a rite illustrated o logarithms o the product (P) i f f s in prehistoric times (e. g. necropolis of indicated; on the lower fixed scale the Tani; neolithic grave of Sepino in logarithms of the breadths (B). and on Campobasso, etc.), among primitive the movable slide those of the length (I,) and the height (H) measured in peoples (Mincopis). African Musulopposite directions; the scales should mans (Tunis. Algeria), modem Italians of Urnbria. the Marche. the Abbruzzi. be so arranged that one value of the etc.. by various customs and beliefs product must agree with the proper respecting the ”thirst“ of the dead. positions of the respective logarithms Belot (A.) A propos d e vocabulaire. of L. B and H.-the rest will follow (Bull. Soc. Libre p. I ’ h d e psychol. Boas (F.) Psychological problems in de 1’Enfant. Paris, rgro, x, 101-105.) anthropology. (Amer. J. Psychol.. Gives results of experiments to deterWorcester. igro, X X I , 371-384.) Dis- A M E R I C A N AXTHROPOLOCIST [N.s.. 12, cusses question of “the psychological laws which govern man as an individual member of society.” Treats of examples from the domains of industrial activity, social structure, religious ideas, totemism. valuation of actions, art. language, groups of activities and of thoughts appearing in certain typical associations. etc. Such associations are exemplified in nature-myths (the distinction between the folk-tale and the nature-myth lies solely in the association of the latter with cosmic phenomena, something natural in primitive society. but occurring only as a survival in modern society); primitive decorative art (with us almost the sole object here is esthetic, among primitive peoples there is also the symbolic motif); totemism. The importance of automatic actions in the development of the customs and beliefs of mankind is pointed out (e. g.. table manners, customs of modesty, taboos, local conventional styles of art. etc.). The older customs of a people, under new surroundings develop into taboos (cf. Eskimo taboo against eating caribou and seal on same day). The customary tends to become the ethic, or even the beautiful. The other later tendency to discover the motives of customary behavior leads to “secondary explanations.” found a t all stages of culture. Many of these “secondary explanations” are due to conscious reasoning. The development o the f nature-myth, e. g., shows how, “when primitive man became conscious of the cosmic problem, he ransacked the entire field of his knowledge until he happened to find something that could be fitted t o the problem in question. giving a n explanation satisfactory to his mind.” Borgeld (A.) Uit een oud reisboek. (Volkskunde. Gent, 1910. XXI. I I I 11s.) Reprints from a book of travel printed a t Amsterdam in 1679, some medical instructions for travelers of interest t o the student of folk-medicine. Bode (M.) Le docteur L b n Laloy. (L’Anthropologie. Paris, 1910. XXI. 612-613.) Brief account of life and scientific activities of Dr Laloy (18671910). collaborator on L‘Anthropologie and author of two notable volumes, L‘hrolution dc la vie (1902) and Parasit i s m ct mutualisme dam la nature (1906). In 1905 he became Librarian of the Academy o Medicine (Paris). f He was distinguished as a polyglot. Broomd (H. I,.) Variation of accent in English words. (Proc. Del. Co. Inst. Sci.. Media, Pa., 1910. v. 29-40.) Shows from numerous data that “the general shift of English accent is toward the beginning of the word, but it may be restrained by ( I ) the tendency Lo differentiate the verb from other parts of speech, (2) the difficulty of pronouncing too many unaccented syllables, and (3) prefixes.” The failure of the lexicographer to recognize many shifts of accent is pointed out. - A current variation in English pronunciation. (Ibid.. 69-74.) Treats of the pronunciation of 1 or d followed by a or y preceding a vowel, “vacillating between its original 1 or d sound and its palatalized ch or j sound respectively.” The extent of this variation shows how far “a spoken language belongs to its speakers and not to the grammarian and the lexicographer.” Buschan (C.) Die Bedeutung der Verwandtschaftsheiraten fur die Nachkommenschaft. (Neuland des Wissens. Lpzg.. 1910. I , 721-727. 772775.) .Discusses the significance o f close intermarriage for the offspring, the arguments against consanguineous marriages (frequency of diseases in children, tendency toward infertility, greater mortality, malformations, etc.. of offspring, occurrence of deafmutism. diseases of the eye, mental anomalies etc.) are considered. The conclusion reached is that when both consanguineous parents are bodily and mentally sound and come from stock free from hereditary taint, there is hardly danger of the offspring being affected for the bad. But long continued close intermarriage may finally lead to degeneration. Although the origin and progress of human culture are due to closebreeding (Reibmayr has emphasized this), nevertheless, occasional intermixture and “freshening” from outside is necessary for the avoidance of degeneration. del Campana (D.) Notizie intorno all’us0 della “siringa” o “flauto di Pane.” (A. p. I’Antrop., Firenze, 1909,XXXM. 46-61. I pl.. 3 fgs.) Treats of the use of the syrinx or ”Pan’s pipe”: Classic res myth, use by G e k and Romans, elsewhere in Europe; Asia.-Liu-Kiu is., China; Africa.-Congo region; Am- CHAMBERLAIN] PERIODICAL L I T E R A T U R E erica.-no records from N. America, b u t known in S. America from Columbia, Ecuador, Brazil, ancient Peru, etc.; Philippine is.; New Guinea; Timor; Solomon is., Fiji is.. New Britain; Tonga is.. etc. Many specimens of this instrument are in the Italian ethnological museums. Notizie sopra la raccolta etnografica del Prof. Domenico Del Campana. (Ibid.. 1910.XL, 264-269.) T h e ethnographic collection of Prof. Del Campana. begun in 1903, consists of cult-objects, ornaments, dress, musical instruments, weapons, etc.. from British India; musical instruments. ornaments, etc.. from ancient Egypt and a few objects from the Congo; ornaments. weapons, dress, fish-nets, etc.. from Australia and New Guinea; a few specimens from Canadian Indians. South America is represented by numerous ornaments, weapons, manufactures, etc.. from the Chiriguanos. Tobas. Matacos. Chorotis, etc. Cartailhac (E.) E u g h e Trutat. (L’Anthropologie. Paris, 1910. XXI: 613.) Note o n the scientific activities of E. T r u t a t (d. 1910). director of the Museum of Natural History a t Toulouse. the first real museum of human paleontology. and one of the early investigators of cave-man. Chaillou (A.) Considerations g h e r a l e s sur quatre types morphologiques humains. (Bull. Soc. d’Anthr. d e Paris. 1910. VIe S. 1. 141-150, 4 PI.. 4 fgs.) Describes and figures the four “morphological types“ recently set u p by Dr Sigaud of Lyons (with the additional evidence derived from measurements of 100 psychopaths, IOO soldiers, etc.): Muscular (the most wide-spread type; furnished the canon for Greek statuary; head more commonly brachycephalic; thorax well-developed; shoulders broad and high, etc.); digestive (represented most purely by t h e Eskimo; common in rich provinces of France, such a s Beauce. Normandy. Lorraine; predominance of digestive apparatus, especially a t the level of the trunk; soft parts of digestive regions of body easily deformable); rcspiralory (great development of thorax and of middle range of face; this type constitutes the chief part of the Semites and other nomads, and is found also among the Basques and B6arnais.-in the mountains of Central and Southern France); cerebral (the head isliere thechief characteristic. this type exhibiting those hierarchic traits of the skull which belong t o t h e superior man from the intellectual point of view; occurs only among peoples of advanced civilization: Ptofemaic Egypt, southern Touraine, in France. etc.). Chamberlain (A. F.) Some difficulties in Bihle translation. (Harper’s Mag., N. Y.. 1910. CXXI. 726-731.) Treats of difticulties in rendering the Bible. or parts of it, into the languages of primitive peoples, with illustration from Hottentot. Kootenay. Kele. Carib, Iroquois. Natick (Massachusetts). Ojibwa, Eskimo, Kacongo. Fjort. Quechua. etc. Notes also some clever achievements. CIodd (E.) I n Memoriam: Alfred Nutt. (Folk-Lore, Lond., 1910. XXI. 335,337. portr.) Sketch of life and activities of Alfred N u t t (1856-1910). folklorist, author of eleven books and numerous articles, etc. Cockerell (T. A,) T h e future of t h e D. human race. (Pop. Sci. Mo., N. Y.. 1910, LXXXVII. 19-27.) Argues t h a t ”in t h e case of man, a s with domesticated animals and cultivated plants. it is possible to get rid of many undesirable qualities, to combine others which are desirable, and t o maintain indefinitely t h a t which has been once secured.” We may get a race of people ”none of whom have a certain hereditary taint, all of whom have a certain hereditary quality.” Beyond t h a t we ought not t o go, if we could. for ‘&no would wish to sacrifice t h e one interesting diversity of human types which makes life chiefly worth while.” Comby (J.) Tache bleue mongolique. (Arch. de Med. d. Enf., Paris, 1910, XIII. 854-8j8. I fg.) Describes, with references to literature of subject. two cases of “blue Mongolian spot.”--one in a Jewish boy of 13 years, brunet, with a genital anomaly (hypospadias); the other in a boy of 1 3 months, born in the department of Seine-et-Marne. I n the first case the spot is in t h e lumbar region, on the left of the vertebral column; in the other a t t h e sacrum. I t is evidently no “race-sign” in t h e European white child. T h e age of 13 is rather late for its persistence. Cuvier (G.) Note instructive sur les recherches a faire relative a u x differences anatomiques des diverses races A H . ANT H. , W . 5.. ri-,r A M E R I C A N A? HROPOLOCI ST [N.S.. 12, 19x0 of such changes; phenomena of contact and ”contamination”; special and class languages. minor languages of all sorts. According to D. “the most comprehensible and most easily a n d safely observable causes of all linguistic changes (whether phonetic, grammatical or syntactical in nature) are t o be sought in t h e effects of two languages upon one another, whether these languages occur successively in one and the same people. or whether they are used side by side by t h e same people.” And “what holds for a whole people is true also for i t s subdivisions, for even a unilingual people is not always a linguistic unity, but is made u p (G.). of linguistic unities. This influence of Cyrus Thomas. (Amer. Antrop., Wash., the old language on t h e new and of t h e 38. 1910, N . s.. X I I . 337-343. portr.. new on the old is illustrated by many bibliogr.) examples. T h e evolution of a language D e Cock (A,) Spreekworden, zegswijzen occurs most rapidly when a mutual en uitdrukkingen o p volksgeloof beruspenetration of all strata and classes of tend. (Volkskunde, Gent, 1910.~xx1. people is possible or necessary.” Re31-35. 70-76. 9 6 1 0 1 . 143-150.) Conconstruction of “a common vocabutinuation of proverbs, sayings and exlary,” or, with its help, of ”a primitive pressions (plants named after the Virculture.” must, according to D.. remain gin M a r y ; after angels, after Jesus, or mere patchwork, a useless undertaking. referring to t h e m ; after the apostles, N o anthropological (racial) substrate saints; after thunder, etc.) based on lies beneath, e. g.. t h e linguistic “Indofolk-beliefs. European.” T h e “Indo-European” it_- Geparodieerde sermoenen. (Ibid. self “is only a form of a n earlier 37-40, 80-83.) Gives 7 mock-sermons’ speech.” and by this means we arrive in Dutch from various sources. See a t a n ultimate first human language. Bockenwgen (C. J.). Language is a social function and its - H e t Kerstfeest. (lbid.. 49-66.) variations a r e likewise of a social Treats o t h e Christmas festival and f nature. D r D. is writing a book on t h e its analogues, particularly in various Caucasian languages as illustrating t h e countries of Europe (Teutonic lands, points discussed in this article. T h e France, Silesia. Italy etc.). Caucasus is “a linguistic laboratory.” - Spreekwoorden en zegwijzen over Dresslar (F. B.) Suggestions on t h e d e vrouwen. de liefde en het huwelijk. psychology of superstition. (Amer. J. (Ibid., 78-80. 1 1 5 - 1 2 0 . 155-160.) Nos. Insan.. Baltimore, 1910, LXVII. 213399-570 (with additional notes) of pro226.) Based on t h e author’s Superverbs and sayings about women, love, sfifion and Educnfion (1907). Superand marriage. stition seems t o be “an exclusively - Sterfgeval. Florimond van Duyse. human manifestation“; and “super(Ibid.. 1 m - 1 2 1 . ) Appreciation of the stitions represent in part those conworks of F. van Duyse (1843-1910). clusions which men have adopted in son of t h e poet P. van Duyse. and order to free t h e mind from t h e strain author of numerous folk-lore articles, of incomplete thinking.” especially on folk-music, etc. Dubreuil-Chambardel (M.)U n cas d’hyDirr (A,) Linguistische Probleme in perphalangie d u pouce. (BuU. Soc. ethnologischer. anthropoligischer und d’Anthr. d e Paris, 1909, ve s.. x. 1x8geographischer Beleuchtung. (Mitt. d . 128. 3 fgs.) Detailed account, with Anthrop. Ges. in Wien. 1909, X X X I X . x-ray photographs, of a case of double 301-320; 1910. xL. 22-43.) Treats of left thumb (large right t h u m b also) in a the history of language a s t h e history of typographer. aged 24, with family its changes (Dr D. confines t h e term heredity of abnormalities of a similar “euolulion.” Enfwicklung, t o a progress kind. from lower t o higher), and t h e causes d’homme. (R. de l ’ f k d’Anthr. de Paris, 1910. xx, 303-306.) Test o f anthropological instructions drawn u p in 1800 by the great naturalist Cuvier for the Baudin expedition to the South Seas. Calls attention to observation of cranial form in the various races, the defects of ethnic paintings (of the f Negro especia!ly). the need o anatomical specimens, of face and profile views, care in representing and describing dress and ornament, etc.. the preparation and preservation of specimens. T h e Papuans. Australians, Patagonians. and Malagasy are mentioned. a s deserving special attention. See HervG CHAMBERLAIN] PERIODICAL I T ER A TU R E 61I tomorphic representatives of “primitive man.” are not. according to F.. t h e predecessors in Iine of the modern 42-55.) Notes t h a t among the a b culture-peoples, but must be left out surdities of popular oneiromancy there of the scheme of their e\.olution. T h e a r e some items of real significance and hfafay is a mixed and not a principal discusses the theories of the Freudian race; like\vise the American. Xccordschool, pointing out objections to the ing to F.. the “G&. Xlaku. Fuegians.“ theory t h a t the wish-dream is the one represent the prot omorphic primi t i ye and only type of dream and that we aborigines of America. the part “indream only of things t h a t are worth capable of ci\*ilization,” and the oldest while. See the author’s book. Dreams American culture has affinities with (N. Y.. 1911). Oceanic and Asiatic (in C. America) Eolithen. (Globus, Brnschwg.. 1910, and European (in N. America). T h e XCVII. 305.) Brief resume of D r centers of distribution of the human Laloy‘s article in L’A nlhropologic races have been in S. W. Asia (white). (1910). N. E. Asia (yellow) and central Africa Fishberg (M.) Ethnic Factors in Edu(black). The protomorphic primitive cation. (Proc. Nat. Ass. C. Study and ”cultureless” race of Europe was the Ed. o Except. Children, 1910, 1 1 7 f h’eandertal; in Asia the Vedda. etc.; in I 23.) Discusses ”race.” educational capacities of negro. Australian (black) Africa, the Bushman; in Australia. the f aborigines o Queensland. Thisscheme a n d Jewish children. Holds that the by no means fits America well. American public school is of the greatFrizzi (E.) Ein Beitrag zur Konstrukest value in transforming child of other tion des Sagittaldiagramms auf Grund races. Dr F. is also of opinion t h a t in absoluter Masse. (Korr.-Bl. d. D. t h e practical work of the teacher, Ges. f. Anthrop.. Brnschwg.. 1909.XL, especially in the elementary schools. 43-44. I fg.) Note on graphic repreethnic factors may be disregarded. See sentation (Martin apparatus) from t h e author’s book, The Jews (Lond. measurements from nasion. lambda, . and N. Y .1910). prostion. and inion. Fihstcr ( B . ) Stanley‘s SelbstautobiograXCVII. Galton (F.) Numeralized peoples for phie. (Globus. Brnschwg.. 1910, classification and recognition. (Na299-303.) R b u m k and critique of The Aubbiography of Sir Henry hforfon ture. Lond.. 1910, LXXXIII. 127-130. 5 SLanlry (London, 1909). with special fgs.) Describes formula based on ”five cardinal points” of portrait or human reference to his African explorations. profile: nose-brow notch. nose-tip, his relations with Emin Pasha, etc. notch between nose and upper lip. tip Foy (W.) Zur Geschichte des GeblPses of chin. by extension of which peculiariund zur Herkunft der Eisentechnik. (Ibid.. 142-144. I fg.) Treats of the ties of profile (racial, family) can be history of the bellows and the origin of expressed numerically so a s to be serviron-smelting. F. holds t h a t Africa iceable for eugenic records. Examples can not a t all be considered t h e home of of application. iron-smelting. all the chief forms of van Gennep (A.) Paul Ehrenreichs Methode in der Deutung der aflgcbellows found in t h a t continent being of Asiatic (partly Asia Minor, partly meinen Mythologie. (Hess. BI. f. Volksk.. Lpzg.. 1910, IX. igg-zo7.) southern Asia) origin. The subject is Criticises the views and theories exdiscussed in detail in the author’s article Zur Ccschichfe dcr Eiscnlechnik pressed in Dr E.’s Die allgemeinc Mythologic und ihrc efhnologischen in Elhnologica (I. 1909). See American Gricndlagen (Lpzg.. I g 10). particularly Anfhropologisl. rgio, N. s., XII,112. Fritsch (G.) Die Entwicklung und Verits “lunar theory” aspects, and t h e breitung der Mcnschenrassen. (2. f . doctrine of the priority of ”nature Ethnol.. Berlin. 1910. m , 580-586). x mythology.” In more than one place Dr E . seems to put the cart before the Discusses the origin and development of t h e human race (scheme on p. 583.) horse in the way of explanation and F. adheres to the idea of protomorphic. interpretation. archimorphic. and metamorphic. with Giuffrida-Ruggeri (V.) I caratteri pseuthcse stock-races (archimorphic): black. do-infantili. (A. p. I’Anthrop.. Firenze. 1909, xsxIX. 15-17.) Discusses, with white, and yellow. The present pro- EUis (H.) T h e symbolisnl of dreams. LxxxvIr. (Pop. Sci. Mo., N. Y., 1910, A MERICAN ANTHROPOLOGIST [N. 5.. 12, 1910 critique of the views of Hagen. t h e “pseudo-infantile” characters of man. Hagen maintains t h a t t h e human races a r e lower the more they depart from t h e proportions of the new-born European child. An abuse of analogy is seen in some of these mpprochcmcnls. As. G.-R. says. “someare infantile only in the mental infantilism of him who maintains their existence.” T h e socalled “infantile characters” of t h e female skull, e. g.. are pseudo-infantile. - Alcune idee controverse s u l dimorfismo sessuale nell’uomo. (Ibid., r g ~ o . XL, 44-50.) Discusses recent theories concerning sexual dimorphism in man (Hoernes. Stratz. Ellis, etc.). G.-R. argues, contrary to Hoernes. t h a t “woman is more plastic t h a n man,” this greater plasticity resulting from a greater variability. Sexual dimorphism receives its explanation from the fact t h a t “greater differentiation and greater variability and plasticity cannot coexist in t h e same sex.” Sexual dimorphism is greater with the “higher“ races, t h e divergence being least in the protomorphs. Secondary sexual characters a r e to be explained a s characters of orthogenetic correlation, not t h e result merely of sexual selection. Classification d e s g r o u p e s humaines. (Scientia. Bologna, 1910. VII. I-.) Discusses t h e classification of human groups. with special reference to t h e views of Deniker. Sergi. Stratz, etc. According to D r G.-R., neither t h e groupings of Deniker ( 1 7 in number). nor those of Sergi a n d other polygenists a r e justified, by reason of t h e unity of the human species. T h e real systematization of human groups must arise from investigations and studies such a s those of Klaatsch. Martin, the Sarasins. Hagen. Stratz. etc. A classification of t h e somatic groups based o n phylogenetic researches is possible to t h e monogenist (cf. Stratz‘s ”phyletic classification.” founded on t h e idea of physical characters regarded a s ”primitive,” or as “progressive”). For t h e monogenist i t is of great importance to h o w whether the American Indians. e. 8.. present a t one and t h e same time t h e primitive characters of t h e whites a n d t h e primitive characters of t h e yellow race, i. e., whether they belong t o t h e common undifferentiated stem from which these two later branched off; whether, in like manner, t h e Australian blacks a r e pre-Negroid a n d pre-Mongoloid. and whether there a r e also correspondents to t h e rude European type (Klaatsch’s Australoid). to the type o Darwin. and to t h e t y p e of f %crates. Applicazioni di criteri paleontologici in Antropologia. (Monit. Zool. Ital., Firenze, 1910,XXI. 35-46, I fg.) Discusses the application of paleontological criteria in anthropology, with reference particularly t o t h e views of Sergi, Depkret. etc. I n man local o r regional varieties a n d “races,” exist, not separate species (the Australian, e. g.. and the Samoyed. a s Sergi. e. g.. thinks) and this is true of prehistoric times a s well.-the so-called Homo Neandnfhalensis is not extinct even yet. No other species t h a n the present one has been shown t o have existed. T h e law o increase of stature phyletically f and the law of specialization a r e of importance with regard to prehistoric man. Polygenism is not justified b y prehistoric data. Paragone antropologico fra i d u e XXI, sessi. (Riv. d’ltalia. Roma, 1909, 650-662.) Discusses t h e problems o f t h e anthropological comparison of t h e two sexes (relation of brain-weight a n d body-weight.-coefficient of cephalization; comparative volume of bones. etc.; relation of weight of femur, mandible, etc.. to cranial capacity; body-weight and stature; length of t r u n k a n d of various members of t h e body. limbs, etc.; pelvis; relation of sections o f limbs to one another, etc.). Quanfilafiuely the variability of woman is greater than t h a t of man, qualilatiucly (i. e.. with respect to physiological ends), less. I n general woman is more macroplastic and, therefore, microsome. I n woman the functions of nutrition a r e developed a t the expense of muscular energy. Woman is predominantly anabolic, man catabolic. - Incroci ai due estremi della gerarchis delle razze umane. (Ibid.. 1910, X I I I . 167-173. 3 fgs.) Discusses t h e effects of mLfissagc between “higher” and “lower” races as exemplified, e. g., in t h e “Bastards” of German Southwest Africa, who are t h e result of a mixture of Hottentots and Boers,-they number now some 2.500. I n this “mixed race” there is a distinct improvement in physical appearance and constitution: CHAMBERLAIN] PERIODICAL LI TERA TURE Stature shows the effect of European influence; Hottentot steatopygy has disappeared (although the women are fatter in the region in question than Europeans; t h e smallness of the hands shows t h e Hottentot influence; the hair and beard may be said t o be “intermediate” between the Hottentot and the European; the skin-color is like t h a t of the southern European: the “Mongolian fold” appears in the “Bastards“ as a n infantile character only and is not carried over into adult age. Prof. Fischer (9. v.) says t h a t these “Bastards” present on t h e whole “an intermediate type with a n amplitude of variation of characters greater than t h a t of their ancestral races.” Prof. G.-R. thinks t h a t in this mixture the higher characters may be most favored, there being throughout all mankind a tendency toward refinement of physical type. T h e case of the disappearance of the ”Mongolian fold“ may typify the course of evolution here in general. This tendency has assured t h e prevalence of the characters of t h e white, wherever he has mixed with t h e Negro; t h a t we a r e n o t in presence of a simple “return t o t h e white ancestor” is shown by t h e fact of the transmission in the case of the “Bastards” of the Hottentot hand in preference t o t h e European. Godin (P.) Asymetrie des oreilles. (Rev. Scientif., Paris, 19x0, X L V I I I , 8x1-812.) Gives results of observations of asymmetry of the ears in loo boys a n d 1 0 0 adults. T h e left ear w a s larger in 89 per cent. of boys and 79 per cent. of adults. - De l a pubertC a la nubilit6 chez I’adolescent moyen a u point d e vue de la croissance. (Bull. Soc. d‘Anthr. d e Treats Paris. 1910,VI’ s. I. 497-501.) o the period from puberty to nubility f in t h e average adolescent from the point of view of growth (“puberty is t h e seminal factor of nubility“). The average adolescent of 1 5 % years o age f has ended puberty when he is 17%; to become a nubile adult physiologically hewillneed t h r e e y e a r s ; a t z i heisadult. Goldenweiser (A. A.) Totemism. a n Amer. Folk-Lore, analytical study. Boston, 1910. XXIII. 1 7 ~ 2 9 3 . ) Goldstein (-) Besitz und Vermogen bei den pnmitiven Volkern. (Globus Bmschwg.. 1910. XCVIII. 221-223.) Review and severe critique of Prof. J. u. Kohler’s article with this title in No. 24 of t h e lnlcmalionak Wochanschrift (19x0). According to G., Prof. K. “repeats all the doctrines which recent scientific ethnography has given up a s erroneous.” Goldziher (I.) Wasser als Damonen abwehrendes Mittel. (A. f. Religsw.. Treats of Lpzg.. 19x0, XIII. 20-46.) water a s a means of keeping away demons. In Arabian poetical literature and folk-lore (blessing: may the thunderclouds be generous to you when dead; curse: may t h e rain never fall on your grave), names for rain indicating mercy, blessing, etc.; water as opposed to demons and demonic powers (India, water kills rakshas: exorcism by water among various peoples; Morocco, exposure t o rain prevents headache, water cures many diseases), baptism and sprinkling in therapeutics and religion. use of water for and by t h e dying (use of water from the well of Zemzem). employment of water for t h e dead (sprinkling. washing, b a t h i n g , - o f the ground, the grave. t h e corpse: rain on t h e grave, etc.). dew on the bones of t h e dead (in modem Jewish poetry), Jewish “water of life,” Mohammedan “rain of the resurrection.” etc. This article is confined t o Semitic data. Gomme (G. L.) Heredity and tradition. (Folk-Lore, Lond.. 1910. XXI, 385-386.) Emphasizes importance o influence of f environment (“superstition is not always inherited; i t is also created”). More attention must be paid to t h e impressions of the surrounding life in their influence upon primitive thought, for ”tradition is a n external product operating o n t h e human mind, instead of a n inheritance from folk-memory.” Eahn (E.) Niederer Ackerbau oder Hackbau? (Globus. Brnschwg., 19x0, XCVII. 202-204.) Critique of part of t h e article of Dr K . Sapper (q. v.) in which the latter ascribes the origin of Central American Indian agriculture to men. and prefers the term “lower agriculture” to the Hahn-Ratzel expression “hoe-culture” (Hackbau). It is probable t h a t t h e time and labor expended by women in the grinding a n d preparation of foods (e. g., maize in C. America) prevents them from agricultural work in t h e field, etc. For t h e condition of the coffee-plantations, etc.. in Guatemala. H. would use t h e term suggested by him 20 years ago,- A M E R I C A N ANTHROPOLOGIST [N. S.. 12, 1910 Planlagcnbau. An article on "Brandcultur" by H. will soon appear. Halliday (W. R.) T h e force of initiative in magical conflict. (Folk-Lore, Lond.. 1910.XX. 147-167.) According t o H.. "all magic is in a sense a conflict" and it is by his power or mana or orenda t h a t t h e sorcerer, "medicine-man," etc.. works his will; "so-called sympathetic magic is based, not on a supposed axiomatic law t h a t like causes like, but on t h e contagion of qualities"; union or contact with power is the foundation of magic, no less than of religion, and "the wide area of personality. a s it is conceived in the lower culture, enables persons quite easily to be united. or brought into contact with power." Magic is almost "a conflict o wills,'' a n d t h e stronger personality f absorbs t h e weaker. T h e secret of success "is to be the aggressor, to assert your power, to secure the upper hand and keep it." In certain rites, "cont a c t with a dangerous power is deliberately anticipated in order t o secure safety or t o annul harm magically inflicted b y t h a t power." I t is priority of action and initiative that constitutes success in such contacts. Hem6 (G.) A la recherche d'un manuscrit. Les instructions anthropologiques d e G. Cuvier pour le voyage d u "Geographe" e t du "Naturaliste" aux Terres Australes. (R. de I*&. d'Anthr. d e Paris, 1910. xx. 189-302. 2 fgs.) Discusses t h e preparations for the Baudin expedition to the South Seas and the relation o the naturalist f Cuvier t o it. Cuvier's anthropological instructions drawn up in 1800 for this expedition a r e given unbalim at pages (264-269) o M . Girard's Fr. PLron. f nalriralislc, voyageur aun Terres Australes. (Paris. 1856.) PCron was the representative of comparative anatomy on this voyage. See Cuvier ( G . ) . - L e professeur Arthur, Bordier. (Ibid., 104.) Brief sketch of life and works o French anthropologist (d. Feb.. f 1910). His chief publications related to medical geography. scientific colonization, comparative pathology. From 1878 to 1895 he occupied t h e chair of medical geography in the kcole d'Anthropologie (Paris). - Le premier programme d e l'anthropologie. (Bull. Soc. d'Anthr. d e Paris, 1910. f . 5.. I. 473-487.) Pubv lishes (pp. 476-487), after t h e original Ms.. L. F. JalTret's Inlrodudim aux Mimoircs dc la Sociili dcs Obsnvalcurs dc L'Hommc. read in 1801 (the Society was founded in 1799 and lasted till 1805).in which are sketches of the investigations which such a Society might undertake,-the study o physical man. f t h e varieties of man, t h e traits distinguishing him from t h e animals. comparative anthropology, manners and customs o ancient peoples, modern f peoples. savages. etc., topographical anthropology, anthropological museum, s t u d y of deaf-mutes, experimentation with children segregated for the obserf vation o the development of language. investigation of the mechanics of speech, etc. T h e only publication of t h e Society was J. M. d e Gerando's ethnographic instructions t o Capt. Baudin. entitled Considh'alions sur ks divnscs mtlhodcs 6 suiwc dons l'obsmalim dcs pcuplcs savvagcs (Paris, a n VIII, pp. 57). Hutchinson (W. M. L.) A myth-maker's progress. (Oxf. & Cambr. Rev., Lond.. 1910. No. 10. 78-94.) Treats of t h e Pindaric Odes.-"from t h e m y t h as a n ornament. Pindar has advanced to t h e myth a s ideal reflection of the local a n d particular. b u t already he stands on t h e threshold of a further d e v e l o p merit,-the myth as embodiment of t h e universal." Jespersen (0.) International language. . (Science. N. Y.. 1910, N. 5 . XXXI. r o ~ r r 2 ) . Advocates Ido as against Espcrnnb, replying to criticisms of Kellerman. etc. Just (K.) Charakteristik des Kindesalters. Uahrb. d . Ver. f. wiss. Padag.. Jena. 1910. XLII. 245-364.) Catalogues under 10 heads (domination of feelings. sudden change of disposition. joyous nature, weakness of attention a n d domination of sense-perceptions, covetousness. egoism and selfishness, extravagant imagination a n d fancy, fear-psychosis, shyness and embarrassment, lack of esthetic sense) a n d discusses t h e characters which distinguish t h e child from the adult. Keller (A. G.) William Graham Sumner. (Arner. Anthrop.. Lancaster. Pa., 1910. N. s.. X I I . 118-119, portr.). Klotz (E.) Die "organgesetzliche" Orientierung des Organismus Mensch im Raume. (Globus. Brnschwg.. 1910. X C V I I I . 101-105. 2 fgs.). Sets forth t h e author's ideas t h a t t h e conception of m a n a s Ercclus bimanus (Ratztl) is CHAMBERLAIN] PERIODICAL L I T E R A T U R E a phantom, and t h a t organically man is a quadruped (e. g. coilus can be carried out “organically” only in the quadrupedal position of the female). See further K’s D n Mensch ols V i n f&sln. Kiihl (H.) Antike und moderne Bronzen. (Ibid.. 21-24.) Gives analysis of ancient Egyptian. Trojan. Hindu. ancient Cyprian prehistoric bronze from several places in Brandenberg and Posen, Roman, Celtic. Japanese and Chinese, medieval European, etc. In the Middle Ages, aluminum, phosphorus, and manganese bronzes were unknown (belonging to the last century). Japanese and Chinese bronzes a r e lead-copper alloys. All ancient Greek, Egyptian, and Celtic bronzes have no lead or merely a trace; many ancient Roman bronzes have lead. Lehnert ( G . ) Ein Sympathiezauber. (Hess. B1. f. Volksk.. Lpzg.. 1910. IX. 207-208.) Cites from Krusenstein’s Reise um die W d l (Berlin, 1811. Bd I. S. 249) a fine example of “sympathetic magic.”-a case of obtaining revenge through the kaha magic (burying spittle, urine, or excrements of enemy). - Primitive Kunst. (Ibid.. 2 0 7 . ) Calls attention to the representations of American Indian art (musical instruments, textiles, ceramics, etc.) in the fiajlcls of the Amnicon Museum of N a f u r d Hislory. (N. Y . ) Nos. 1 1 , 15. 24. Le Professew Hamy. de la Soc. d. Am6ricanistes. Paris, 1908, [1909]. N. S.. v. 141-156. portr.) Appreciations of life and labors of Professor E. T. Hamy (1842-1909) a s president of t h e Society of Americanists of Paris, a s worker in the laboratory. a s historian and geographer, as prehistorian and Americaniet. etc.. by M M . l’ignaud. Verneau, H. Cordier. Capitan. Babelon (address a t funeral), Richer, etc. Leuba (J. H.) Magic and religion. (Sociol. Rev., Lond.. 1909, 11. 20-35). L. argues t h a t “the primary forms of magic probably antedated religion,” but. “whether magic antedated religion or not, religion arose independently of magic; they are different in principle and independent in origin. This article is a chapter from Prof. L.’s book The Psychological Origin of Religion (1910.) Liming (M. D.) A s t u d y of the methods of determining fame. (Science, Lancaster. Pa., 1910.N. s.. xxxn. 157-159.) u. Compares “Hall of Fame” votes. “descriptive adjective” method, and ”lines of space” method, with respect to 50 American-born men. L. thinks either of t h e objective methods (adjective or space) ”may be successfully employed in the selecting of a list of indefinite length.” Loth (W.) Der heutige Stand unserer Kenntnisse iiber die Phylogenie des menschlichen Fusses. (Stzgber. d . Warschauer Ges. der Wiss.. 1909. 2082 2 1 , 10 fgs.) Resumes present knowledge of the phylogeny of the human foot. The anthropoid foot is nearest the human; the Lemur foot. however. does not belong with the human b u t represents a stage of evolution very much beneath it phylogenetically. hence Klaatsch’s derivation of t h e human from the Lemur foot is not t o be approved. Certain peculiarities of the anthropoid foot make i t impossible t h a t i t should have been in the direct line of evolution of the human foot. the common ancestral form having t o be sought among some of t h e lower types. e. g.. the higher Cercopilhecidac (the Scmnopalhccidae are a side-branch). T h e European foot is simply a walkingorgan and has lost its original prehensile function which still occurs to some extent with primitive peoplesand children where also the mobility of the big toe is considerable. A t pages 183-208 is given t h e original more detailed Polish text of this paper. - Anthropologische Untersuchungen iiber das Hautleistensystem der Polen. (2. f. Morph. u. Anthrop.. Stuttgart. 1910, X I I I . 77-96. I pl.. I fg.) Study of the markings of t h e fingers, hands, soles of t h e feet. toes of I07 Poles. in comparison with the investigation of Wilder (Mayas, Anglo-Americans, negroes). Schlaginhaufen (Hindus, etc.). based on 214 hand, 1 . 1 2 0 finger and 136 sole-prints. T h e group of Poles is probably racially purer t h a n the AngloAmericans and Central Europeans and they show a less variability and no extreme values. T h e Poles a r e nearer t h e Anglo-Americans than t h e Hindus, and the palm and sole:of the Poles show a more “progressive” system of markings t h a n t h e Anglo-Americans. MacAuWe (L.) el Marie (A,) Observation e t mensuration d e 200 oreilles d‘ ali6nb. epileptiques ou idiots. (Bull. Soc. d’Anthr. d e Paris, 1910, v t e s.. I , 23- AMERICAN ANTHROPOLOGIST [N.S.. 12, 1910 33.) Giveslengtk-measurementsof both ears of I O O mental defectives, with records of "degenerative stigmata." According to Drs M . and M.. the so-called "degenerative stigmata" (here auricular malformations) occur in about the same proportion in the general population and in the mental defectives here considered, with the exception of a few things such as derivation of the superior posterior lobe, convex folds of antihelix. His's supertraginian tubercle, absence or effacement of the superior fold of the antihelix. Idiots present no more stigmata than other mental defectives. MacCurdy (G. G.) Anthropology a t the Boston Meeting. with Prdeedings of Section H. (Science, N . Y., 1910. N. S., X M I . 350-354.) Resumes of papers by Sapir. Moorehead. Hessler. Pepper, Montgomery, Speck, Lowie. Goldenweiser, Chamberlain. etc.. on The Ute language, A Remarkable birch-bark fragment from Iowa, The Ojibwa of northern Minnesota, Ill-health of Darwin. Peale Museum. Calf Mountain Mound (Man.). Huron moose-hair embroidery. Totemism, Myth of Seven Heads:etc. Anthropology a t the Boston Meeting f with Proceedings o the American Anthropological Association for 1909. (American Anthrop., Lancaster. Pa., 1910. N. S . . XII. 61-74.) Magni A.) The ethnological background of the eucharist. (Amer. J. Relig. Psych. & Ed., Worcester, 19x0. lv, 1-47.) This article is narrower than its title. Treats of the Christian eucharist in relation to the Oriental mystery-cults (Mithraism, Gnosticism, St Paul's mysticism, etc.). According to M.. "even the Christian eucharist is of ancient pagan origin. having become an integral part o the Christian f cult by a process of theological speculation on the meaning of Christ's death, resurrection and mission in the world." Mahoudeau (G. P.) Notes complhentakes s u r les deux grands bovidCs plkistocsnes: I'aurochs et le bison. (R. de I*&. d'Anthr. d e Paris, 1910. XXI. 379386.) Treats of the history of the aurochs and the bison in Europe since the quaternary epoch. Towards the middle of the 16th century, when the aurochs began to be very rare, its name was transferred to the bison,and now the Bison curoparus, the last specimens of which are preserved in the forest of Bialowicza (Lithuania) is commonly termed aurochs. The aurochs (Bos primigcnius) w a s known t o the ancient Hebrews, Chaldeo-Assyrians, etc. Marie (A.) Note sur la mesure de la taille chez les ali6nCs. (Bull. Soc. d' Anthr. de Paris, 1909. V' s.. x. 9;-roo. I fg.) Gives general results of measurements of stature of I ,500 individuals suffering from general paralysis, mental debility of various m t s . manias, neuroses, alcoholism. etc.; from the department of the Seine. The low averages of height occw in those suffering from congenital psychoses (here. too. the minimum and the maximum individual heights were found) and exotoxic psychoses. In the cases of involution-psychoses, functional psychoses, general paralysis, etc.. averages resembling closely the normal occur.in these mental troubles physical degeneration is not marked. Dwarfism and giantism occur often in combination with arrested cerebral development. - Nano-infantilisme et folie. (Ibid.. 101-113, 4 fgs.) Discusses nano-infantilism in relation to idiocy and other mental defects and diseases. Dr M. recognizes three varieties of nanism or dwarfism: I . Pure nanism with relative perfection of reduced forms and proportions; 2. Nanism and infantilism due to skeletal deformities; 3. Nanism and infantilism due t o The African distrophy (total. local). pigmies are ethnic typesof pure nanism. The nanism of the degenerate is merely the permanence of an infantile condition through which all normal individuals pass." The theories of various writers (Apert, Marfan. Meige, etc.) are referred to. At p. I O I is given a photograph of 4 dwarfs in one German family observed by the author. - Gigantisme et folie. (Ibid.. 113I I 7.) Discusses giantism in relation t o psychic defects and diseases. A c cording t o Dr M. acromegaly occurs sometimes .without tall stature, just as infantilism is not infrequently independent of nanism. Giantism may be regarded as "acromegaly of infancy prolonged." Mausser (0.) Zur Psychologie der Soldaten. (Globus. Bmschwg.. I ~ I O , X C V I I . 101-104. 125-128.) Gives texts of 6 letters from soldiers' notebooks. Also texts of the soldiers' "Vater-Unser u. CHAMBERLAIN] PERIODICAL LITERATURE und Ave Maria.” the soldiers’ “Stations of the Cross.” t h e Munich soldiers’ “Litany,” Regensburg soldiers’ “Litany,’’ ”Recruit-life,” “Auction,” etc.. all dating about 1907-1908. T h e parodying of religious documents is one of the interesting psychological aspects of military life and its expression. M e y e r (R. M.) Mythologische Studien a u s der neuesten Zeit. (A. 1. Religsw.. X Lpzg.. 1910. I I I . 270-390.) Treats of the mythopoeic phenomena of presentday man. Three types are recognized. In the nursery. among religious fanatics, and among the political, social, and scientific dreams, real and surprising analogies with myth-creations a r e to be found. Fancy of child-speech. growth of sects around central dogmas, scientific myths (e. g. “cult is older than myth”), myths o devotional f origin, “seeing things,” cult-phenomena arising out of ecstasy, mythic element in Mormonism, mystic and mythic factors in religious founders and saints and imitation of such, Messianic longing. visions of Swedenborg, etc., “learned legends,” meditation-myths, cosmogonic myths, mythology of modern science (e. g. in philology). etc.. are discussed. Mochi (A.) Collezioni antropologiche ed etnografiche della Citta di Milano. (A. p. I’Antrop.. Firenze. 1909. XXXIX. 137-142, fgs.) Brief account of the 3 anthropological material in t h e Municipal Museum of Natural History in Milan (zoo plaster-casts of heads and skulls of celebrated men. due to a disciple of Gall; crania from various parts of the globe, including a score or so American Indian; many models of crania; ethnographic specimens, some fine ones from America). A t p. 139 a r e given the measurements of a Lapp, z Arab, a Dinka. a Danikali, and a n Abyssinian skull. I n the Archeologic and Artistic Museum of the Castello Sforzesco is also some good ethnografico material; likewise a n eneolithic and In t h e some Gallo-Roman skeletons. house of the Counts Turati is t h e collection made in 1846-1848 by t h e Milanese traveler G. Osculati. partly figured and described in his Esploraeione dcllc regicmi cqualoriali lungo il Napo ed il Fiume dcllc Amaesoni (Milano. 1854). de Mortillet (A.) L e travail d e la pierre aux temps pr6historiques. (R.d e I*&. d’Anthr. d e Paris, 1910. xx. 1-23, 41-51. 18 fgs.) T r e a t s of t h e working of stone for implements. etc.. in prehistoric times. T h e various methods employed a r e discussed with some detail: Cracking a n d brtrsling by means of exposure t o t h e heat of fire (Andamanese obtain in this way flakes of quartz; experiments of the AbbC Bourgeois and, recently of d e Mortillet; prehistoric man of Thenay may have used this method). percussion of various sorts (used in t h e Puy-Courny epoch; experiments of Carl Haake), pressure (Solutrean epoch; Aztecs obtained obsidian blades b y this means; Fuegian glass arrow-heads, etc.). “pilling” (used for crystalline rocks, etc.; Robenhausen epoch), solving (common in Robenhausen epoch; known to Australians, etc.). polishing of two sorts (neolithic period in Europe, b u t known to many primitive peoples elsewhere), boring of two sorts (begins with neolithic period in Europe; known to many primitive people elsewhere). Mueller (A.) Die fiinf typischen ProfilKurven des ScliBdels der Neugeborenen und ihre Beziehungen zum Geburtslauf und zur Kopflorm der Envachsenen. (A. f . Anthrop., Brnschwg.. 1910. N. F.. IX. 53-63. a pl.) Treats o t h e f 5 typical profile-curves of t h e skull of new-born children and their relation to birth and t o t h e cranial form of adults. T h e 5 types are: occipital. vertical. sincipital, frontal, and facial. T h e basal form of cranium, according t o D r M.. is :‘an ovoid of 13 t o 14cm. in length 8 to 9 cm. in breadth, and 7 t o 8 cm. in height; t h i s shape being most favorable f r passage through t h e o f pelvis. T h e head born in position o type I leads to acrocephaly ; type a produces a skull with lengthened occiput-bregma diameter; type 3 (rare) is unfavorable for t h e ovoid form and the fronto-suboccipital diameter is increased; t y p e 4 is characterized b y increase of t h e fronto-occipital diameter. T h e relations of t h e birthmechanism t o skull-form have been considered in detail b y t h e author in his article in t h e Archiu f. GynSkologie, Bd. 82. Nanuetti (A.) N o t e sulla divisione anomala del malare. con illustrazioni d i undici nuovi casi. (A. p. I’Antrop.. Firenze. 1909, xxxxx. 18-45. 16 fgs.) After general discussion with reference A M E R I CA N ANTHROPOLOGIST [N. s., to previous investigations, describes and figures I I cases of anomalous division of the malar bone. As t o t h e prevalence of these anomalies according to race. sex. and social classes. much difference of opinion and doubt exist. T h e percentage attributed t o t h e Japanese is probably far too great. Some have seen in this anomaly of the malar bone a regressive or atavistic character. One reasonable explanation sees the cause of division in the origin of the malar bone from three centers of ossification. mutt (A.) Cuckoo heroes. (Folk-lore, Lond.. 1910. XSI. 20-235.) Resume and critique of t h e article of D r Pokorny o n the King Arthur legend as a myth of the cuckoo-hero. D r P.'s views a r e altogether rejected. How far is t h e lore of the folk Argues racial? (Ibid.. 379-384.) t h a t we must "seek for the remains of what is racially distinctive among t h e artistic rather t h a n among the practical f elements of the lore o the folk." From the lore of the folk alone. e. g.. we could not safely infer t h e Scandinavian settlements of the 9th-11th centuries in Britain. Oppenheim (S.) Ein Beitrag zur exakten Bestimmung des Inion. (A. f . Anthrop. Brnschwg.. 1910. N. F.. IX. IS--22, 4 fgs.) Discusses t h e exact determination of the inion (Klaatsch. Schwalbe, Broca. L e Double, Martin, Merkel. etc.). Miss 0. holds t h a t "the inion is the point of union of the lineae nuchae superiorcs in the median sagittal plane." i. e. "at t h e middle of t h e fubmculum linearum." Palmer (A. S.) Folk-lore in word-lore. (Ninet. Cent., Lond.. 1910, 545-557.) Treats o Auld Muffy. Old Harry, Old f N i c k . Old Snalch. "deep a s Carry (Carraff.etc.). Hccklcburnie." "go to Hummer." "Jenny Grcenleefh." Roger's blast," etc.. in English dialects, chiefly appellations of t h e Devil. Papillault (G.) Sur quelques erreurs (R. d e d e methode en criminologie. I@&. d'Anthr. d e Paris. 1910. xx. 321334.) Discusses modern theories of crime pointing o u t their errors, etc.: T h e Lombrosan biological theory. recently attacked by D r Lebas in his klude crilique des sfigmafesanafomiques de la criminalill. etc. (Paris, 1910) and Dr d e Lanessan in his L a lullc contre lc crime (Paris, 1910) in which works ' I education is strenuously advocated; the views of Alimena, who holds t h a t the feeling for punishing offenders is a "protective feeling," socially effective,-thus both the biological a n d the reformative schools are deceived in looking a t punishment only in its relations with t h e criminal. There is a difference between normal and abnormal criminals; there a r e also abnormals who are not criminals and criminals who a r e not abnormals. According to D r P. both schools are right in a way, but t h e proportion of rightness belonging t o each has not yet been determined. Pastor (W.) Die Musik der Naturvtjlker und die AnfBnge der europiiischen Musik. (2.f . Ethnol., Berlin, 1910. X L I I . 655-675.) Treats of the music of primitive peoples (there is a threefold stratification: music a s magic. developed in a pre-animistic epoch; music as rhythm, developed in a n already advanced epoch of social division,war and hunting, or labor songs; music as melody, developed first in contact with peoples of higher culture); prehistoric European music (trumpets, horns. lyres, etc.); musical sense of early Christian church, etc.; origin of multiple-voiced music (made its way in Europe against t h e church and not through its help). According t o P.. no uninfluenced primitive people was able t o rise above a certain degree of horizontal two-grade music. T h e decisive step was taken by Europe and b y t h e race dominating t h e North, with their freer and broader outlook upon t h e world,-to this we owe the beginnings of our European music. A clearer mental atmosphere there caused t h e freedom of the solar cult to rise o u t of t h e dull cult of t h e dead formerly prevailing; o u t of t h e cave-cult of t h e south with its lower races arose in t h e North a cult of the mountains. I n primitive times music was bond, with the culture-bearing race of t h e North i t became free. Pdladan (-) ThQrie plastique d e I'androgyne. (Mercure de Paris. 1910. LXXXIV. 6 3 4 6 5 1 . ) Discusses t h e androgynous concept in sculpture,t h e esthetic problem was t o fuse into one type t h e young man and t h e young woman,-in antiquity. early Christian Europe, t h e Renaissance, etc. Christianity w a s "a reaction of t h e Aryan and Occidental genius against Asiatic cor- CHAMBERLAIN] PERIODICAL LI T E R A T U R E ruption.” T h e purity of the androgynous figure pleased Christian chastity freed from the vice and immoralities of Rome. The androgyne is the flower of humanity and is truly archetypal. P e t e r s (J. P.) 0. Hamdy Bey. (Rec. of Past, Wash., 1910,IX, 176-181.2 fgs.) Brief account of the life and activities of Hamdy Bey (son of Edhem Pasha). who died February 24. 1910. having been since 1881 Director of the Imperial Museum a t Stamboul. PiCron (H.) Les methodes iconometriques dans I’Ctude de la gen&se psycho(Bull. Soc. sociale d e la statuaire. d’Anthr. d e Paris, 1910.we s.. I. 122127.) Based chiefly on J. Laran’s Rcchcrchss sur k s Proporlions dans la Sfafuaire francaiss du xii’ sidcle (Paris, 1909. pp. 108) in which the chief anthropometric data have been studied on 300 statues, and a new “science” of “iconometry” developed. Laran’s results indicate the extraordinary variability (sometimes almost “anarchy”) of the so-called “canons“ (e. g. of the number of “heads“ in the statue). “Spiritualization” had led to the diminution of the size of the head in figures of saints, archangels, the elect, etc.; gallantry has had the same effect with respect t o women. M. Laran concluded t h a t : a ) In proportion to height, t h e head of a statue is smaller according as the height is greater; b) when the dimensions of a figure are made to vary, t h e height of the head varies much more slowly than the total height o t h e f figure. M. P. notes that this law holds in anthropometry also, the shorter human beings having a proportionately greater head. h l . Laran‘s statue-data give a proportion of heads in total height varying from 4 to I O % , that of the French Schools being 7%. The influences of individuals and of society a r e clearly revealed. Statues of one artist, of one school, of one epoch, of one and the same iconographic and monumental significance. On the same monument two statues or two artists differ more than two statues by one artist o n two distant monuments; and likewise with different schools. Pinard (S.) Quelques prkisions sur la methode c o m p a r k . (Anthropos. S t 3-5: Gabriel-hlodling, 1910. v, 5 4 5 8 ) Discusses the comparative method in t h e study of religion, etc. (hierography. hierology. hierosophy. in the nomen- clature of Goblet d’Alviella). Principles o uniformity, originality, primacy, f unity are considered. Preuss (K. T.) Religionen der Naturvolker 1906-1909. Allgemeines. (A. f. Religsw., Lpzg.. 19x0,X I I I . 398-465.) Reviews and critiques of works dealing with the general question of the religion of primitive peoples, fundamental problems, customs, ceremonies, material culture in relation to religion, etc. Works b y Foucart and Goblet d’Alviella (comparative method), Wundt (myth and religion. pp. 402-413). Jevons. Achelis. Meyer. Lehmann. Hartmann. Marett. Wissler (Blackfeet), Vierkandt (magic and religion). Crawley (idea of t h e soul), Combarieu (music and magic). Hofschlaeger (therapeutics), Lasch (the oath). Frazer (kingship). Bethe (Doric paidophily). van Gennep (“rites d e passage”), Runze (sacrifice). Seligmann (“evil eye“). Hertz (right hand), Diels (twitchings of limbs, etc.). Hahn (agriculture), Macculloch (“childhood of fiction”). Abraham and Rank (Freudian views of myths and dreams), Siecke (attributes of deities). Lessmann (comparative mythology), etc., a r e considered. Proceedings of the Anthropological Society of Washington. (Amer. Anthrop.. Lancaster, Pa., 1910. N. s.. X I I . 7 5 - 9 0 , ) Museo Nazionale di AnPuccioni (N.) tropologia e Etnologia in Firenze. L e collezioni Antropologiche. (A. f . Antrop. Firenze. 1909. X X X I X . 265273.) Notes on t h e anthropological collections (crania, parts of skeletons, models, etc.) in t h e National .4nthropological and Ethnological Museum in Florence. Europe is represented by 268 prehistoric, ancient, and medieval Italian crania. 1.434 modern Italian and 222 non-Italian; Africa by 168 crania, Asia by 2 8 5 . Oceania by 574 and America b y 472 (Eskimo 3. California 8 . Haida 3. Chinook I . Apache 2, Tarahumare 3, Mound-builders I. Mexico 4. Ecuador I. Colombia 5 . Bolivia I. Brazil 4 Gran Chaco 9. . Pampas 14. Chile 9. Patagonia 12. Fuegia 21. ancient Peru 200. Calchaqui 9. T h e Museum contains also several casts and models chiefly of Papuans. American Indians. etc., many models of human hands a n d feet. models. etc.. of anthropoids specimens of hair. a series of skulls illustrating fetal development, a n d other series showing sexual A M E R I C A N ANTHROPOLOGIST IN. S.. 12. 1910 diflerences. Sergi's cranial varieties. etc. Lamarck. fondateur du Rabaud transformisme. et la crise du transformisme. (R. de I*&. d'Anthrop. de Paris. 1909, XIX. 3 0 ~ 3 1 9 ) . Discusses Lamarckianism. with reference to the recent works of Le Dantec, La Crise du Transformisme (Paris, 1909) and Landrieu. Lamarck, le fondafeur du fransformisme (Paris, 1909). Landrieu points out the newness and modernity of Lamarck and the place of the Phibsophie zoologique in the thought of to-day. Read (C. H.) Enrico Hillyer Giglioli. (Man. Lond.. 1910. x. 17. I pl.) Brief account of scientific activities of Prof. Giglioli (1845-1909). the ethnologist and versatile man of science, with good portrait. Regnault (F.) La forme des doigts s u p plCmentaires. dans la polydactylie, indique que leur origine n'est point (Bull. Soc. d'Anthr. de atavique. Paris. 1909. v" 5.. x. 7 ~ 8 0 . ) Argues from data of osseouo morphogeny (in man and other animals) that supplementary fingers are not of atavistic origin. but due to embryonic causes, preventing the atrophy of one or more of the other four cellular sets, which generally fail t o develop into fingers. The atrophy and development seem both to bear on the transverse diameter. Les types bumains d ' a p r b les principales proportions du corps. (Rev. Scientif., Paris, 1910. X L V I I I , 683-689. 4 fgs.). Sketches history of subject,ideasof Charpey (1892-1908), Manouvrier (1902). Regnault (1903). Latiform and longiform types of body (with parts and organs corresponding) justified by folk-thought and scientific measurements, etc. These two types are adapted to different modes of life and ends; they are accompanied by different motor functions, etc. A disharmonic type (part latiform. part longiform) also exists; it may arise through disease. too prolonged physical exercise, muscular inactivity, etc.). Reichel (H.) ct Burle (E.) Du trouble (Befangenheit) comme motif de suspicion. (R. d. c t . Ethnogr. et Sociol., Paris. 1909. 11. 374-376.) Argues against the acceptance of the recent "demonstration" by the experimental psychological method of guilt as revealed by emotional reaction and disturbance. (B.) Reinach (A. J.) Sur I'origine du coq. (L'Anthropologie. Paris, 1910. x x t , 75-78.) Discusses the figure of the cock on coins found in ancient Artemisia. possibly not Lydian but Ephesian. since it appears on coins o Ephesus as well. f Mention of the cock in Greece goes back to the verse of Theognis in the middle of the 6th century, B. C. R. rejects the common view that the cock reached Europe through the Persians (cf. the sacred bird of Mazdeism). by way of Lydia, about the beginning of the 6th century. The Cretan coins of Phaistos. with figures of the cock and the god-name Welchanos. belonging to a people of Etruscan affiliations lead R. to attribute t o them "a thousand years before the appearance of the Persians, the diffusion of the cock and its cult in Crete, Lycia and Lydia." See also Baethgen's Dc Yi ac significafione galli in religionibus el arlibus (Gbttingen. 1887) and D. G. Hogarth's The Archaic Arfemisia (London, 1908). Rivet (P.) Recherches sur le prognath(Ibid.. 505-518.) Gives isme. 11. results of the study of the naso-alveolobasilar angle in 5,615 human, 151 anthropoid, and 334 simian skulls. In simians and anthropoids prognathism is noticeably less in the young than in the adult; in the simians great variety exists within the same family or species; the orang, gorilla, and chimpanzee females are considerably less prognathic than the males, particularly the gorilla and the orang. In man prognathism is less in the child and in the aged than in the adult; but there appears t o be no regular or marked variation according to sex; prognathism is probably not at all, or very little. connected with the general form of the skull; as to form of face, it may be that in a general fashion the most marked prognathism occurs in skulls with narrow and long face.-prognathism is more allied to leptoprosopy. orthognathism to chamaeprosopy. but long and short faces alike may be found among very prognathous groups of mankind, such as. e. g.. the Eskimo and Neo-Caledonia and also among the very orthognatTAus. e. g., Polynesians and Veddas. Roth (E.) Der biise Blick. (Globus. Brnschwg.. 1910. XCVII. 80-81.) R& sum& briefly the data in S. Seligmann's CHAMBERLAIN] PERIODICAL LITERATURE 62 I monograph on the ”evil eye.“-Dcr bosc Blick (2 Bde. Berlin, 1909). T h e belief in t h e “evil eye” is ancient and world-wide. Animals are not so often credited with i t as man. Innumerable effects a r e attributed to i t and t h e charms against it are legion. When the eye came t o be regarded a s the seat of the soul many things t h a t had nothing whatever originally t o d o with t h a t folk-thought, were gradually attached to it. T h e ”evil eye” represents rnisunderstood anatomical. physiological. and physical observation of human and animal eyes, unexplained experiences of human and animal life. suggestion. etc. S a b r e (M.) Pieter Breugel e n d e folklore. (Volkskunde. Gant. 1910. XXI, 93-95.) Treats of the folk-lore value of the works of P. Breupel for the study In 1907 w a s of t h e 16th century. published R . v. Bastelaer and G. H. d e Loo’s Peler Breagel. I‘ancien, san ocuurc el son lcmps. Folkloristische Kazenpastei. f (Ibid.. 129--142.) Treats o the hare in folk-lore (among Algonkian Indians. ancient Egyptians, Celts, Hebrews, Aztecs, Hottentots, Teutonic peoples, French, Basutos. proverbs, legends, etc.). Hare a s deity. tabu animal, totem, hare in moon and moon-spots, hare-lip, cowardice and cunning of hare in beast-fables and animal-tales, hareblood a s medicine. hare in folk-medicine, coagulirm lcporinum (haselpruit). eating hare-flesh to gain beauty, change of sex a s well a s color attributed t o the hare. - Duifje en Willemijntje. (Ibid.. 155.) Note on the saying common in Bruges, “Ze komen overeen lijk Duifje en Willemientje.” These two personages figure in a Dutch folk-book Duyfkcnr cn Wilkmynkcns Pelgrimagic lo1 harm beminden binnen Jerusalem (oldest edition, Antwerp. 1627). .by Boetius a Bolswert. A French editlon of 1734 bears the title Lc Pikrinagc dc dcux SOCUIS Colombclle el Volonlaircllc v t l s lcur Bien-AymC en CilC de Jerusalem. Saintyves (P.) Talismans e t reliques (R. d. Ethnogr. t o m b & du ciel. e t Sociol.. Paris, 1909. 11. 175-192.) Treats of talismans and relics ”fallen from the sky”: Aeroliths (sacred stones of t h e Semites, beilh-el. thunderbolts), gcmmae crrauniac in the ancient world ct. from Europe to India; fossils regarded a s thunderbolts (belemnites; the Spartan lhrasydilc); natural “sports” thought to be of celestial origin; prehistoric stone weapons and implements, axes, etc.. looked upon by t h e ignorant a s “thunder-stones.“ etc.; idols, fallen from the sky (Xoana. palladia, diopcks statues. etc.). Sapper (K.) Einige Bemerkungen iiber primitiven Feldbau. (Globus. Brnschwrg.. 1910, X C V I I . 345-347.) S. regards “digging-stick cultivation” and “plant-stick cultivation” (two distinct forms. t h e one in the South Pacific. the other among the Indians of Central America) as lower forms beneath the higher form of ”hoe-culture” (Hahn). H e holds also to his view of t h e invention and maintenance of agriculture in C. America by men. CI ber GesichtsinSawalischin (Marie) dices. (A. f . Anthrop.. Brnschwg.. 1909. N. F.. VIII. 298-307. 6 fgs.) Gives results of study of facial indices in I Z I Ekulls (19 Papuan. 2 5 Battak. 5 Fuegian. 20 Usa. 2 5 Egyptian and 2 7 Swiss) in the Anthropological Museum of the University of Zilrich.-4 varieties each of total and upper facial index are discussed, also formulae for reckoning facial indices of the skull from those of the living subject. N o agreement in the groupings of the total and upper facial indices of various authors existed hitherto. N o marked correlation between t h e total and upper facial indices. T h e measurementpoints of t h e Virchow index for facial width disqualify it in t h e comparison. Schmidt (W.) L’origine d e ]’id& d e Dieu. (Anthropos, St Gabriel-Mod1910,v. 231ling. 1910.I V . I O ~ S - I O ~ I ; 245.) Discusses theories of D r C. T. Preuss on origin of religion and a r t ; E. Lehmann on religion and magic: A. Vierkandt on beginnings of religion and magic; E. S. Hartland on early religion. Also r b u m b results of criticism of “magic” theory of religion (Father S. gives King the credit of having best demonstrated the origin of magic propcrly so-called, i. e.. from the aspect of new, strange things). Another cause of “magic” is represented by Hubert and Mauss t o be the deeply felt social need. M a r e t t and Vierkandt have pointed o u t t h e importance a s a fecund source of magic ideas of t h e external movements of the hody pro- A MERICAN .4 .WTHROPOLOGIST IN. 5 . 12. I910 . cecding from the vivacity of internal agitations. Father S. maintains that the normal a i d not the “magic” causality comcs first and suffices t o explain the ys! chological, ethnographic and prehistoric facts in question. This monograph by Father Schmidt on the origin o l thc idea of God has been reprinted in French: L’origim ole l ’ l d i c de D i c ~ i . h d e hislorico-critique el posifiue (Vienne. 1910. pp. xiii. 310). Schrsder (0.) Begraben und Verbrennen im Lichte der Religions- und Kulturgeschichte. (Mitt. d. Schles. Ges. f . Volksk.. Breslau. 1910. X I I . 48-73.) Treats of burying and cremation from the point of view of religion and culture-history. Burial with property and grave-gifts (in parts of white Russia today grave-gifts are still buried with the dead), burial of horscs, slaves, wives or concubines. death-feasts and funeral-meals. memorial ceremonies, abandonment o house f in which death took place, cairns. monuments, graves, megaliths. mounds, house for the dead, position in which corpse is buried (knee-elbow, etc.). toilet nf the dead, use and arrangement of coffin and contents, “death-trees” for burial, etc. Funeral pyres and cremation (possibly of accidental origin, a sort or preservation process a t first. then intentional burning t o ashes), the soul freed in smoke and through flame. burning u p of property and funeral-gifts, incineration of children not common. burning of corpses in t h e grave, urn-burial and hut-urns (analogy between house and tomb, etc.). S. is of opinion t h a t cremation is See gaining in Germany today. further on this subject the author’s Reallexikon d n Indog. Alfnfumskunde (Strassburg. 1901) and his article on Aryan Religion in Hastings‘ Encyclopedia of Religion and Efhics. vol. 11.. 19x0. This interesting address has been reprinted in pamphlet-form (Breslau. 1910. pp. 31). Schrijnen Duivelsnamen. (VolksNotes kunde. Gent, 1910. XXI. 5-7.) on folk-names of the devil: Zwnrf Hennecke, d u k n . fcr dukcr. etc. __ Die oudchristelijke liefdemalen. Notes on t h e early (Ibid.. 66-70.) Christian agapie, compared with t h e “death meal” among Teutonic peoples and other heathen analogues. Schwalbe (G.) P. W. Schmidt’s “Arbeit u.) Die Stellung der Pygmlenvolker in der Entwicklingsgeschichte des Menschen.” (Globus. Brnschwg., 1910. X C V I I I , 53-56.) Resume a n d critique of Father Schmidt’s book on Die Sfellung der Pygmacnvblkn i n der Enfwirklungsgcschichfe des Mcnschcn (Stuttgart, 1910. pp. 309). Schwalbe does not believe in t h e unity of t h e African and Asiatic pigmies. or t h a t brachycephaly is a n absolute characteristic of the pigmies (this would not agree with t h e infantile-form theory, a s Schwalbe notes), or t h a t t h e pigmy culture is “homogeneous.” or t h a t they all have ideas of a supreme being. Schwerz (F.) Untersuchungen iiber d a s Verhaltnis von Frontal-, Parietal- und Occipitalsehne zur Schldelbasislange. (A. f. Anthrop.. Brnschwg.. 1910, N. F . . IX.50-52, I fg.) Treats of the relation of t h e frontal, parietal, and occipital f nerves t o t h e length o t h e basis of t h e skull in man and the anthropoids, 3 indices being obtained in this way; zoo human and 100 monkey skulls were studied. None of t h e anthropoid indices was less t h a n 100; t h e youngest animals show t h e smallest indices, also children. T h e general result shows t h a t human and anthropoid skulls differ much, the former having long, t h e latter short roof bones. Both in man and t h e anthropoids t h e length of t h e skull-basis grows faster in t h e course of development than t h a t of t h e roof-bones. S e r a (G. L.) Sul piano orizzontale del cranio. (A. p. I’Antrop.. Firenze. 19x0, XL.. xg-43, 1 1 fgs.. Bibl.) According to S.. “craniological research must deal exclusively with t h e problem of t h e production of the different adult forms on t h e basis of t h e mechanics of evclution.” T h e idea of t h e horizontal plane of t h e skull (the various methods, French a n d German. a r e considered). “is neither purely physiological nor purely anatomical.” T h e existence of movements in t h e orbit does not invalidate t h e ”bi-orbital plane,” a n d the orientation of the skull can only be accomplished by improving and perfecting t h e technique of Broca. - L’attuale controversia su poligenismo e monogenismo in Italia. (Ibid., 97-108.) Treats of t h e controversy concerning polygeny a n d monogeny in Italy, partlcularly t h e writings of Sergi. Giuffrida-Ruggeri. CHAMBERLAIN] PERIODICAL LITERA TURE t h e protagonists of these two views. T h e latter is a “neomonogenist”; Sergi seeks now to establish 4 human species: Archeanfhropus (here belongs Ameghino’s H . P a m p a c u s ) , Paleanlhwpus (H. Europacus or H . Primigenitrs). Noloanfhropus ( H . A f e r ) . Hcoanlhropus ( H . A s i a f i c u s ) . Australoidismo e neandertaloidismo. (Ibid.. 189-202. I pl.. 3 fgs.) Discusses the question of the resemblances of t h e Neandertal type of cranium with t h a t of the modern S. holds that Australian aborigines. the Neandertaloid is really ”Australoid” in its characteristic features,-the Neandertal skull itself is a more specialized type. “Australoidism” may be partial or complete, involving all the skull, or limited t o some trait of the face or of t h e cranium. Australoid skulls may turn up with a certain frequency in isolated regions of Sardinia and continental Italy. Three such skulls (one from Roccasecca in the province of Caserta. the second from the island of Liri, t h e third a Sardinian skull) a r e described by S.-there are also notes on two others. S. considers Australoidism to be “morphological atavism.” a form of reversion in European dolichocephaly. Siffre (A,) PrQence sur une mandibule (Bull. d e gorille d‘une 4’ molaire. Soc. d’Anthr. de Paris. 1909, vc s . x. . 81-82.) Briefly describes occurrence o a fourth molar (rare in both man and f f anthropoids) in t h e jaw o a female gorilla belonging to the Museum of the &ole d’Anthropologie. Paris. Sollas (W. Paleolithic races and their J.) (Scient. modern representatives. 11. Progr. Lond.. 1909, 111. 500-533.) Treats of early pleistocene man and the Tasmanians (pre-Chellean man‘s state of culture “was not far removed from t h a t of t h e now extinct Tasmanians), and lower paleolithic man (Strepyian. Chellean. Acheulean. Mousterian stages). Evidence points t o extension of a primitive race allied to the Australian over a great part of the old world. S(tarr) (F.). Charles Staniland Wake. (Arner. Anthrop.. Wash., 1910. N. 5.. XII. 343-344.) Steinmetr (S.R . ) Eine Berichtigung zu Eduard Hahns Aufsatz “Niederer Ackerbau oder Hackbau.” (Globus, Brnschwg.. 1910, X C V I I I . 66-67.) Points out t h a t H. Schurtz was not the first predecessor o Hahn to attribf f ute the invention o agriculture to women. \’on den Steinen in 1894 and Mason in 1 8 9 j were before him. and anterior to them Lippert in 1886. S. also notes t h a t t h e sex division of labor in tlie explanation o i familyforms has not been so neglected b y ethnologists a s Hahn has stated. Strntz (C. H.) IVachstum und Proportionen des Menschen \‘or und nach der Ceburt. (A. f. Anthrop.. Brnschwg.. 1909. N. F.. ~ 1 1 1 , 287-297. 8 igs.) Treats of height, weight. and proportions of t h e body from early fetal liie (earliest noted human embryo is 0 . 0 1 5 cm. long) to adult age with diagrams illustrating increase, etc. The f ripe fetus has a length o 4 head-heights or 50 cm.. and a weight of 3000 gr. Szombathy (J.) Dr M a t t h a u s Much. (Mitt. d. Anthrop. Ges. in Wien. 1910. XL, 48-50.) Brief account of life, scientific activities, and publications of the archeologist M . Much (18321909).who paid special attention t o Teutonicand European Aryan prehistory. Tauber (C.) Die Ursprache und ihre Entwicklung. (Globus. Brnschwg.. 1910, XCYII. 277-282.) D r T. seeks to trace the Indo-Germanic tongues back to a few roots (and after t h a t to discover the primitive language from which all others have sprung). His 6 primitive roots o Indo-Germanic are f “m +a vowel” (liquid food), whence all sorts of words from muma to Meinung; p-sound +a vowel (solid food) words of the type of Latin panis (bread). P a p a . Latin p a f a . and such a s Flammc. Bluf. etc.. with subsidiary root bar (cave. hiding place): n + a vowel (atmospheric fluid). words like Nass. Nelc. Schncc (snow; Lat. n i x ) . neu (new). Nachl. etc.; I-sound + a vowel (wood). fret, tonne. slchen. fun (do). L. domus. etc.; I - (or I-) + a sound vowel (food and drinking-place), Loch (Lat. lacus). Lust. L i p p c . rinncn. L. rivus. Greek’rhco.etc.; k-sound +a vowel (animal-world). K u h . Kulb. I-. caper. Hals. Hohle. kiissen. H a u l . etc. These same ideas a r e expressed in tlie author’s recent book Orlsnamen und Sprachwissntschajl. Ursprachc und Begrifscnfwickltcng (Zurich. 1908). D r T. also believes t h a t Basque. Etruscan, Ligurian and Pelasgian are “the last A MERICA N ANTHROPOLOGIST [N. S., 12, 19x0 posts of t h e Ural-Altaians ere they NaturelIe was created by decree of t h e were driven from Europe." National Assembly. Thechair of human Thompson (A. H.) T h e psychology of anatomy was occupied afterward by t h e tool-using faculty. (Dental CosA. Portal (until 1832).M. J. P. Flourmos, 19x0, Repr.. pp. 1-7.) Discusses ens (1832-1865). I n 1838 the title absence among animals of rational use of t h e chair was changed t o "anatomy of tools and weapons; man's use of and the natural history of man." a n d tools and psychic emergence coinciwas occupied by E. R. A. Serres (1838d e n t ; man's evolution due to ter1855). In 1855 t h e chair was renamed restrial habits and omnivorous diet; "Anthropology" and its occupants evolution of man's thinking powers since have been J. L. A. d e Quatrefages coincident with increase o manual f d e Breau (1855-1892).T. J. E. H a m y skill; artificial shaping of natural (1892-1909) and R. Verneau (1909). substances into tools and weapons as An account of D r Hamy's iift and works completing man's evolution; the toolin particular is given (pp. 270-278). using faculty t h e main factor in human Vuchow (H.) Bericht uber den Stand evolution. der Rudolf Virchow-Stiftung fur das Valette (P.) L e Dieu Soleil e t la fete d e J a h r 1909. (2. Ethnol., Berlin, 1909, f. Noel. (Bibl. Univ. e t Rev. Suisse. X L I . 956961.) Report on activities. Lausanne, 1910, W I , 72-96.) ComL etc., of t h e Rudolf Virchow Foundapares heathen and Christian rites of tion for 1909. T h e investigations of Christmas. Christianity "celebrates Gaupp (China and Manchuria). Froa t this time t h e birth of t h e divine benius (Niger region of W. Africa). child and t h e birth of the sun." H. Schmidt (archeology of lower Van d e r Linden Discours. (VolkDanube and Balkan regions) were skunde, Gent, 1910, X X I , 160-163.) aided. Grants have been made t o Address at opening of the National Hr. Oesten (archeology of Tollense a n d Folk-Lore Exhibition, July 29. 1910. Lieps Lake, Fischer I . ) , B. Hantzsch in t h e Jubelpark, Brussels. ( 2 5 0 0 M. for expedition, primarily Nigritie congenitale du Variot rC.I ornithological, b u t also ethnological and scrotum e t hyperpigmentation des philological, t o northern B&n Land). petites !6vrcs chez des enfants nouveauHr. Wiegers (diluvial man in Germany), nes. (Bull. Soc. d'Anthr. d e Paris, H. Schfnidt. etc. 1910,V ' 5 . I. 7677.) Note on cases I . . - Uberzahlige Skelettstilcke (Epiof congenital dark pigmentation of physen) a n HBnden und Fiissen eines Gorilla. (Ibid.. rgro. XLII. 320-336. t h e scrotum (observation of 4.000 children gives about I in 300, or .33%) 15 fgs.) Treats of three supernumerary in European new-born children, and a epiphyses on t h e Pisiformia a n d case of hyperpigmentation of the labia Hamala of t h e hands and t h e Noviminora in a girl 10 days old. Such cularia of t h e feet of a gorilla from hyperpigmentations of a precocious Jaunde in t h e Cameroons; also posnature compared to very marked dark sibly a former epiphysis on t h e fifth pigmentation in adults. metatarsal. Reference is also made Verneau (R.) L e professeur E.-T.t o corresponding phenomena or their H a m y e t ses pr6dCcesseurs a u Jardin traces in man. These epiphyses are des Plantes. (L'Anthropologie, Paris, probably d u e to mechanical causes. 1 1 . XXI. 257-279.) 90 Treats o t h e f Muskelmarken a m SchBdel. (Ibid.. late Prol. H a m y and his predecessors 638654. 14 fgs.) Treats of muscleat t h e Jardin des Plantes (created in marks on t h e human skull (Herero, 163j). their scientific activities, etc. Chinese, negroes. Jaunde. itydrocephalic boy, ape. Guayaqui girl, Cameroon M. C. de la Chambre (professor 16351639).F. C. d e la Chambre (1671. after negro. Egyptian mummy. etc.), ac1672 titular only), P. Cresse. P. Dionis cording to 5 groups: the biting-chewing (anatomist. 1680). G. J . du Verney muscles; t h e neck-muscles, etc.; t h e (anatomist). P. J. Hunauld (anatomist). upper-face muscles; t h e muscles of t h e J. B. Winslow (anatomist, 1745-1758). anterior a n d posterior surfaces of t h e A. Ferrein (anatomist, 1758-1 769). lower jaw. Vram (U. G.) Le deformazioni artificiali A. P e t i t (anatomist. 1769-1777). F. della testa nell'arte. (A. p. I'Antrop.. Vicq-d'Azir, Antoine Portal. In Firenze. 1909. June 1793 t h e Miiseum d'Histoire XXXIX, 255-256.) V. u.) CHAMBERLAIN] PERIODICAL L I T E R A T U R E believes t h a t many of the ancient terrato the European a n d t o the primitive Semitic is not yet determined. Dr W. cottas of Greece, Asia Minor, Italy, etc., exhibiting deformations of t h e holds t h a t t h e genuine Semitic type head, a r e not caricatures of living has been preserved in its purity by persons, or masks, b u t a r e faithful the Jemenite Jews. T h e Jewish type representations of subjects known to is not merely and solely a product of and seen b y t h e artists,-probably environment. racial characters, etc. Werner (A.) The evolution of agriculW a k e (C. S.) Unity or plurality of manture. Afric. SOC.. Lond.. 1910. IX. kind. (Amer. Antiq., Salem, Mass., 401-41s.) Review and critique of 1910, XXXII. 65-76.) Discusses views of the views and theories of E. Hahn in M. d e Virey (1801) a s revived b y D r his Die Enfslrhung d n wirlhschafflichen and Die Enlslehung der G. A. Dorsey. Topinard, d e QuatreArbeil (1908) fages, etc. W. concludes t h a t "there Pjlugk~llur (1909). Miss W. notes is n o evidence o serious importance of f t h a t "all over the world the results t h e dual origin of man; t h a t is of t h e of fuller investigations tend to show original division of mankind into white t h a t the old 'three stages' theory is and black stocks." completely untenable." Collecting. not hunting, was in all probability Waldeyer (W.) Weitere Untersuchungen iiber den Processus retromastoideus. the most primitive mode of gaining a (2.f. Ethnol.. Berlin, 1910, XLII. 316living. Hahn sees the origin of work in the economic activity of women; the 317:) Examination of 1224 skulls in various Berlin collections shows t h a t digging stick. with its magic associations, may be considered the ancestor t h e P . r. occurs in all races, but most of the conjuror's wand. Agriculture, frequently in Papuan skulls. "The Dreiinvented by women, was largely left hockerbild" occurs in 3 Alfuro skulls. and traces of it may be quite frequent in their care since man thought i t connected with child-birth, etc.. a s Rendel in those of Europeans. Wehrhan (K.) u. Olbrich (-.) Harris and others have pointed out. Die Economic ignoring of women resulted Freimaurerei im Volksglauben. Eine Umfrage. (Mitt. d . Verb. deutschen from t h e change from hoe to plough culture. Ploughing, according t o D r Ver. f. Volsk., rgog, Nr. 10, 14-20.) Questionnaire on folk-lore of FreeHahn, originated in a religious ceremasonry; 17 questions and answers mony. T h e cart with wheels came and r e s u m b of aa legends, etc.. confrom the "sacrificial bowls or cauldrons cerning Freemasons. mounted on rollers for greater ease in Weinreich (0.) Zum Tod des grossen moving them about." There a r e many far-fetched things in D r Hahn's Pan. (A. f. Religsw., Lpzg., 1910. books, b u t many brilliant ideas also. X I I I , 467-473.) Cites 16 examples of t h e use of t h e ancient legend of t h e Wetzel (G.) Ein neuer Apparat zur death of Pan (Bigot, 1549; Rabelais Aufstellung des Schiidels fur diagraph1553; N o a d u Fail, 1585; Gloss to ische Aufnahmen. (Korr. BI. d. D. Spenser's Shrphcards Calender. 161 I; Ges. f. Anthrop., Brnschwg.. 1909,XL. Abbe Anselm. 1722; Wieland; Pedro 41-43. 2 fgs.) Describes new diaSexia. 1542; Fischart. 1586; Magica graphic apparatus in which by using (Eissleben, 1600; Remigii Dacmonlaft h e inner surface only of t h e skull for ria, 1693; Boissard, 1615; Pierre d u fastening in position, all portions of Moulin. 1568-1658; Oudaans. 1664; the exterior are accessible for drawing. Bishop Huet. 1679; A van Dale, 1683; Woodworth (R. S.) Racial differences Gottsched. etc.). in mental traits. (Science. N. Y.. Weissenberg 6.) Der judische Typus. 1910. s . XXXI. 171-186.) Discusses N. . XCVII. 309(Globus. Brnschwg., 1910, f powers o vision (essentially equal, 311. 318-331, r3 fgs.) Treats of myopia t o be excluded. if native "Jewish type," - Polish, Galician. differences a r e to be determined), South Russian. Grusian. Caucasian. hearing (whites possibly superior; n o Tunisian, Jemenite, etc., a r e considered. f clear superiority o savages). smell According to Dr W.. there exists. (special interests and training, as in beside t h e European-Asiatic type a n the case of sight, account for an,' alleged African type longer-headed with finer superiority of t h e "lower" races), facial traits. T h e relation of this type touch (little evidence; no general con- u. A m . A u r n . . N. 5.. 11-45 A M E R J C A N ANTHROPOLOGIST IN. s., xz, 1910 clusion can be drawn; Papuans excell. Indian about same as whites), painsense (difference rather in conception of pain, or in understanding the test, than in pain-sense). color-sense (very much the Same all over the world), “tapping-test“ (no absolutely marked differences of importance). righthandedness (no marked racial differences). illusions and errors of judgment (same degree apparent in peoples of widely different cultures), “form-test‘‘ (when fair, no large differences, much overlapping). stage of culture as index of mental endowment (not an accurate measure of intelligence; greatest part of civilization of any generation is bequeathed to it. only its own prcductive increase can be laid to its credit), invention (spontaneous variation and previouslyacquired knowledge: size of group a n important factor; accidental factore important as a prime cause of humanprogress.sexual selection or mating customs more important than natural selection). selection by migration. etc. The “illusory appearance of great racial differences” has been made too much of. The puzzle of color vocabularies. (Psychol. Bull.. Baltimore, 1910, VII. 315-334.). Discusses the question of the relation of color-sense and colorvocabulary, with special reference to race, and particularly to primitive peoples. the civilized Englishman, etc. Absence of a color-name does not necessarily indicate absence of a sense for that color (some languages seem even devoid of conventional colornames). Where color serves as the mark of an important object, or condition of an object. a color name is most likely t o develop.-’% cows had affected the blues and the greens, the history of color vocabularies would probably have been quite different.” And “it is probably owing to the use of pigments that names for green and blue have become stereotypes in European languages.” Wright (E. B.) The relations of the great museums to the independent local investigator. (Rec. of Past, Wash.. m, 80-83. I fg.) Argues for assistance and encouragement for the local investigator both in research and publication. Great museums “keep their appropriations for their own family circle.” Instances of valuable work of investigators unconnected with institutions are given. Zachariae (T.) Scheingeburt. (2. d. Ver. f. Volksk.. Berlin. 1910, xx. 1411 8 1 . ) Treats of acts and ceremonies, symbolic performances, etc.. in imitation of child-birth and its concomitants: Lifting from the ground, placing next to one’s naked body or in one’s clothes. passing through a dress, shirt, or other article of clothing, putting to the breast, laying in the bosom. in the lap, on the knees, etc.. making pass or crawl through or handing through a door. window. opening of any kind (e. g. a hollow in a tree, wall, rock, etc.), passing through fire. water, etc.. and other pseudo-genital and regenerational symbolisms. particularly the Hindu *‘ Hiranyagorbha rite” (pp. I 59-167). or “re-birth through the golden cow”; creeping-through as a ceremony of purification, ordeal. test of chastity, etc. (pp. 167-180). EUROPE Alsberg (M.) Deutschtum und Volksbewegung in Usterreich-Ungarn. (Globus, Brnschwg., 1910. XCVII. 360-362.) Treats of the German element in Austrc-Hungary, the movement of races, etc. In Bohemia the German language-area has increased during the last decade; but in northern Moravia and western Austrian Silesia it has lost considerably. Fear from decrease in the surplus of births in the German area in the Empire is hardly justified, -it is the German towns lying in Slavic surrounding that are most affected here, not the German territories themselves. Andree (R.) Ratschen. Klappern und das Verstummen der Karfreitagsglocken. (Z. d. Ver. f. Volksk., Berlin, 1910. xx. 250-264, 14 fgs.) Treats of the silencing of bells and the use of noise-making apparatus. hand rattles and clappers of various sorts, larger‘instrurnents moved by handles, etc.. in various parts of Protestant and Catholic Europe: German Ralschcn. Klapprrn, etc.. Roman and Neapolitan trocola. Spanish malraca, Greek simandra, French claqucuc. etc. In Protestant lands the custom of muting the bells has declined, the “Ratschbuben” have disappeared in Easter week, but they are still remembered in song and story. d’Andrian Werburg (-). L’anthropologie CHAMBERLAIN] PERIODICAL LITERATURE en Autriche-Hongrie. (Bull. Soc d’Anthr. d e Paris, 1910. vie s.. I 345-352.) Report on state of anthro Note pology in Austro-Hungary. the numerous and successful investi gations of t h e remains of prehistori man,-at Krapina, Brunn. Predmost Lautsch. etc., b y GorjanoviC-Kram berger. etc., investigations of tht bronze age in Hungary a t Velem-Sent Vid; the anthropological activitie centering in Cracow; t h e physica anthropological studies of Weisbach Matiegka, etc.; the linguistic work ‘0 F. Milller. Miklosich. Tomaschek. H u n falvy. etc.; African investigations o Holub. Paulitschke, etc.; the linguistiq and ethnological labors of F a t h e Schmidt, editor of Anlhropos (foundec in 1907); t h e extensive researches ir folk-lore of all kinds (F. S. Kraust deserved mention here) in all parts o the Empire; the studies of t h e peasant house by Bancalari, Aleringer. Bunker Murko. etc. A new journal, Wdrfn und Sachen. devoted t o culture-history is shortly to appear. d e Aranzadi (T.) D e la “covada” en Espafia. (Anthropos. St GabrielArgues Miidling, rgro. v. 775-778.) f t h a t t h e absence o a native name for muuade in Basque is no proof of the non-existence of t h e custom itself and notes t h a t in somewhat attenuated forms (father remains in bed for some time with mother and child, public presentation of child by father. etc.) actually exists tc-day in certain parts of N. W . Spain. also in the Balearic is. In some cases the father keeps in the house for a week. According to Prof. d e A. the wuuade is no literary myth, as some have thought. L’attelage des boeufs par la t@te est-il d’origine germanique? (Bull. Soc. d’Anthr. d e Paris, 1909. v’ 5.. X, 264-268. map.) Discusses t h e distribution of the various methods of yoking oxen,-by the neck or shoulders (Latin. Slav) and by t h e horns (“Teutonic,” according t o Braungart). I t remains t o be proved t h a t t h e hornyoke (e. g. Basque form) is really Teutonic. It may be “Alpine.” At~6t.h G . ) A trip around Iceland. (So. ( Wkmn.. Hampton, Va.. 1910. XXXIX. 539-545. 598-605, 9 fgs.) Contains notes on schools, hospitals. churches, morals. dress and ornament, agriculture. fishing, politics, etc. Bardon (L.) el Bouyssonie U. c i A,) L a grotte Lacoste. p r b Brive, C o r r b e . (R. de l’&. d’Anthr. d e Paris. 1910. xx. 28-40. 60-71. 1 5 fgs.) T r e a t s of caves investigated in 1899. with descriptions o human artefacts found f (borers of great variety and in great abundance, scrapers, flint flakes, a n d blades of various sorts, piercers. knives, etc.) Inall 826 borersand 2.227 other specimens were found. The material gives t h e impression of “Aurignacian put to new uses.“ T h e cave belongs t o t h e upper Aurignacian. Deutsche Volkstrachten. Bartels (M.) (2. d. Ver. f. Volksk.. Berlin, 1910.xx. 241--249. g fgs.) Treats of German folk-costume: Sachsen-Altenburg. Hamburg. Upper Bavaria. Hesse. Alsace, Wiirttemberg, Baden. etc. Besides local and geographical groups, German folk-costumes can be divided otherwise, e. g. costumes of men and those of women (girls, married women, widows); everyday and holiday costumes; Sunday, evening, wedding costumes, etc.; costumes for various professions and occupations (shepherds a n d herdsmen of the Alps. fisherwomen of Cuxhaven, etc.). I t is n o t true, as some have maintained. t h a t there a r e really no German folk-costumes. what are thought such being merely retained court or patrician fashions of t h e 17th or 18th centuries. T h e “Museum fur deutsche Volkstrachten und Erzeugnisse des Hausgewerbes.” founded in Berlin in 1888 has thus a real roison d‘Pfre. Bates (W. N.) Sculptures from L a k e Nemi. (Univ. of Penn. Mus. J.. Philo.. 1910. I. 30-33. 2 fgs.) Notes on figures of Eros bending his bow and a youthful faun. the former doubtless inspired b y the work of Praxiteles. D k o u v e r t e . fouille Baudouin (M.) e t restauration d’une all& megalithique s6pulcrale avec cercles pbritaphiques aux Tabernaudes, a I’Ile d’Yeu. Vendbe. (Bull. SOC. d‘Anthr. d e Paris, rgro, VI’ s.. I. g5-rzo. z pl., 4 fg?.) Treats of the discovery, investigation and restoration of a megalithic “ y a y ” (sepulchral) with t w o pentaphic circles, in 1907 a t Les Tabernaudes. on the northwestern end of t h e island of Yeu in Vend&; history, geography, description and architectonic study. the peritayhic circles, etc.. are discussed in detail. This covered A M E R I C A N ANTHROPOLOGIST [N.5.. 12, I910 way belongs to the neolithic period. fauna. The Achulean and Mousterian (where the warm fauna appears typicbut w a s partly destroyed. Traces of peritaphic circles are all around it. The ally for the first time) come certainly restoration was made as carefully and before the last glacial (Wurmian) and exactly as possible. Except a few chips probably after the “maximum of the of flints no prehistoric remains, bones, penultimate” (Rissian). The postglacial age of the Upper Solutrean and grave-gifts, etc.. were found in the great the Magdalenian is recognized. cavity. From the covered way itself Bockenoogen (G. J.) were obtained a number of pebbles, Nederlandsche fragments of flint, a polished axe, etc. sprookjes uit de XVII de en het begin I t seems that the entire contents of der XVIIIdeeeuw. (Volkskunde. Gent, this neolithic tomb must have been 1910, XI. 7-21.) Two tales “Van d e boer die kon waartegen,” and “Van removed and destroyed a t the time of the first Christian settlement of the de berzorgte Bruid.” - Nederlandsche sprookjes en vertelisland. Bebrend (F.) Das Handschriftenarchiv sels. (lbid., 76-78). Two brief tales, der Deutschen Kornmission der KSnig“Hier IS de tijd; waar is de man?” lichen Preussischen Akademie der Wisand “Men moet den duivel niet versenschaften. zoeken,” from North Holland. (2. d. V. f. Volksk.. Notes Berlin, 1910. xx, 321-322.) - Geparodieerde sermoenen. (Ibid.. that by the last report the collection 101-III. 150-155.) Cites in whole or contains 4000 descriptions of Mss. from in part I I mock-sermons in Dutch all parts of Europe. These Mss. include from works of the 17th and 18th much of value for the history of German centuries. Bolte (A.) Zu dem christlichen Warnfolk-lore: Songs. charms and conju(Z. d. Ver. f. Volsk.. ungsbriefe. gations. riddles, folk-rhymes, etc. Berlin. 1910. xx, 3q-321.) Examples are the German Ms. 333b Cites a of the National Library in Paris and copy of “the Christian letter o warnf ing.” from a colored lithograph (ca. Ms. X V I F j of the University of Prague. Benziger (J. C.) Das Brunner Bartli1860) from Neuruppin, found in the spiel. (Schw. Arch. f. Volksk.. Basel. village of Briesen near Cottbus. The pictures are worse and the verses Describes, with 1909, XIII. 271-304.) changed a good deal. See Kirchner citations from two fragmentary texts the “Bartlispiel.” formerly (e. g. most W.1. - Neuere Sagenliteratur. (Ibid.. o the 18th century) performed as a f part of the carnival proceedings at 329-332.) Reviews and critiques of Brunn. Barlli i evidently corrupted s recent publications on folk-tales. etc. Backel’s Die deulsche Volkssage (Lpzg., from the name of St Bartolomaus. but 1909). F. Ranke’s Die dculschen Volksis now merely a symbol of festivity. sagen (Munchen. 1909). Kiihnau’s The personages appearing are such as Schlesische Sagen (Lpzg.. 1910). d e occur often in older German comedies, Cock and Teirlinck‘s Brobantsch sagetc. (captain, councillors, clerk, “harleking” and wife, ambassador. singers. enboek (Gent, 1909), F. Heinemann’s dancers, etc.). Sagen. etc. (Bern, 1910). Nyrop’s L’attuale dibattito sulla Portids s a p og sange (Kqbenhavn. Biasutti (R.) cronologia del quaternario europeo. 1909). etc. (A. p. I’Antrop.. Firenze. 1909. xxx~x. - Die Sage von der erweckten Scheintoten. (Ibid.. 353-381.) Well244-255. I fg.) Resumes and disdocumented study of the h l e of the cusses data and theories concerning the awakening of the apparently dead quaternary chronology of Europe woman: The simpler form with the (Penck and Briickner. Boule. Hahne. molifof the theft of the ring (the woman Behlen. Rutot, Ohermayer. Hoernes. of Cologne, 1499 and parallel tales GorjanoviE-Kramberger. etc.) B.’s in Germany. France, Italy, etc.); the conclusions are: The Chellean with romantic form with the kiss-nrolij fauna of warm climate has not been (Thomas of Chantimpre’s tale ca. shown t o belong in the interglacial; 1260;the tale of the Icelandic bishop the fauna of the cold climate (pachyHalldbrsson, died 1339; the version in derms. etc.) seems to have maintained Boccaccio’s Filocopo. and also in the itself from its first appearance Dccamcron; the Florentine legend in f without other interpolations o warm CHAMBERLAIN] PERIODICAL L I T E R A T U R E t h e Tuscan poet A. Velletti concerning Ginevra degli Almieri, and other literary uses of this story; Bishop M . Bandello's version of I s j 4 ; numerous revampings and working over of t h e mofij i Spanish. French, English. n Dutch, German. Swedish. cited on pages 372-373. On pages 374-377 a r e given two versions (one prose, one in verse) of the legend, the first dating from the beginning of the 18th century Besides the many in its origins. European versions, Kirghiz. Chinese, American, and Hindu parallels exist in part or in whole. Dr B. considers the Greek tales of Chariton and Xenophon unrelated. T h e story grew u p possibly about some real case o f "burial alive." Neuere Arbeiten Uberdasdeutsche Volkslied. (Ibid.. 404-411.) Reviews and critiques of recent publications concerning t h e German folk-song. periodical articles. books, etc. Among t h e most important works are: A. Daur's Das allc deulsche Volkslied nach seincn fesfcn Ausdrucksjormcn betrachlef (Lpzg.. 1909). K. Hennig's Die geisflichc Konfrajaklur i m Jahrhundnf d n R c j o r m o l h (Halle. 1909). K. Bode's Die Bcarbcifung dcr Vorlagen in des Knaben Wundrrhorn (Berlin. 1909). W. Jurgensen's Die Marfinsliedn (Breslau. 1910). A. Hartrnann.8 Hislwischc Lieder und Zcifgcdichfe (a Bde. Munchen, 1910). J. P. Clock's Badischm Liedcrhurt (Karlsrube. 1910). S. G r o l h u n d ' s Volkslieder aus dcm Kanfon Solofhurn (Basel. 1910). G. Heegerund W. Wilst's Volklicdcr aus dn Rhcinpfals (Kaiserlautern. 1909). E. H. H. John's Volkslieder und volRrfiimlichc Liedn aus den slchsischcn Erzgebirge (Annaberg. 1909). J. Dillman's Haunalckn Kindnliedcr und Kindmeime (Frankf. A. M.. 1909), F. Schon's Kindcrlieder und Kindffsp'ck des Saarbrilcker Landes (Saarbrkken. 1909). M. Radczwill's Singspiek (Lpzg.. 1908). G. Meyer's Volksldnsc (Lpzg.. 1909). H. Hesse. M. Lang and E. Straws'sDcr Lindenbaum: Dcufschc Volkslicdcr (Berlin, 1910). A. Bonus's Deufschc Wcihnachf. Spiel und Lied aus alfaZed (Miinchen, 1909). A. Nef's Das Lied i n der dcufschen Schweiz Zurich.. 1000). D a s polnische Original des Liedes 'An der Weichsel gegen Osten' und d a s schwedische Lied. 'Spinn. spinn. TochI -I Adds a ter. mein.' (Ibid.. aro-n~~.) fifth melody heard in 1861 in Stubendorf. in t h e Gross-Strehlitz district b y P. Grossman (see Obnschl. Heimaf. 111. 208-210) and compared with the Swedish spinner's song, the melody of which is possibly Silesian. D a s Ringlein sprang entzwei. (Ibid.. 66-71.) Well-documented study of the line in Eichendorff's song "In einem kilhlen Grunde" (1810). Bavarian, Silesian. French, Russian. Scottish. etc.. parallels, etc.. a r e cited and the significance of the "broken ring" considered. -Eine Ratselsammlung a u s dem Jahre 1644. (Ibid., 81-83.) Cites 26 riddles in German from a fly-leaf printed at Bale in 1644. Neuere MPrchenliteratur. (Ibid.. 91-100). Reviews a n d critiques on recent Mlrchcn literature. Among t h e chief contributions are: Gerould's The GrafejulDead (Lond.. 1908). v. Sydow's Tz8 Spinnsagor (Stockholm. 1909). Schuster's Griseldis in d n franadsaschcn L i f n a f u r (Tiibingen. 1909), Dahnhardt'e Nafurgeschichflichc VolksmBrchen ( z Bde. Lpzg.. 1909). Jegerlehner's A m H a d f a n dcr Scnncn (Bern, 1908). and Sagcn aus dem UnfmuaUis (Basel, 1909). &hiller's Schlesische Volksmarchen (Breslau. 1907). Knoop's Osfmarkische Sagcn, etc. (Lissa, 1909). Konrad's N e w s MBrchenbuch (Lissa. 1906). Behrend's Marchcnschale (Danzig. 1908). Baltus's MUrchen a w Osfpreussen (Kattowitz. 1 9 0 7 ) ~Wisser's Wal Grofmodn ucrfcllf Uena, 1909). v. Harten u. Henniger's NicdnsBchsischc VolksmBrchen und Schwiinke (Bremen. 1908), Polsterer's Fufilifdcs ( W e n . 1908). Leroy's Oudulaamsche zcisels en untcllingcn (leper. 1908). Asbjornsen u. Moe's Nonuegische Volksmarchen (Berlin, 1908). Galiot et Cercamons' Confes l i m c i e u x de Toulouse ef dcl'dquifaint (Paris, 1907). Grisanti's Usi. credene L racumti popolari d i Isncllo (Palermo. 1909). Smith's Ancimf T a k s and Folklore of Japan (Lond.. 1908). Schonharl's Volkskundliches aus Togo (Dresden. 1909). Bourhill and Drake's Fairy-tales from Sovfh Africa (Lond.. 1908). Jones's Fox texfs (Leiden. 1907). Strehlow's Mythen. Sagcn und MUrchm dts Aranda-Sfammcs (Frankf. a. M.. 1907). T h e periodical literature of t h e subject is also well reviewed. -Bilderbogen des 16. und 17. Jahrhun- A M E R I C A N ANTHROPOLOGIST IN. 5 . 12. I910 . derts. (Ibid.. 182-202.) Treats of Nos. 11-16 of illustrated fly-leaves of the 16th and 17th centuries: A recipe for bad wives, Punishment of carousing husbands, Land of Cocaigne. Priesthunting, Ship of fools. etc. At pages rpS-20~ is a list of 90 fly-leaves published by Paul Furst of Niirnberg and his widow 1638-1696. II ! Bosson (Mrs G. C. Jr.) Notes O Normandy. (Nat. Geogr. Mag., Wash., 19x0. x x ~ 775-782, 5 fgs.) Treats of . Caen. Falaise (birthplace of William the Conqueror), Dinan (dating from Roman times), Mont Saint Michel. the fast-disappearing Breton costumes (p. 779). etc. Bourgeois (H.) Eine baskische Rolandsage. (2. d. Ver. f. Volksk., B r i . eln 1910. xx. 213-214.) Notes on a Basque “tale of Roland” from the Soule country in the French Pyrenees, not so far from Roncesvalles. The hero o this Basque legend, however, resemf bles more Gargantua. or Kalewipoeg. the Esthonian national hero; he is a sort of Hercules (there is a Soule proverb, Errolan b m f f azkar. ‘‘ strong. as Roland”). In this region also is a“Roland’s rock.” etc. B o d (W. B. F.) Some Servian folk-tales and songs. (Oxf. & Cambr. Rev., Lond.. 1909. No. 8. 18-31.) Discusses characteristics (naturalness of poetry, cheerfulness or “a serene and cheerful transparency”; meter unrhymed trochaic). and gives English versions of several tales (How the prince found a a wife; The forgiven sons; The obedient son). Brandenburg (E.) Italische Untersuchungen. (R. d. fit. Ethnogr. et Sociol.. P r s rgo9,11,3zt1-344,25 fgs.) Gives ai. results of D r B.‘s investigations, in the summer o 1909. in the caves, etc.. f inthe valley of theTiber (upfrom Rome) and its tributaries: In the region of Due Ponte. Villa Spada, Prima Porta. Civita Castellane (especially), ancient Faleria. etc.; also the large caves of the Alban lake; and steps and other works in the solid rock, etc., of these regions. The passages. niches, steps, walls, etc., of these “cult-caves” and the other places in question are compared with the corresponding objects in the “cavedwelling” regions of Asia-Minor. B. thinks it probable that the ideas connected with these cult-objects are of eastern origin. Here, as in Etruscan a t proper. are t o be found a whole r series of Asia Minor forms, etc.. on Italian soil. These passages evidently served not one but various ends. Dr B. is of opinion that many “steps” are nothing more than conventionalized or abbreviated figures of a sitting deity. The Palatine and the Tarpeian rock were originally. according to D r B.. kalchs, t o use the Turkish word introduced by Perrot. B r e d (H.) Sur la prhence d’klithes A la base de I’6ocbe parisien. (L’Anthropologie. Paris. 1910, xxx. 385-408. 77.fgs.) Discusses the question of the f emstence o eoliths a t the base of the Parisian eocene, the sands of Bracheux (Thanetian) de Belle-Assise. etc. Thew “eocene eoliths” are represented by l cylindrical pieces, rognons of a l sorts, irregular fragments. fragments with percussion bulbs, etc. These “eoliths” areall probablyof natural formationand M. I’AbM B. thinks criterion of distinction between real and “pseudoeoliths” does not yet exist. - Etudes de morphologie pal&lithique. I . La transition d u moustCrien vers I’aurignacien I’abri Audi (Dordogne) et au Moustier. (R. de I*&. d’Anthr. de Paris, 1909. xm. 320340.17 fgs.) Discusses the transition in flint implements (“coups-de-poing.” discs, strikers. points, incurved points, “awls,” notches, scrapers. borers, etc.), as exemplified particularly at the rockshelter of Audiand also at Le Moustier. from the Mousterian to the Aurignacian type. Briickner (A.) Neuere Arbeiten zur slavischen Volkskunde. I. Polnisch und Bohmisch. (Z. d. Ver. f. Volksk.. Berlin. 1910. xx. 215-225.) Reviews and critiques of recent publications concerning Polish and Bohemian folklore (periodical literature. books. etc.). The most important works include D r P. Dabowski’s book on Polish private law. P r a m prywalne polskic (Lemberg. rgro), A. Grabowski’s recollections, edited by Prof. S. Estreicher Wspomnicnia (2 vols. Cracou. 1909); Prof. Zibot’s Markoll a “ i m I liferafuk sfaro&sk& (Prag, 1909) and several other publications, C. Holas’s &ski narodni p h i a lance (Prag. 1908) f treating o Bohemian folk-songs and dances, Prof. V. Flajghans’s collection of Bohemian proverbs, c‘cskb prislovl (Prag, 19og-1910). L. Niederle’s Her- CHAMBERLAIN] PERIODICAL LITERATURE kunft und Anfdngc dcr Sridshven (Prag, 1910). etc. Brjinner (K.) Bauerntopferei und volkstumliche Fayencen. (Ibid.. 265-289, 103 fgs.) Treats of peasant ceramic* and folk-fairnces a s represented in the Berlin Museum, by German specimens belonging t o t h e 18th and rgth centuries: So-called “Jute” or ”Tatar” pots (made without wheel); “Cassube” pottery (retention o Old f Slavonic technique and form); Lilbeck ”Mulipen”; pottery for offerings at shrines, etc.; pottery for baking articles used in festivals. etc.; pottery with salt a n d lead glazing and coloring. etc.. sieve-vessels; night and funeral lamps. Colored and ornamented glazed wares: Marburg, Bilrgel (near Jena). Bunzlau (Silesia), Heimberg (near Thun). Langnau (Bern), Offenheim (Alsace). Hundham (Bavaria), Tirol, Bohemia, Rombitten (E. Prussia), Mecklenburg. Schleswig-Holstein, Braunschweig. etc. T h e Museum’s “faience” specimens are from t h e Spreewald. Weizacker. MBnchgut. Schlewig-Holstein. etc.; also peasant “facinccs ”with tin glazing on both sides from Kellinghausen (Holstein), Delft, Lusatia, Alsace. BavariaAustria. etc. B w n e (C. S.) Presidential address: T h e value of European folk-lore in t h e history of culture. (Folk-lore, Lond.. 1910, xxr, 14-41.) Notes the importance and interest of children’s games a s exemplifying “survival in culture,” the need of studying differences a s well as likenesses and similarities (cf. the changes in t h e observation of “Garland Day”), the character of t h e folk-customs a t Castleton in t h e Peak o fDerbyshire on May-Day. etc.. and oft he “Horn Dance” a t Abbot’s Bromley, Staffordshire (the Monday after Sept. 4, yearly) the “Squirrel H u n t ” on Good Friday in Shervage Wood on t h e slope of t h e Quantock Hills and a similar performance a t t h e “November Wake” b y Dufield men in Kedleston Park, t h e septennial “Whitsuntide Ale” held a t t h e entrance to Blenheim Park. etc. According to Miss B. ”European folklore is the missing link, the bridge over the gulf. between savagery on the one side and culture on t h e other.” and “now we need to study European survivals to understand the developments of savage customs, just a s thirty years ago we studied savage customs to explain European survivals.” Busse (H.) Hocker- und Brandgraber, sowie Wohngruben auf dem grossen Reiherwerder im Tegelersee. Kreis (Z. f . Ethnol., Nieder-Barnim. Berlin, 1910.XLII. 598400.) Notes on burial-places, hut-pits, etc.. on t h e large Reihenverden Id. in t h e Tegel lake. Urn-burial with cremation. etc. The “station” belonged probably t o a Teutonic people of about 1000-1400 B. C. This paper will appear in full in the Prhhislorische Zcilschrifl. Caine (W.) The guignols of the Luxembourg. (Oxf. & Cambr. Rev.. Lond.. 1910. NO.. 10. 135-148.) Notes on t h e . theatre Guignol.” etc. Cameron (M. L.) T h e dragon of La TrinitA: a n Italian folk-tale. (FolkLore, Lond.. 1910. xx1. 349-350.) Tale told by a charcoal-burner in a Tuscan roadside inn a t Le Bagnore on f the edge o the great forest on t h e slopes of Monte Amiata concerning t h e jawhone kept in ” t h e lonely little Franciscan Friary of La TrinitB u p miles of stony mule-track on t h e slopes of Amiata.” T h e dragon was killed and beheaded by t h e Duke of Sforza. Camus (P.) Note sur la carie dentaire B I’epoque neolithique. (Bull. Soc. d’dnthr. d e Paris, rgio. VI’S.. I. 136141, map). Discusses t h e distribution of dental caries (maximum in regions of high stature and vice-versa) in France, according t o the m a p of Magitot based on 25,918 recruits (1831-1849) rejected o u t o 3.295.zo2 for faulty f dentition, in comparison with t h e distribution of neolithic peoples. Dental caries was much less frequent in prehistoric times, b u t t h e tall dolichocephalic blonds were more affected t h a n the shorter brachycephals. I n this t h e maps of ancient and modem times would agree. Cunnington (M. E.) A medieval earthwork in Wiltshire. (Man, Lond.. 1910. x. 7-13, fgs.) Describes a hank and 4 ditch or valley entrenchment about 4 miles n o r t h e a s t o Devites. Inside f the larger enclosure is a smaller one, both of t h e same source. T h e relics found (pottery, etc.) indicate t h a t t h e earthwork is neither prehistoric nor Roman, b u t dates from between t h e 12th and the 16th centuries. Cantacuzhe (G.) Contribution B la craniologie des Romains anciens. (L’ A M E R I C A N ANTHROPOLOGIST [N.s , 1 2 , 1910 . number nearly 5.00o. The lectures in Anthropologie, Paris. 1910. XXI, 55-74. anthropology, carried on during 18784 fgs.) Treats, with measurements, of 1908 by E. Chantre are to be continued 11 skulls from the ancient Roman by M. Lucien Mayet, one of his most necropolis of Corneto near Civitidistinguished pupils. At Lyons anVecchia (6 male, 5 female). Average thropology. it ought to be added, owes cranial capacity of males 1584 cc.. all t o M. Chantre. females 1268; cephalic indices, males Clark (C. U.) Romantic Spain. (Nat. 78.8 females 79.13. The higher cranial Geogr. Mag., Wash., 1910, XXI. 187capacity here indicated Prince C. at215, 41 fgs.) Contains notes on agritributes to mixture with the Etruscans; culture and pastoral life. architecture, also the dolichocephaly or subdoliMoorish types, activities of people. chocephaly of 4 skulls. The brachyFigure on p. 190 shows "Iberian" oxcephalic element is considered Ligurian. yoke. The ancient Roman skull is mesatiComer (F.) el Raymond (P.) Le crane cephalic, low, and of less cranial cade Galley Hill. (Bull. Soc. d'Anthr. de pacity than the Etruscan. Paris, 1910.vie s . I. 487-497.) Treats . Capitan (L.) el Peyrony (-). Deux of the Galley Hill (Kent) skull, dissquelettes humains au milieu de foyers covered in 1888 and much discussed de I'Cpaque mousterienne. (Bull. Soc. since 1895. Accepted as quaternary d'Anthr. de Paris. 1910. we s., I. 48-53, in England, much doubt of this is exI fg.) Describes the finds near Sarlat pressed in France. According to C. (skull of child of 6 and other bones of and R. this skull forms a link between man and animals, Mousterian flints. the race of Neandertal and that of etc.) and near Bugue (skeletons in Cro-Magnon, in which respect it is rock-shelter a t important prehistoric closely related to the skull of Briinn. station of Ferrasserie. Dordogne) of In the discussion Manouvrier stated human remains of Mousterian locus. his belief that the Galley Hill skull is The adult skeleton was photographed nearer to the Cro-Magnon than to the immediately on exhumation and before Neandertal; M. Fraipont considered i t being manipulated,-the oldest skeledifferent from the Neandertal. the Spy ton to be so treated. and the Chapelltaux-Saints skulls: Deux squelettes humains au HervC and A. de Mortillet doubted the milieu de foyers de I'epoque mous-. Neandertaloid characters; Rutot re(R. de I&. d'Anthr. de thienne. peated his former opinion,-if genuine, Paris, 1909. XIX, 402-409, 3 fgs.) it is the first example known of paleoDescribes finding of a human skeleton lithic man (Strepyian) of the eolithic of the Mousterian epoch in a cave at age; Mochi thought the affiliations Pech de 1'Ad near Sarlat. and another were Australian. in the prehistoric deposit of La FerrasCorso (R.) Amuleti contemporanei sie, near Bugue (Dordogne). the second, Calabresi. (Rev. des Et. Ethnogr. e t with more detail. A full account is to Sociol.. Paris, 1909. 11. 250-257.) be communicated t o the Academie des Treats of modem Calabrian amulets: Inscriptions. personal (evil eye, devil, etc.). house Carstens (H.) Volksglauben und Volks(sign of the gcnius domi, etc.). amulets meinungen aus Schleswig-Holstein. (2. protective of useful animals and plants. d. Ver. f. Volksk.. Berlin, 1910. XX. The Calabrian amulets may be clas382-387,) Cites from various parts of sified thus: zoological amulets (totem, Schleswig-Holstein 70 items about medicinal). magico-religious amulets luck and ill-luck, 24 about dreams. 1 2 (pagan, Christian). about sorcery, and 43 about premoCozzi (E.) La vendetta del sangue nelle nitions, the devil, and spirits. Montagne dell'Alta Albania. (AnChantre (E.) L'anthropologie a Lyon. v. thropos. St Gabriel-Maling, 1910. 1878-1908. (Bull. Soc. d'Anthr. de 654-687.) T e t with some detail of ras Paris, 1910.VI' s.. I. 365-370). Treats the blood-vendetta in the mountains of of laboratory, ethnographic museum, Upper Albania, past and present. For instruction (place in program of municithe Albanian the vendetta is idealized pal courses in 1880). Anthropological almost into a religious and civil duty. The AnSociety (since 1881). etc. I t is not limited to the offender alone. thropological Society has published 27 but includes his family and group volumes; the books in its library CHAMBERLAIN] PERIODICAL LITERATURE Deniker (J.) L a pigmentation en (nllasni, phratry). I n a n appendix Europe. Communication prelimhaire. (pp. 681-687) are given texts and trans(Bull. Soc. d’Anthr. d e Paris. 1910, lations of several funeral songs referring VI’ s . I 509-517, map.) . . Treats o the f to victims of the vendetta. distribution of brunettism in Europe - Malattie, morti. funerali nelle (there a r e three “zones.”-blond, Montagne d’Albania (Ibid.. IV. r g o ~ . chestnut, brown; in each “zone” there 903-918.) Treats of diseases (syphilis. f are ”islets” o the other colors). On the pellagra, tuberculosis. etc.. cutaneous mapfrom north t o south t h e “zones” troubles, small-pox, contagious diseases; are. less than 1 7 per cent. brown, from medicine and antidotes), death and I 7 to 30 per cent., more t h a n 30 per cent. burial, funeral-songs, etc., mourningDeniker recognizes two blond, Europcustoms, funeral-rites, burial-ground. pean races (Nordic or Homo Europacus; etc. Oriental, short, sub-brachycephalic) Curtiss (A.) Majestic Trier. ( R e . of and 4 brunette races (Occidental or Past, Wash., 1910. 235-240, 4 fgs.) IX. H. Alpinus; Iberian or H.Meridionalis; Notes on the “grandest and most imAtlanto-Mediterranean. sub-dolichoposing Roman remains of Germany. cephalic; Adriatic, brachycephalic). and. indeed. of all northern Europe.” - L a taille en Europe. La taille Porta Nigra. Roman palace, amphides populations Turco-tatars e t des theater, etc. Also t h e cathedral, Caucasiens. (Ibid.. 66-77.) Resumes “the most important example of preCarlovingian building in Germany” recent investigations of t h e stature of the Turco-tatars of Europe (Chuvashes. (Liibke) Czekanowski (J.) Zur Differentialdiagf Bashkirs. Metchcheriacs. T a t a r s o t h e nose der Neandertalgruppe. Volga. Crimea and Astrakhan. Kirghiz. (Korr.Osmanli Turks, Mountain T a t a r s of BI. d. D. Ges. f . Anthrop.. Brnschwg.. 1909.XL.. 44-47. I fg.) From conCaucasus, Turkmen. Karachai; Cirsideration of differences in measurecassians. Lesghians. Georgians, I meretians. Mingrelians. Suanetians. Ossetes; ments (average o 27 in Neandertal f Tates. Caucasian and Persian Kurds, and Briix is 7.301 mm.), C. concludes t h a t the “Neandertal group” is not Armenians of t h e Caucasus, Kalmucks unitary,-one group includes Spy. of Astrakhan. Good bibliography Krapina, Neandertal. Gibraltar; a (73-77). T h e forest Bashkirs seem second, Galley Hill, Briinn. Briix. somewhat taller than those of the Egisheim, and Nowosiolka; the Cansteppes; also less brachycephalic. A s t a t t skull is isolated b u t perhaps recurious group a r e t h e Lithuanian f lated t o t h e second group; the s k u l l o Tatars. or Muslims, who a r e MohamPilhccanlhropus departs from both. medans b u t all speak Polish or Lithubut is relatively nearer the Neandertal. anian (a mixture of Volga and Nogai Dkchelette (J.) Note sur les influences Tatars). DiehJ (-). Zur Entstehungsgeschichte egeennes a u Caucase. (L’Anthropoloder Hessen-Darmstadtischen Verordgie, Paris, 1910,XXI. 425-434. 4 fgs.) Treats o Egean influences in t h e Cauf nung gegen das ”Eieraufheben” bei casus, suggested by t h e resemblances Hochzeiten vom 9. September, 1695. between t h e bronze poniards, swords, (€less. BI. f. Volksk., Lpzg., 1910.IX. etc., of Lenkoran and similar objects 190-195.) Gives, pp. 192-195, the from the Egean-Mycenean regionrecord (July 30. 1695, a t Giessen) of the poniards of the “Cypriot” type; ponevidence of 4 witnesses concerning t h e iards ornamented with a crescent a t t h e happenings a t a double wedding. intop of the blade; narrow, short-tanged cluding the “Eyerufheben.” leading to poniards, with rivet-hole at top; the issue of a n edict against such pracshort swords with large semi-circular is tices. On pp; 190-191 a copy of t h e handles, etc. D. concludes t h a t “these edict. T h e exact origin of t h e edict Asiatic specimens a r e derived either is now known through D r D.’s disfrom Egean models or from prototypes covery of these documents. (in some yet unexplored region) Dorler (A.) Volkslieder aus Tirol. common t o both Caucasian and Egean (2. d. Ver. f. Volksk.. Berlin, 19x0, xx. I n this matter importance a t art.” 306-317.) Dialect texts of Nos. 14-34 taches to the yet unexplored necropoli of Tirolese folk-songs. No. ZJ is “ T h e of t h e Caucasus, Armenia, Siberia, etc. 7 ages o M a n ” ; No. 24 children’s f “ A M E R I C A N ANTHROPOLOGIST [N. s., 12. rimes; Nos. 23-30 “Star-singers” or f . Ethnol.. Berlin, 1909, 940-946. 2 fgs.) Wopfellieder.” Treats of a n ustrina. or place of incinDrechsler (P.) Msrchen und Sagen aus eration of human bodies, discovered in Oberschlesien. (Mitt. d. schles. Ges. connection with a burial-place of the f. Volksk., Breslau. 1909, XI.94-98.) bronze age near the village of CosilLiterary German texts of 8 Upper enzien, in the district of Liebenwerda. Silesian tales: Adam and the horse, Upon the wooden substructure the pyre God as debtor, Why the Jews have was, doubtless, built up, with the crooked noses, The child walled-up corpse on top. In the discussion some alive, The golden duck at Tost, The differences of opinion as to the nature soul as white-shining hay, The otters of these remains developed. and the otter-king. The angry mermaid. Een Museum poor Volkskunde te Gent. - Scherz- und Ernsthaftes Uber (Volkskunde. Gent, 1910. xxr. 40-45.) besondere Zusammensetzungen mit ausProposes the establishment in Ghent of und be- im Schlesischen. (Ibid., 99a Folk-Lore Museum. .such as has already been instituted in Antwerp and 103.) Treats of such Silesian terms in aus- and be- as sich ausdoktern. sich Brussels. ausgusteln. sich ausgejungefern. sich Favraud (A.) Une defense d’ Elcphas ausbiirgermeistern; ausprahlen. ausanliquus portant des traces de travail haben. ausmachen. austanzen. aushumain de l‘bpoque acheulknne. trouregnen; beablen, bemuttern, bekochv6e aux Quatre-Chemins, commune du Ioffeln. beklunkern; betulich. betusam. Gond-Pontouvre. p r b d’Angoul2me. beschargen, bekumpabletaten. bewel(R. de 1‘8~. d’Anthr. de Paris, 1910. tsahn. bejunkern. etc. xx, 243-147. I fg.) Describes finding of piece of tusk of Elephas aniiquus - Ein alter Vertragsbrauch. (Ibid.. 208-2x0.) Notes on stupfen (tipfen). with marks of human origin (attempts or “touching fingers.” when two drink t o cut). belonging to the Achulean a glass of liquor together, a relic of the period, as indicated by other remains. old custom of “hand striking.” In This find indicates that the art of the 17th century einfipjen. dipping the using bone, ivory, etc.. w a s already developed in Achulean times. finger in the beer, etc.. was in practice among peasants, etc. Fenwick (N. P.. Jr) A note on four - Oberschlesiches vom Wassermann. Icelandic cairns. (Man, Lond.. 1910. (Ibid.. 212-214.) Cites tale of the x. 22.) Brief references t o four Bcinaknling. or “crone of bones.” at Kaldiappearance of the “water man“ with dalur. near Arnavatn. near K r i i v i k . red cap and green eyes on the bridge etc. The curious custom exists of over a brook in Alt-Zabrze. Dunn (F. . ) A study in Roman coins of S those who ride past writing a stanza the Empire. (Rec. of Past. Wash.. on a scrap of paper, rolling it up and. after putting i t into the hollow bone 1910.IX.31-52, z pl.) Treats of coins o the Julian-Claudian era, 27 B. C.f of a pony (these bones lie scattered 68 A.D. (Augustus. Tiberius, Caligabout), leaving i t among the stones of the cairn t o be found by the next ula. Nero). Flavian dynasty 78-96 A.D. (Titus, Domitian), the Antonines. traveler. Fischer (E.) Die Kilche der rumankchen 98-117 A.D. (Trajan). illustrated by a Bauern. (A. f. Anthrop.. Brnschwg.. dozen pieces. Dutt (W. A.) Lynchets. (Man, Lond.. 1909,N. F . vIII, 346248.) Notes . on the kitchen and cooking of the 1910. x, 104-105.) Compares the Rumanian peasant.-vegetables and “narrow terraces generally known as plants. baking and roasting, oils and lynch&,” believed by some to be relics of a particular system of hillside cultigrease, sour substances, drinks, milk, flesh food (at festivals), fast-days (there vation dating from neolithic times, with are 163). dainties. etc. I n Rumania. the stone-walled terraces on the Kucha beneath the upmost stratum, accordand Uba mountains in the Kikuyu country of Africa. as described by Capt. ing to Dr F.. we find “everywhere C. H. Stigand in his To Abyssinia circumstances that were quite common in the later Stone age.” through an Unknown Land. These - Die thrakische Grundlage im terraces are used for planting crops. Rumanischen. (Z. f. Ethnol.. Berlin. Ebert (M.) Uber eine Ustrina auf 1910. XLII. 311-315.) Seeks toshow einem bronzezeitlichen Friedhofe. (2. CHAMBERLAIN] PERIODICAL LITE R A TU R E from linguistic. folk-lore and sociological evidence t h a t t h e essential basis of the Rumanian people is Thracian (there is a certain "unity in the internal spwchform of the Balkan peoples"). Folk-lore. prowrbs. riddles, songs. MSrchen. superstition. folkmedicine, dress and ornament. food and i t s preparation. social customs, and institutions indicate such a unity. T h e obiiiru pomonluliu or old Rumanian customaw law "goes rixtit back to Thracian." Sind die R u m h e n . anthroyologisch betrachtet, Romanen? (Ibid.. I W , XLI. 847-6.19.) Argues from the unusually high birth and death rate t h a t the Rumanians are not Romanic. -linguistic. gcnealogical. prehistoric. toponymic. social and historical investigations point the same way. According to F.. the Rumanians are a remarkably mixed people (ThracoRomonic and Slavs). Flechtner-Lobach (A.) Die Volkskunst (Globus. Brnschwg.. in S c h w d e n . 1910, xcviii. 174-177.) Treats o f folk-art in Sweden, based on personal studiw in museums, etc.. and on hlontelius's Kvlhcrgeschichle Schwcdcns. etc. Ancient Scandinavian a r t (atready finely developed in prehistoric times. with, perhaps. notable foreiKn influences), the effect of the richness of this region in uoods leading to development in wood-work, influence of the environment on moli/s, basketry, etc., feeling lor color, patterns, weaving and embroidery, folk-dres. etc. The influence of t h e "Handarbetets " V h ner." etc.. is noted. Prauer (E.) Dastisterreichische Kiistenland a n der Schwelle der Gtschichte. (Ibid., 1910. XCVII, 183-186.) Tream of t h e coast of Austria a t the beginning of the historical period. and the peoples inhabiting t h a t region. By means o f etymologies of place-names the author seeks to show that the ancient lstria n s were not Illprian. Crarco-Thracian or Celtic. but Semitic.-the Colchians, or Moschoi, were the Mesech (properly Mosoch) o t h e Bible. f Freire-Mureco (R.) The West Riding Teachers' Anthropological Society. (Folk-Lore, Lond.. 1910, XXI. 103-104.) Thc practical work of this Society has been in the direction of folk-lore. a beginning having been made in t h e collection of local singing-games. T h e "Vacation Course" for teachers at Scarborough in 1910 will include "a short course of lectures on some branch of anthroplogy." Fris (i'.) folk-lore gantois. (VolkLe skunde, Gent, 1910. xxi. 83-66.) Notes on Ghent folk-lore ( t h e legend of the spookhuis (haunted house) of t h e Jodenstraatje; names of Supreme Being. Cics-ons- Ilecrr. terms lihc Godsklop. a "decisive blow." etc.; processions. R c p r i n t d from G a d A'S' sililc for Jan. 31. 1910.pp. 5-6. Gaster (M.) English charms of t h e seventeenth century. (Folk-Lore. Lond.. 1910. X X I . 375-376. 4 fgs.) Reproduces from t h e Ms. (1693-5)of a rertain Thomas Parker charms t o "make a woman follow thee." "to know a woman's counsel." to gain one's wish. to tell a thief. to fear no one. to win homage from all. a lilcsing. etc. Gebhardt (-) Zimmermannsspruch. (Mitt. d . schles. Ges. f. Volksk.. Brrslau. 1909.XI.210-212). Gives t h e text (in verse) of t h e carpenter's "sprech" a t the completion of a new house. as written down by the father of the author (a teacher a t Cantersdurf, in the district of Brieg). Gengler (J.) Die Schwalben im Volksglauben. (Globus. Brnschwg.. 1910, xcviiI. 31-32.) Items of folk-lore concerning the swallow: bringer of spring. holy and not to be harmed (Spain, S. Germany. England, Ireland), bringer of luck (swallows in stable, Franconia and Thuringia; marlcsica in Macedonia). medicines prepared, from su-allows. interpretation of swallow's song (Germany). migration of t h e swallow (legends. etc.). D a s Schnupfen im Bayerischen Wald. (Ibid.. 91-94. 3 fgs.) Treats o snuff-taking in t h e Bavarian Forest, f -the "national tobacco" is "der Schmalzer." colloquially. "Cschmei," or "Schmai." Women and girls do not take snuff'. but men and youths and even boys; and all c l a s e s of peasants and townsmen. teachers and clergy. "Snuff-glasses" a r e of various finrts. T h e habit is said to have sprung u p a t t h e end of the Thirty Years' War, and to have been introducrd from France. van Gennep (A.) Die neueren Ausgrabungen in der S t a d t Alesia. (Ibid.. 165-169. 6 fgs.) RCsumCs rec-ent literature concerning the exploration of Alesia. the Gallic city on Mont A M E R I C A N ANTHROPOLOGIST [N.s., 12, 19x0 Auxois. There is now a monthly Pro A k s i o . published in Paris. The name Alesia, the images of deities found (Ucuetis. Bergusia, the so-called "Mothers," etc.). bronze artefacts, "horse-shoes." etc., are considered. The archeology of Alesia is now illustrated by Alesian post-cards. Giovannozzi (U.) Brachi-platicefali e brachyipsicefali nel'Europa. (A. p. l'Antrop., Firenze. 1909. XXXIX. 62114. 3 fgs.) Discusses the question of brachy-platycephaly and brachyhypsicephaly in Europe. Descriptions and measurements of 6 Greek, 5 Albanian. 3 Rumanian skulls (comparison with studies of Virchow, Nicolucci. Pittard. Wateff. Zampa. Weisbach). Also of a5 Tirolese, compared with results of Vram, etc. In Europe, according to Dr G. there are two varieties of brachycephaly, with different geographical distribution and distinguished by the height of the cranium. The first of these, the hypsicephalic Armenoid (akin t o the brachycephals of Asia Minor), occupies a great part of the Balkan peninsula. pushing north a t least as far as Hungary. and mingling in the west with the second variety, the platycephalic Mongoloid, which has one of its centers in the regions of the eastern Alps especially in Carinthia and the Tirol. Ginffrida-Ruggeri (V.) Nuove addizioni a1 tipo di Galley-Hill e I'antichitA della brachicefalia second0 il Rutot. (Ibid., 1910. XL. 255-263. z fgs.) Discusses the crania of Briinn and Engis, which G.-R.. with Birkner adds to the Galley-Hill type. making, however, some differences in the points of resemblance, etc. The Aurignac skull also resembles much that o Galley f Hill, and. that of Clichy. but hardly Rutot's Grenelle cranium. The remote antiquity (Krapina, Grenelle. Mugem) of brachycephaly is now abundantly proved. G.-R. repeats his belief that the human race was "pmcociously autonomous" in its evolution and no well-differentiated anthropoid forms are in the ascendant line. Godley (M.) "Quare things." (Ninet. Cent., Lond.. 1910. 175-178.) Notes on folk-lore of the "banshee." etc. Greenwell (-) and Gattp (R. A.) The pit-dwellings at Holderness. (Man, Lond., 19x0. x. 86-90, z fgs.) Describes dwellings. contents, etc.. ac- cording to Canon G.. with additional data from Rev. R. A. Gatty. who u a s present with Prof. Boyd Dawkins at the opening of the Rolston pit (M. Morfitt. the original discoverer, has now opened some 30 pits). In the Rolston pit were discovered: fire-place in silu. broken cooking-pot, broken bones of domestic animals (also of Bos longifrons). heavy stone pounders, rude knives and flint flakes, etc. Other things found in these pits are red pigment (made from burnt clay, pottery, etc. These pits date from the early neolithic period; after they had been filled in with a deposit of surface soil. the ordinary neolithic man lived over them. Gross (V.) Une station neolithique terrestre dans le Canton du Vaud. (2. f. Ethnol.. Berlin, 1909.XLI. 963-965.) Brief account of the discovery of the remains of huts (with human and animal bones, flints, bone and horn implements. conical slate objects like those of Locras, fragments of pottery, etc.). at the village of Ch@nbe-P&quier. about 1 0 kil. from Lake Neuchstel. These land-dwellings were contemporary with the lakedwellings of the neolithic period,-the discovery of such is unique in Switzerland. Grosse (H.)Der Rundwall von Mollendorf irn Kreise Luckau. (Ibid.. 918940,r a Igs.) Treats o the fortification f known as the "Rundwdl" at Mbllendorf. The old accounts, present condition, older finds, situation and topography, newer finds (whetstones, pieces o clay objects. iron knife, flints, stones f for querns or hand-mills. pottery fragments, etc.) are considered. There was probably a Slavonic "station" here, where pottery w a s manufactured. etc.. the "station" or "work-place" f being later than the throwing up o the wall.-the oldest culture represented being also Slavonic. Von Land und Leuten Gndnde (K.) in Spanien. (Mitt. d. schles. Ges. f. Volksk.. Breslau. 1910, X I I . 1-40.) Treats of Spain and the Spaniards. A land of contrasts, geographically and ethnologically: Catalans (peculiar and apart), Basques (non-Indogermans), Asturians (freedom-loving like the Basques), Galicians ("poor devils"). Aragonese (thick-headed, bigoted, industrious), Castilians (still full of grandezo), Andalusians (mobile and imaginative, full of life; Moorish in- CHAMBERLAIN] PERIODICAL LITERATURE fluence in speech, etc.. distinctly perceptible here), Gipsies (a people by themselves). etc. T h e isolation of Spain (the Pyrenees a r e a sort of "Chinese wall") has led to misconceptions of its nature, etc. Politics. industry, education (discipline and order lacking everyhwere). religion (land full of cloisters; feasts, festivals), temperament (easily aroused and led into wild passion; bull-fights; tendency to cruelty. touches o savagery. etc.; f courtesy toward women), poverty and beggars (regularly organized), childlike love of nature unknown, home and domestic life, democratic pride (use of the title Don. etc.. orders numerous and easily obtained), pride in the great past. f Hartland (E. S.) T h e cult o executed criminals a t Palermo. (Folk-Lore, Lond., 1910. XXI. 168-179. 3 pl.) Treats of the "Chiesa delle Anime de' Corpi Decollati" (originally t h e church of the Madonna del Fiume or Madonna del Ponte) near the bridge on t h e Oreto, south of Palermo. a n d t h e cult of "beheaded" (criminals),-the special days o devotion a r e Monday and f Friday, the pilgrims chiefly women. T h e graveyard is filled with the tombs of criminals of rank. T h e special center of the cult is a small side-chapel. filled with votive offerings (legs, heads, feet, babies, etc.) of wax. In and about t h e church a r e representations o f criminals in Purgatory, accidents, murders, etc. Paintings of the decollnli appear also on t h e characteristic Sicilian carts. Veneration of t h e souls of departed malefactors is known all over t h e island. On page 173 is given a specimen prayer. Hauffen (A.) Geschichte der deutschen Volkskunde. (Z. d. Ver. f. Volksk.. Berlin, 1910, xx. 1-17. 12g-141, 290306.) Sketches t h e history of German folk-lore studies from t h e time of Tacitus t o the post-Grimmian epoch and t h e scientific movements of today. T h e value of medieval and 0. H. G. theological Ms.. Latin sermons. medieval poems, collections of charms and conjugation-formulas of t h e High German period (Schonbach listed 1.500 such), cxcmpla. etc. is T h e "oldest folk-lore pointed out. 1478) monograph" is t h e Wcslfalia (a. of W. Rolevinck. t h e Carthusian, of Cologne. I n the last third of t h e 17th century and in the beginning of t h e 18th many collections containing folk-lore material, discussions of superstitions, etc.. appeared. Next comes t h e influence of Percy's Rcliqucs, t h e era of Herder, Goethe and the "romantic school'' with the honor done t o Volksbdccher. etc.. by t h e "Stiirmer" and "Dranger" collections of folk-songs. etc. Next the scientific beginnings of t h e Grimms and the recognition of folk-prose (mllrchen. etc.). followed by attention to mythology, legends, ceremonies and rites, customs and usages. and the modern study of "folk-lore." Heilig (0.) Karfreitagsglocken und damit Zusammenhangendes. (Ibid., 398-399.) In addition to d a t a of R. Andree cites 8 items concerning Good Friday bells from Baden (northern part) and customs connected therewith. See Andree (R.). Hellmich (M.) Volkstracht in der Gegend von Boyadel. (Mitt. d. schles. Ges. f. Volksk.. Breslau. 1909, XI. 203-208). Notes on folk-costume in the Boyadel region (the work-dress of t h e women; differences in dress of women according to age; various kinds of coats; t h e "Einhulle"; caps, etc.; little remaining of men's dress t h a t is distinctive). Helm (K.) Mittelalterliche Geburtsbenediktionen. (Hess. BI. f.Volksk.. Lpzg.. Cites Latin 1910, IX, 208--211.) texts of three medieval "birth-blessings." one from Germany, two from England. I n t h e first this passage is peculiar: Tribus w'cibus cum dcxtro prdc. in domum i n qua jacel calca; in t h e third occurs Arcpo lend opera rolas; in t h e second Caspar. Melchior and Baldesar figure. Near t h e end of t h e third are the words bhurnon+blidaono. Hem6 (G.) , Anthropologie d e la Suisse. (R. d e 1'Ec. d'Anthr. d e Paris, 1910. xx, 248-zs1.) Resumes studies of E. Pittard on Swiss anthropology: Crania Hcluctica. Lcs n d n c s ualaisans dc la uallde du Rhdnc (Paris. tg091910). based o n investigation of 800 crania (chiefly 13-19th century) from .Valais ossuaries. T h e dominant type 87-89 per cent. is brachycephalic,in Sierre there is a relatively dolichocephalic "island." d u e probably to survivals of t h e type of Chamblandes. or. perhaps, i part, to Burgundian n immigrants. Heuft (H.) Westfllische Hausinschriften. A M E R I C A N ANTHROPOLOGIST [N.S., 12. 1910 (2. Ver. f. Volksk., Berlin. 1910,xx, d. 85-90). Nos. 55-100 of Westphalian house-inscriptions in German, Latin, etc.. from Oelde (town and parish), dating from 1609 to 1880. Hoffmann-grayer (E.) Bibliographie tiber die schweizerischen Volkskundeliteratur des Jahres 1909. (Schw. Arch. f. Volksk.. Basel, 1910. XIV. 92-96.) Cites 78 titles distributed under following heads: General and bibliographical, miscellaneous, folkindustry, house and furniture, food, dress. folk-art, customs, visages and festivals. folk-beliefs, folk-poetry. and folk-tales, names, language. D r Kohl. (Hess. B1. f. e Hofler (M.) Volksk., Leipzig. 1910, IX, 161-190.) Treats of the cabbage in mythology, folk-lore, folk-medicine among the Romans (Pliny, Cato). Greeks ( H i p pocrates). etc..-at pages 168-181 are given with comments of a comparative nature 18 items from Dioscurides, a Roman military physician from Anazarba in Cilicia, contemporary of Pliny and author (ca.77 A.D.) o a work on f medicine (5 books) in Greek; and on pages 181-184 other and later data concerning the folk-medicinal uses of cabbage; pages 184-189items of folk custom, etc., concerning this vegetable (special times of planting; among the Esths the planters must be clothed in white; must be used only during a certain season or at a certain cult-time; is a soul-plant; source of new-born infants. “the cabbage-bed”; proverbs and folk-sayings in which the cabbage figures; cabbage-dance a t weddings, etr.). The cabbage came from the Orient and reached Italy from Greece. thence Germany in the 6th century and many folk-customs and much folk-lore traveled with i t from country t o country. The South German peoples took it over both as a healing plant and a sacrifice for the house-spirits. Holden (J. S . ) The existence of an early paleolithic bed beneath the glacial boulder clays in southwest Suffolk. (Man. Lond.. 1910.x. 43-44. I fg.) Brief account of finding 01 several genuine paleoliths at Great Waldingfield and Stanstead i n sifu beneath the blue boulder clay, indicating that “man must have existed on this old land surface before the commencement of the glacial period.” HouzC (-) L’Institut de Sociologie Solvay de Bruxelles. (Bull. Soc. d’ Anthr. de Paris. 1910,VI* s . I, 355. 360.) Treats of the field of investigation of the lnstitut Solvay of Brussels, founded in 19or for applying to the social sciences the methods of investigation that have produced such brilliant results in the fields of biology and physiology. The study of anthropology serves as a solid basis for sociology. whose aim is to interpret the actions and the reactions of individuals among themselves. Hubert (H.) La Commission des Monuments prehistoriques. (L’Anthropologie. Paris, 1910. XXI. 321-331.) Treats of the activities of the Commission on Prehistoric Monuments, reorganized in 1909;gives list of members and of monuments classed 19001908 and since 1909. Also discusses methods of investigation, problems, etc. Ilberg Zur gynakologischen Ethik der Griechen. (A. f. Religsw., Lpzg., 1910. XIII. 1-19.) Treats of the controversies over abortion, etc., in ancient Greece (Soranos and after), the ethics of gynecology. etc. Jacques (V.) Societe d’Anthropologie de Bruxelles. (Bull. Soc. d’Anthr. d e Paris, 1910,VI‘ s.. I. 352-355.) Notes on the Brussels Anthropological Society. founded in 1882,with Prof. L.Vanderkindere. of the University of Brussels. as President (extracts given from inaugural address). It began with 45 members and now has several hundred. Of its Bulletin 27 volumes have appeared. Jaeger 0.) T o h und die Isarlandschaft. (Globus, Brnschwg., 1910. xCv111. 37-40, 62-65. map.) Contains notes on the prehistoric remains (regular settlement of man here dates only from the metal period, bronze and Hallstatt epoch especially). Roman period (place-names). Germanic invasion (Bajuvari; few Rcihnrgrabn as yet discovered; place-names; Alemanni). Slavs (especially Wends), later Germanic influences, etc. JubilC du Cinquantenaire de la Societ6 d‘Anthropologie. (Bull. Soc. d’Anthr. de Paris. 1910, VI’ s., 1. 297-530.) Report of the celebration of the Jubilee of the foundation of the Anthropological Society of Pans, Speeches, lists of Delegates, reports of foreign delegates on the condition o anthropology f in their respective countries (Germany, u.) CHAMBERLAIN] PERIODICAL L I T E R A T U R E England, Austro-Hungary. Belgium, Denmark, Cuba, Italy, Poland, Russia, Switzerland). toasts (pp. 409-438). scientific addresses (pp. 438-530). Jungwirth (E.) Volksriitsel aus Oster(2. miething. im oberen Innviertel. d. Ver. f. Volksk.. Berlin, xx, 83-85.) Cites dialect texts of 34 riddles in German of the Inn region. Kahle (B.) Flandern. (Mitt. d. schles. Ges. 1. Volksk.. Breslau. 1909. XI. 53-54.) Points out t h a t t h e word Flandner (flatterer, unstable, etc.) and cognates, had originally nothing to do with t h e country o Flanders. with which f folk-etymology now associates them. Kaindl (R. F.) Das deutsche Ansiedlerhaus in Galizien und sein Einfluss auf die einheimischen Bauernhauser. (Globus. Brnschwg.. 1910, XCVII. 1041 1 0 . 117-123, 2 1 fgs.) Treats in detail of the house of the German settlers in Galicia and its influence upon t h e x t i v e peasant-houses. German influence upon t h e town-life, etc.. of Galicia began in the 13th century, and t o a certain extent the country also influenced, as may be seen from words in the Polish vocabulary, the use of tile and stone houses. etc. But it w a s with the "colonization" schemes of Emperor Joseph 11. that German influences made themselves strongly felt in the agriculture, architecture, etc.. of the Galician peasantry,-the "Swabians." were followed in the 19th century by many Germans from Bohemia. T h e German influence is notable in the arrangement of fire-place and chimney; also in better floors. larger windows. better barns, stables, etc. Influence on furniture, implements and utensils, even clothing is also seen here, as, again, the vocabulary shows with its numerous German loan-words. Karbe (W.) Mecklenburgische Nixenf sagen. (Ibid.. zp-33.) Treats o tales and legends of water-spirits (nixes) in Mecklenburg (the fair-haired woman of the GlamberA lake, t h e "waterwomen" of Wanzka lake, Stolp lake, etc.). Author discusses t h e origin, etc.. of beliefs in t h e evil character of water and of things more or less directly connected with it; t h e relation of waterlilies. etc.. with the water-spirits. A good deal of t h e legends in question may be reflexes of t h e relations of conquered and ruling races. etc.. as Gomme has sought t o show. King (H.) Small kist and urn a t Tregiffian Vean, St Just-impenwith, Cornwall. (Man, Lond., 1910, x. 44.) Brief note on discovery of urn (ca. 400 B. C.; no bones or ashes) in a small kist (24X15X1z ins.). and Polkinghorne (B. C.) Holed stone a t Kerrow, S t Just-in-Penwith, Cornwall. (Ibid., 29-30.) Note on discovery in 1907 of a circular slab of granite with a cylindrical hole (apparently worked with iron tools) in t h e center, some 8 inches deep and 8 inches in diameter, the slab being 12-14 inches thick and 48 inches in diameter. Underneath was much wood charcoal b u t no bones. T h e hollow may have been "a receptacle for cremated bones, if not for a small urn." Kinnaman (J. 0.) T h e transformation of Roman monuments. (Amer. Antiq.. Salem, Mass., 1910, XXXII, 3-26, 4 fgs.) Treats of t h e House of Vestals (became state property in 394 A. D.), the Senate House (rededicated a s a new building in 29 B. C.; converted into two churches in the 7th century A. D.), the "Augustan group" on t h e Palatine (general neglect began with transfer o government to Constantif nople; a r t treasurers soon scattered), destruction and filling u p of t h e aqueducts, t h e Circus, etc. Kirchner (V.) Ein christlicher Warnungsbrief. (2.d. V. f. Volksk., 1910. xx.6166. 2 fgs.) Reproduces with explanatory notes a "warning letter," printed in 1850 a t Frankfurt a. M.. and of orthodox Christian origin and import. T h e letter is directed: "An dich und mich und alle Menschen." glaatsch (H.) Die Aurignac-Rase und ihre Stellung irn Stammbaum der Menschheit. (2. f. Ethnol.. Berlin, 1gIo.xLII. 513-577.3~1.. 46fgs.) Treats in detail of the osseous remains of t h e "race" of Aurignac (Homo Aurignacensis H a u s n i ) . represented by t h e skeleton found in the lower Aurignacian of the "station of Combe-Capelle near Skull, huMontferrand in Perigord. merus, ulna, and radius, tibia and femur, etc.. a r e studied and compared with those of other human races and t h e anthropoids. According t o K.. "the Aurignac species and the Neandertal species are as different from each other a s t h e Orang and Gorilla." Paleolithic races may be intermediate forms and notmixed types of these. T h e Galley AMERICAN ANTHROPOLOGIST (N.s . , 1 2 , 1910 Hill skeleton of all Paleolithic finds most resembles the H . A urignaccnsis. T h e dolichocephalic Teutonic races m a y be descendants of t h e H . A.. thus settling t h e Aryan question against a late “Indo-Germanic” immigration, and proving continuity of t h e dolichocephalics in Europe. K. believes in a gorilloid relationship of t h e Neandertal man (also L e Moustier, La Chapelle-auxSaints, etc.). and a n orangoid affinity of the Aurignac man; gibbonoid a n i ties appear in the Pilhccanfhropus and the Homo Heidelbergensis. A scheme of the origin and distribution of the human races and anthropoids (exclusion of gibbonoids and anthropoids) is given on p. 567. in which t h e Aurignac man is assigned a n Asiatic provenance. K. accepts the view of t h e development of t h e taller races from pigmoid forms. -u. Hauser (0.) Homo Aurignacensis Hauseri, ein palsolithischer Skeletfund a u s dem unteren Aurignacien der Station Combe-Capelle bei Montferrand Perigord. (Prahistor. Ztschr.. 1910.I, 273-338, 11 pl.) Gives account of discovery of t h e “Aurignac man” in August, 1909. See previous title. Klapper 0.) Schlesische Sprichworter des Mittelalters. (Mitt. d. schles. Ges. g. Volksk.. Breslau. 1910. XII. 77109.) Cites from Latin Mss. of Sermons of t h e 14th a n d 15th centuries 454 specimens of Silesian proverbs (arranged alphabetically under catchwords), some in Latin only. In these proverbs a r e revealed a healthy egoism, self-limitation. a n d a sense of the individual’s relations t o t h e whole. - Die schlesischen Geschichten von den schadigenden Toten. (Ibid.. 1909, XI. 5 ~ 4 . )(Pages 59-70 treat of the vampire idea (the numerous varieties a r e briefly considered), form, nature, etc., of these ”monsters”; pages 71-94 deal with Silesian tales of the harmful and injurious dead; upiors. misbirths. ghosts of suicides. witches a n d others, incubi, nightmares, etc. Beheading or mutilating corpses was practiced to prevent t h e return of t h e dangerous dead. ‘ -Eine Weltchronik des ausgehenden Mittelalters. (Ibid.. 11p141.) Treats of t h e world-chronicle of Johannes von Hagen (a Carthusian monk) dating from 1468. and forming pages 115-225 of Ms. IV. F. 54 of t h e Royal and University Library in Breslau. Numerous mythological and folk-lore items a r e cited from this chronicle, e. g. legends of Alexander. Charlemagne, etc.. a n d folk-lore d a t a concerning witches. demons, dreams, ghosts, “black Greta.” etc. K o d (Alletta) Where women vote. (Nat. Geogr. Mag., Wash., 1910, XXI. 487-493.) . Discusses effects of woman’s of suffrage in Finland.-onditions women improved, etc. - Notes o n Finland. (Ibid.. 493494.) Calls attention to present nationalistic movement for replacing Swedish with Finnish; Finns of pure stock a r e now prominent in political and academic life. Krause (P. G.) u. Krause (E.) Uber Quartzit-Eolithe im Lossgebiet von Allrath im Rheinland. (2.f. Ethnol.. Berlin, 1910, XLII. 5 8 6 5 9 7 . I fg.) Treats of quartzite eoliths (Miocene) from two places W. of Allrath. T h e finds here are Flenusian. to judge from t h e other evidences. Kuhnau (R.) Schlesische Flurumziige. besonders d a s Saatenreiten. (Mitt. d. schles. Ges. f. Volksk.. Breslau. 1909. XI, 173-186.) Treats of the custom of marching around t h e fields between Easter and Whitsuntide, etc.. in various parts of Silesia. now a n d formerly: on foot (Glatz. Jauernig. etc.), on horseback (“the King’s riding“ in Austrian Silesia; also “Easter riding,” “Seed riding.” etc.. in Neiss. Lausatia. Frankenstein. etc.). T h e circuiting in vogue at Schonwalde. near Frankenstein (pp. 181-186) is notable in several ways a n d is shared in b y t h e whole community. Kupka (P.) Uber eine neue spatneolithische Kultur a u s der Altmark. (2.f. Ethnol.. Berlin, 1910. XLII, 601.) Note on finds a t Neuhaldensleben. Schonfeld und Gr.-Ellingen, representing a new late-neolithic culture (pottery ornamentation, etc.) for Altmark. Lang (A.) Method and Minotaur. (Folk-Lore, Lond.. 1910, XXI. 132-146.) Discusses the “bull-headed. bull-hoofed and bull-tailed man-monster, t h e Minotaur” in ancient Greek mythology, etc. According to L.. “the Attic Theseus story is b u t a world-wide mlirchen, colored, probably by a memory of t h e sports in t h e bull-ring (at which captives m a y have been t h e performers), a n d perhaps by representations in a r t of men with bovine CHAhlBERLAIN] PERIODKC.4L L I T E R A T U R E heads.” The only possible historic fact in t h e myth is the sending of Attic captives into the Cretan bullring.-“the rest of the myth is a common m b c h e n localized.” There is no proof of human sacrifices in Crete in The bull-headed prehistoric times. monster is only one of many fantastic and grotesque figures in Cretan art. and not confined to it (cf. Elam ca. 3,000 B. C . ) . For the story of conflicts with the Minotaur, “we have no evidence beyond the Athenian adaptation of t h e marchen of the Lad, the Giant (or Elephant), and the Giant‘s Daughter t o t h e names of Theseus. Minos, and Ariadne.” The view t h a t the Minotaur was the king or prince o Knossos (-god), masked a s a bull f and fighting every nine years for his life and his rights. or being butcheied in a cave. has no standing. “Sex-totems” in England. (Anthropos. St Gabriel-Modling. 1909. Iv. 1095-1096.) According to L . in . medieval England, the holly-tree was t h e f sex-totem o the men, the ivy-tree t h a t of the women. To the killing of the men‘s emu-wren by the women of t h e Australian Kurnai. correponds “the Kentish custom by which t h e lads steal the ‘ivy lass’ of the girls, the girls steal the ‘holly lad’ of the boys.” A che punto siamo colla Lattes (-) quistione della lingua Etrusca? (Rend. R. Inst. Lomb.. Milano, 1910. S.. 11. XLIII. 1~7-160.) R h m C s recent studies of the Etruscan language. Three important facts suggest Aryan relationship (identity of Etruscan proper names with Latin, Etruscan rule in Rome, Latinity of Tuscan speech to-day). See the author’s more detailed article in A f c n e e Roma. Lauffer (0.) Neue Forschungen uber die ausseren Denkmaler der deutschen Volkskunde: volkstilmlichen Hausbau und Gerat. Tracht und Bauernkunst. (2. d . Ver. f. Volksk., Berlin, 1910. xx. 100-107). Treats of recent literature on the various types of German houses. furniture, costume, folk-art, etc. Among the chief works noted are: W. Pessler’s Das altsachsischc Bauernhous (Braunschwg.. 1906). treating of the Old Saxon house and its geographical distribution. and several periodical articles by the same author. Laoille (A.) Silex tailles des graviers d e fond rappelant les types ntolithiques. (Bull. Soc. d’Anthr. d e Paris, 1910. V I ~ S .I, I j 2 - 1 jg. 7 fgs.) Describes two , quaternary flints from gravel arid sand pits a t Eragny and Cergy. resembling neolithic types of Pressigny, etc.; also several other specimens oi Chellean. Mousterian. Mapdaleiiian. etc. The crown of an upper molar oi Eqrriis Steiionis was also iorurd a t Cergy. with teeth of other aiiinials. R5pe angulaiie nGu!ithiqGe. (Ibid., 63-64, 3 fgs.) Notes on ail angular neolithic ”rasp” described by h l . Frhont. This sort of implemcnt replaced t h e earlier “coup de poing.” Le climat chaud pti.sum6 flu plCistoche. (lhid.. 64-48.) From study of animal remains, human artefacts, etc.. a t Cergy. Crcteil. Chelles. the valley of the BiPvre. etc.. L. concludes t h a t the commonly accepted classification and ideas about t h e f climatology of t h e periods o t h e quaternary deposits of this region are not justified. Probably a temperature neither absolutely cold nor absolutely warm existed a t the Chellean epoch. - Trace de rapage? sur bois, d e cerf 5 . . x. prhhistorique. (Ibid.. 1909. 57.) Brief note on a fragment of deerhorn from t h e bronze-age “d6pBt” of Villeneuve-Triage showing marks of having been rasped by a stone implement. Les gisements prhhistoriques des berges d e Villeneuve-Saint-Georges. (Ibid.. 243-258, ag fgs.) Lists and describes 8 7 objects (flint implements. pieces of pottery, teeth and other human remains, animal bones. shells). several hearths, etc.. from deposits of the neolithic age. first explored in 186; by IM. Roujove and by L. in 1876. and from 1880 to t h e present time. Lewalter (J.) Drum Bruder. stosst die Gliiser a n : E s lebe der Reservemann! (2. d. Ver. f. Volksk.. Berlin, 1910.xx. z07-aog.) Text and music, with bibliograpliical notes. T h e melody comes from F. Berat’s “ M a Normandie. borrowed by some German soldier before 186; (Berat li\.ed 1800-1855). In a foot-note J. Bolte points o u t t h a t E h t ’ s melody had already been introduced into Germany in 1842 by F. Silcher, to a German version of t h e text by A. Keller. Lewis (A. L.) Some stone circles in Ireland. (J. Roy. Anthr. Inst.. Lond.. 1909,X X X I X . 517-$zg. 5 fgs.) Treats A M . A N T H . , N. S.. 12-43 A M E R I C A N ANTHROPOLOGIST [N. S., 12, 1910 of circles in the Lough Gur region. near Limerick, where such were once very numetous.-stone and earth circles, rings, lines of stones, standing stones. "giants' graves." circular walls. dolmens, etc. See also Amer. Anfiq.. 1910. XXXII. 50-51. Lindenstruth (W.)Zum Kometenglauben. (Hess. BI. f. Volksk., Lpzg.. rgio. IX.198-199.) Cites the edict for a day of penance issued by the authorities of the village of Busseckerthall, t h e 7th o January 1619. on account of f t h e appearance of a comet a t the close of the previous year. Die Ortsnamen Bramaren und Beuern. (Ibid.. 195-198.) Shows that linguistically these words are not identical and must denote different places. Livi ( R . ) L'esclavage domestique au Moyen Age et son importance en anthropologie. (Bull. SOC.d'Anthr. d e Paris, I ~ I O .Vie s.. I. 438-447.) Treats of domestic slavery in t h e Middle Ages and its anthropological importance. Adds t o previous articles on this topic (see Amer. Anfhrop.. 1909, N. 5 . . XI.718). facts concerning France 13381456.-purchase. sale. manumission of slaves. Lohmeyer (K.) Der Pfingstquak in der Saargegend (2. d . Ver. f . Volksk., Treats Berlin, 1910. xx. 399-401.) o the "Quak riding" and singing by f f young people in search o eggs from house to house a t Whitsuntide in t h e Saar region about 1860: Dudweiler, Waldhambach. Hirzweiler. Ottweiler, Fechingen. etc.. and in St Ingbert outside of Saarland. I n some of t h e villages "Quacken" on foot continued In till late in t h e 19th century. Ettingen on Whit Sunday even now a boy acts as "Neschquack." Lowak (A.) Drei Dramen mit Verwendung der schlesischen Mundart a u s (Mitt. d. schles. den Jahre 1618. Ges. f. Volksk.. 1909, XI. 141-173.) Gives parts of the Silesian dialect texts o three plays published a t Wittenberg f in 1618. t h e author being Rev. Martinus Bohemus (1557-1622) of Lauban. T h e peasant parts in these plays are in dialect. T h e plays are: "Acolasfus; Eine Lustige Comoedia vom verlorenen Sohne"; "Eine Schone Comoedia vom Alten unnd Jungen Tobia"; Tragic+ moedia. Ein SchLin Teutsch Spiel vom Holofmrc und der Judith." Sur la signification des fltroglyphes des megalithes bretons. (R. de I*&. d'Anthr. d e Paris, rgro. xx, 348-352, 17 fgs.). Second part. Treats of pediform and pectiniform signs. According to L. t h e pediform sign is often "the schematization of t h e frontal line, either directly or b y A similar way of the jugiform sign." origin is proposed for the pectinilorm sign.-here t h e vertical lines represent t h e hairs of t h e eyebrows. - Sur les caracteres des figures humaines dans I'art paleolithique. (L'Anthropologie. Paris. 1910. XXI, 4og-423, 24 fgs.) Treats of t h e characteristics of paleolithic figures 0, human beings (grottos of Altamira. Combarelles. M a s d'Azil, Marsoulasf Laugerie-Basse, etc.) compared with modern grami and the drawings of children. After discussing t h e theory t h a t these "anthropomorphic" figures represent "sorcerers" or "medicine men" of a primitive sort. L. argues t h a t t h e people capable of drawing as the paleolithic artists did good heads of animals on animals, would not, if they intended t o p u t animals' heads o n human beings, make such poor ones a s occur on these figures. Hence, t h e y must have been trying to d r a w human beings. a field o a r t in which they f a s yet. like children, were novices. But with children drawing evolves inversely from t h e way it does with prehistoric man. "not from animals to man, b u t from m a n to animals.'' W i t h t h e child, in many cases. its fist animals a r e horizontal human beings; for prehistoric man human beings a r e animals set u p vertically. This accounts for certain peculiarities of t h e human figure in paleolithic art,--"men drawn a s quadrupeds t o begin with h a v e not yet quite ceased t o be such. MacAulifie (L.) cf Thooris (-). Mensuration c o m p a r k des pavillons auriculaires d e IOO soldats d u 104' regiment d'infanterie et d e xoo aliCn6s. 6 p i l e p tiques e t idiots. (Bull. SOC. d'Anthr. Gives d e Paris, rgro. VI" s.. I. 62-63.) f results of measurement o ears of 100 soldiers and IOO lunatics, epileptics. and idiots. T h e percentage of ears of equal length was: soldiers 35, abnormals 20; right ear longer t h a n left, 23. 44; left ear longer 42. 36. Machoire d e Heidelberg (Ibid.. 1909. vc s., x. 57-61.) Discussion by MM. Luquet (C.H . ) CHAMBERLAIN] PER1 OD1 CA L L TERA T U R E I of other sciences, from mathematics Manouvrier, d e Mortillet, Regnault. and physics t o history. Paleoethetc.. on the jaw bone of t h e Homo nology and prehistoric archeology have Heidelbcrgcnsis. M .Manouvner objected largely grown u p with the Society. t o its recognition a s belonging to a new I t s publications, exclusive of laboratory species, and M. d e Mortillet thought i t manuals and guides for travelers and was only a n exaggerated form of the investigators. etc.. number 62 volumes, Spy-Neandertal type. See Siffre (A.) the contents of which cover all fields Maeterlinck (L.) L e ROle comique d u of anthropological research. D r M . Demon dans les Mysteres flamands. defines anthropology a s "the study of (Mercure d e France, Paris, lgro. the differences of all sorts concerning LXXXVII, 385-406.) Treats of the human beings" (p. 328). f comic r61e o devils and imps in the Note sur les debris humains d u old Flemish mystery-plays,-the dedolmen d e Barbehhe, Gironde. (lbid.. mons were made to serve the part of 1909. vc s . x. 135-141.) . Describes, t h e modern circus-clown, their dress, with some measurements, a n incomplete conversation. etc., being constituted female skull (index 74)..fragments of t o t h a t end. On this subject see 6 male a n d 2 female femurs, two male further D r P. H. van Moerkerke's and one female tibias. from the dolmen De Satire in de ncderlandscheu Kunst of B a r b e h b e a t Potensac. One of t h e der Middekcuwcn (Amsterdam, 1904). femurs shows dislocation of the hip Maeterlinck'sGcnresafirique.~antasfique (congenital), and in the discussion Dr el lirencicux dans la sculpture JZamande M. Baudouin cited several examples ct walbnnc (Paris, 1910). from caves, dolmens, and Gallo-Roman Mangler (L.) Zweigeistliche Lieder a u s graves of pelvic bones (whole and fragden Odenwalde. (2. d. V. f. Volksk.. mentary) indicating suchdislocation,etc. Berlin, rgro. xx. 401-403.) Text and Archaologisch-prshistorMartian (J.) music of two spiritual songs, heard by isches Repertorium fiir Siebenbiirgen. t h e author a s a boy from the wife of a (Mitt. d . Anthrop. Ges.in Wien. 1909. forester of Buchen in the Baden XXXIX. 321-358. I fg.) Alphabetical Odenwald: "Sankt Katharina," and list of 769 localities i n Transylvania of "Die arme Seele"; t h e first is in Erkarcheological prehistorical interest. with Boehme's Liederholt. No. 2116; t h e indication of remains found; also bibliother corresponds t o 217a of the same graphy of 195 titles and list of more . collection. important sorts of objects, remains, Mankowslri (H.) Die Adventskurrende etc.. with reference t o place where und die Jutrznia in Masuren. .(]bid.. found. This valuable adjunct to re326-327.) Notes on advent customs of search might well be imitated in t h e Masures of Sensburg 40 years ago, America. particularly t h e jrrtrznia (dawn) singing, Mascaraux (F.) L a grotte Saint-Michel etc. d'Arudy (Basses-Pyrenees. fouilles dans Manouvier (L.) Les cauterisations A une station magdalknienne. (R. d e l'epoque nblithique. (Bull. Soc. d'Anthr. d e Paris, 1910. s.. I. 530.) VP I.&. d'Anthr. d e Paris, 1910, xx. N o t e affirming, from evidences on the 357-318, 21 fgs.) Treats of the exskulls in t h e Broca Museum, the explorations (begun in 1888) of the grotto of Saint Michel d'Arudy and the finds istence of cauterizations in the neolithic there made: flints. bone and horn period,-the marks were earlier termed by M. "the sincipital T." implements (arrow and spear points, - L a SocietC d'Anthropologie d e piercers. needles, harpoons. b b n s . ) pieces of horn and bone with figures of Paris depuis sa fondation 1859-1909. (Ibid., 305-328.) History of the Socianimals. etc., carved upon them, e t y by the General Secretary. Of ornaments, etc. According t o M . this t h e founders of t h e Society 16 out of "station" (Magdalenian) "belongs t o 19 were physicians; in 1861 t h e prot h a t phase of artistic evolution comthe portion was 73 o u t of 91; average for prehending t h e close of t h e epoque t h e 50 years is 51.6 per cent.; out of hippiquicnne" and t h e "Cpoque rangifniennc" (Piette). T h e objects found i t s 1102 ordinary French members 496 were physicians in civil life, 56 a t t h e grotto of Saint Michel have been a r m y and 57 naval physicians. But the figured in E. Piette's L'Art pcndani Society has always had representatives 1'8gc du rcnne (1907). _ . Yather A M E R I C A N ANTHROPOLOGIST [N.5.. 12. 1910 (F. J.. Jr) The evil eye. ‘ ~ 42-47, (Century, h . Y.. 1910, x x x . 6 fgs.) Treats of the “evil eye” in Italy and the charms and amulets against it. Among those said to have had the “evil eye” were Pope Pius I>; and a recent prime minister. Meier (J.) Geschichte einer modernen Volksliedes. (Schw. Arch. f. Volksk.. Basel, 1909, X I I I . 241-z70.) Discusses the history of the modern folk-song “Es gieng einmal ein verliebtes Paar Im griinen Wald spazieren.” cited from Wiggertal and the Hinterland of Lucerne by Gassmann. gives numerous examples of shorter and longer versions, etc. The original song emphasizes the final bliss and sanctity of the couple. The original metric form was the 8-lined strophe. The melody is for the most part not old. See also. Gassmann (A. L.) Das Vdkslicd im Luzerner Wiggnlal und Hinterland (Basel. 1906). Menghin (0.) Ein Weihnachtszeltenspiel aus Tirol. (Z. d. Ver. f. Volksk.. Berlin, 1910. xx. 387-394.) Gives dialect text (258 lines and music) of a Christmas folk-play of the Tirol recorded from the dictation of a 73 year old man, who had taken part in its The presentation, when a youth. Wcihnachlszclf is furnished t o foreigners during the whole year as “Tirolese fruit bread.” These little plays originate in the poorer people seeking by their presentation to obtain this “festal food” from the richer. Meyer (A. 0.) Einiges iiber den italienischen Volkscharakter. (Mitt. d. schles. Ges. f. Volksk., Breslau. 1909, XI. 1-37.) Interesting folk-psychological study of the Italian people. The keynote is pazienza with which goes failure to appreciate the value of time. but also courtesy, child-likeness, j o i c dc mwc (Lebenslust). social tact, indifference t o the world outside. no “tourist-sense.“ feeling for nature not absent (past and present prove this), artistic in pose and movement and in language, unlovely aspects of business and the market. lack of sound business sense, red tape and bureaucracy, national feeling. hut almost no state feeling. Mielert (E.) Die lnsel Korsika. (GIbus. Brnschwg.. 1910. XCVIII, 56-61, 69-74. 85-0. ZI fgs.) Contains notes on the people and their culture. occupations. etc.: Banditism. vendetta. hospitality. clothing, food. various towns. etc.. houses, etc. - Carrara und sein Marmor. (Ibid.. 1910. XCVII. 293-299, 7 fgs.) Treats of Carrara and its famous marblequarries. the workmen, etc.; method of transportation; use and workings of the material. Mielke (R.) U b e r die Aufnahme der Getreidepuppen. (Mitt. d. Verb. deutschen Ver. f. Volksk.. x ? ~ . Nr. 10. 6-8.) Notes on “Getreidepuppen” (“corn maidens,” “last sheafs”).-the author’s collection, from more than 100 places, represents all Germany; their names, the number of sheaves (sometimes 30). and constituents other than grain (e. g. clover. lucern. etc.), shape and form, etc. Mochi (A.) Per un ”Atlante Antropologico dell’ltalia. (A. p. 1’Antrop.. 257-264.) DisFirenze, 1909. xxx~x. c u s e s and approves the proposal for a n anthropological atlas of Italy made by Prof. F. Frassetto. of the University of Bologna, at the meeting of the Italian Association for the Advancement of Science. At the meeting of Italian anthropologists at Padua in September, 1909. a. committee (Mantegazza, Sergi. Tedeschi, Frassetto. Giuffrida-Ruggeri and Pull*) was appointed t o further the project. Les institutions e t les Ctudes anthropologiques en Italie. Histoire et Ctat actuel. (Bull. Soc. d’Anthr. . d e Paris. 1910, we s . I. 376392.) Good r6sumC of Italian anthropological activities (Nicolucci in 1858 published a book on human races; in 1871 the Italian Anthropological Society was founded; in 1870 Mantegazzawas made Professor of Anthropology a t the Royal Institute of Higher Studies in Florence and the National Anthropological and Ethnological Museum established in that city. the ethnographic section of this Museum now contains 16.000 specimens. the anthropological section proper. some 5 . 0 0 0 ; in connection with the Museum, a n anthropometric laboratory u x s established in 1901; in 1907 a Museum of Italian Ethnography was founded at Florence). Partial university courses in anthropology began as early as 1869 at Pisa.-since then. Bologna, Naples (1880). Rome (1884). Padua (1898), the three last having chairs. assistants. laboratories. etc. The activities of the Anthro- CHAMBERLAIN] PERIODICAL LITERATURE pological Society. t h e labors of Colini. D e Michelis. Pitrb. Pigorini (with the Bollelfino dc Palelnologia Ilaliana since 1871).the physical anthropological researches of Livi. Pagliani. Riccardo. Maggi. etc.; Mantegazza and the Archrvro p n l'Anlropologia, Sergi and his descriptive craniological system; the criminal anthropological school of Lombroso and its criticisms by Mantegazza, Tanzi. etc.; the evolutionistic doctrines of Morselli; t h e neo-evolutionist contributions of Giuffrida-Ruggeri, etc. MontanC 6.) Rapport sur l'btat des sciences anthropologiques B Cuba. (Ibid.. 370-375.) Treats of anthropology in Cuba. which goes back t o t h e time of M . R. Ferrer's Nofuraleea dc la grandiosa isla de Cuba.-he was the sent to Cuba from Madrid in 1847; Cuban Anthropological Society, founded in 1877;t h e chair o Anthropology f in the University of Havana, founded in 1899.t h e first in Latin America; the Anthropological Museum, founded .in 1880. and in I905 re-named the Montane Museum. On pages 373-375 a r e given t h e list of lectures offered in anthropology. Montelius (0.) T h e sun-god's axe and Thor's Hammer. (Folk-Lore, Lond., 1910,XXI. 60-78. 6 pl. with 30 fgs.) Produces evidence (Indra with his axe, t h e lightning; Assyrian deities with axe and thunderbolt in hand, Zeus Labrandeus with the double-axe; the ancient Cretan doubleaxe; double-axe of Asia Minor and of the Syrian deities; t h e doubleaxe symbols of the European bronze age, etc.; the axe of the Thracian sun-god and the mallet of Heracles; the sun and . thunder deities of Gauls, Slavonians. Lithuanians, Teutons and Scandinavians with axe and hammer in hand,-the hammer of Thor is discussed particularly on pages 70-78). Dr M. concludes t h a t the idea of Thor's hammer is not peculiar to the Scandinavians. for "the god of the sun and t h a t of thunder were originally one a n d the same god, and from time o u t of mind and by widely different peoples t h e axe has been considered as the sun-god's weapon, and amongst cert a i n peoples it became a hammer." Moser (L.K.) Alte und neue priihistorische Karsthtihlenfunde von Nabresina. (Globus. Brnschwg., 1910. Treats of XCVII, 372-378. 23 fgs.) the finds of prehistoric objects (flints and implements of like material, horn and bone with human and animal figures, stone hammer, obsidian artefacts, animal and human bones, pottery painted and ornamented, etc.. in t h e "Karst" caves of Nabresina, above Triest. T h e lowest strata belong t o the Paleolithic period; the ash-layers above these a r e neolithic. T h e human figure incised on bone belongs to t h e lowest culture-stratum. Interesting also is the figure of a tortoise on a piece of bone. T h e pottery is relatively well developed. Some of t h e ceramic ornamentation suggests Mycenae. Mosher (A. M.) A singer of folk-lore. (Century, N. Y.. 1910.~xxx. 18-23, 4 fgs.) Treats of t h e life and character of Marc'harit Fulup. recently dead, "the last of t h e old-time popular singers of Brittany," whose name is linked with those of Luzel and L e Braz. T h e author's personal visit to t h e singer is described. de Mot (J.) T h e devil-fish in ancient art. (Rec. of Past, Wash., 1910.IX. 276-278,,I fg.) Notes devil-fish in Mycenean art (e. g. o n a vase from Rhodes). This creature then, as now, was a n important source of food, and furnished t o t h e a r t of t h e Egean Archipelago some characteristic images. Translated by H. M. Wright from t h e original article in Bull. d. Mus. Roy. d. Arls DLcol. el Indusfr. (Bruxelles). April, 1907. Heckel (G.) Die altisllndische Saga. (Mitt. d. schles. Ges. f. Volksk.. Breslau. 1909.XI, 38-52.) Treats of t h e history a n d character of t h e Old Icelandic saga. Varieties of t h e saga: Fomaldarsigur. tales of t h e period before t h e settlement (ca. 900 A.D.) of Iceland; Konunga S ~ ~ U T . biographies of Old Norse Kings, particularly St Olaf (d. 1030 A D . ) ; Islcndinga s 6 g ~ r . tales of Iceland. T h e oldest SagaMss. d a t e from ca. 1300. Oral tale and written tale a r e n o t always t h e same. A n important element of t h e saga was local tradition. History, tradition, and literary invention a r e to be distinguished. T h e saga-account can be controlled by other sources (cf. Jessen's treatment of t h e Egilssaga). wander-fables disguised may be discovered (e. g. t h e episode of t h e dying Arab in the Viga-Gldmssaga), t h e stylizing tradition betrays itself (cf. in A M ERICA N A NTHROPOLOGlST IN. S.. I9ZO the tale of F16ki). dimmed tradition often appears (e. g. in the "Icelandic sagas) ," interpolated strophes occur (e. g. in the first part of the NjPlssaga) often much later than the rest of the material. The life of Icelanders in the saga-age resembled much that of the Teutons of the Merovingian period. Nestle (E.) Inschriften auf dem Schenkel. (Berliner Philol. Wchnschr.. xgro. xxx. 1398-1399.) Cites examples of inscriptions on the thigh (statue of Apollo. figure of horse, wolf, Etruscan statue from Martha) in Greek and Roman antiquity. Apuleius in his Dc Magia notes as religiously harmless the practice o marking f statues on the thigh. Nippgea (J.) L a langue primitive des Lapons d'apres K.-B. Wiklund. (Bull. Soc. d'Anthr. de Paris. 1909. Ve 5.. x. 198-210.) ResumCs K. B. Wiklund's Enfwurf c i n n urlappischn Lauflehre published in the Memoirs of the FinnoUgrian Society for 1896: Data for our knowledge of pro-Lapp and proFinnish; primitive home and period of pro-Lapp; Lithuanian loan-words in Lapp, Lithuanian loan-words via Finnish in the pre-Lapp period; Slav loan words in Lapp in the pro-Lapp period. W. concludes: The pro-Lapp is practically identical with an ancient stage of the pro-Finnish. The primitive tongue out of which grew both pro-Lapp and pro-Finnish is much older than that from which have been derived the various modern Finnish languages. See Zaborowski (S.) Olbrich (K.) Literatur und Volkskunde. (Mitt. d. schles. Ges. f. Volksk.. BresNotes on novel lau. 1909,XI.54-56.) and folk-lore (a fine example is W. Meinhold's Bernsicinhexc. 1843) and the cat in literature and folk-belief. The latter is illustrated in Dr F. Leppmann's Kaler dlurr und scinc Sippc (Mlinchen. 1908). Was die Grossmutter singt. (Ibid.. 103-110.) Cites numerous items from the folk-song repertory of an aged lady in Breslau and refers to corresponding songs in Erck-Boehme and Hoffmann von FallerslebenRichter: Ritter und Magd, Die Schenkdime, Die Verlassene. Oderschfierlied, Meuchelmord der Geliebten. Der treue Husar. Die Giirtnerfrau. Der eiferslichtige Knabe. Der Deserteur. Ostergiessen auf Schlosa Lubowitz. (Ibid.. 1 1 0 - 1 1 1 . ) Cites from Eichendorff's T a g c b u c l I a u f ~ i c h n u n g ~ a brief account of the "Ostergiessen" as practiced April 2 , 1804. Olrik (A.) Wettermachen und Neujahrsmond im Norden. (2. d. Ver. f. Volksk., Berlin, 1910. xx, 57-61.) Cites items concerning "wcather-rnaking" in Denmark from H. Feilberg and ' E. 7 . Kristensen. and other folk-lore evidence as to the ancient conception of the first moon of the year as a "king f and lord," the relation o the monthnames to the visible periods of the moon; the distribution of the months (January for men, February for women, March for youths. April for girls, May for boys. etc.). The merry "weather-making" in Iceland and Denmark goes back to the old adoration of the new moon. Parmalee (G.) The coiffure of Roman women as shown on portrait busts and statues. (Rec. of Past, Wash., 1910, IX. 167-176. 4 pl.. 2 fgs.) Describes briefly 8 types (late Republic, early Empire, Flavian. "Matidia," "Faustina." "Lucilla." "Julia Domna." and type of I I l d centry A. D.), and the fixed type of the Vestal Virgins. Though hairpins were used, and combs also, they are not represented on the statues. etc. Ovid made sport of the infinite varieties of coiffure during the period of the early Empire. Pastor (W.) Die Megalithen. (Z. f. Ethnol., Berlin, 1910,XLII, 601-606.) Notes on dolmens, passage-graves, stone-circles. "troy-towns." etc. Stonehenge represents "a brilliant renaissance of the earlier cult suppressed by the n cult of the dead which came i from the South toward the end of the later stone age." The sun-cult was a product of the North. In the discussion (604-605). E. v. Baelz called attention to the megalithic area in Japan, where such monuments occur in several places. Hr. Schuchardt emphasizes the distinction between graves and sanctuaries. Patiri (G.) Le corna emblematiche in us0 sin dall'etii paleolitica. (A. p. I'Antrop.. Firenze. 1909. XXXIX. 230243. I pl.) Discusses emblematic horns. etc.. and their use since the paleolithic period. Prof. P. thinks that "primitive man, in the midst of the virgin forests, a terrified spectator CHAMBERLAIN] PERIODICAL L I T E R A T U R E o the jealous and tremendous combats f of the Bos pimigenius. could attribute mysterious energies and inexplicable powers . . . t o these powerful bovine quadrupeds," and he was struck by the horns of the creatures, t o which he attributed all the strength and valor displayed in the fight. As a symbol of physical force the horns became associated with religion (on t h e altar, etc.). were regarded as prophylactic against t h e "evil eye." etc. M a n y picrrcsfigures a r e "horns." Patschovsky (W.) Volkstilmliche Zimmer-, Garten-. Feld- und Waldpflanzen im Liebauer Tale. (Mitt. d . schles. Ges. f. Volksk., Breslau, 1909. X I . 1 8 6 2 0 3 . ) Lists with indication of uses. etc.. 26 house-plants, various garden-plants, a number of kitchenplants, 28 o r n a m e n b l plants, some 60 plants used in folk-medicine. etc.. besides a dozen more medical plants from the woods. Peter (-) Unsere Pflanzen in Sage und Aberglauben. (Rorr.-BI. d. Ges. f. Anthrop.. Brnschwg.. 1909. XL. 47-55.) Treats of German folk-lore o form and f of plants,-peculiarities color, doctrine of signatures, folkmedicine, peculiarly formed plants and superstitions connected therewith, mistletoe. hazel, divining rod, etc. Pfeiffer &.) Beitrag zur Kenntnis der steinzeitlichen Korbflechterei. XLII. (Ztschr. f. Ethnol.. Berlin. 1910, 369-380. I fg.) Treats of basketry in the stone age: R a w material; hutlining; t h e "bender" (traced back from t h e steel implement of to-day to the bone or horn ones of the stone age,-t h e so-called bdbns dc commandemen1 m a y have been such "benders"); trimming-knife (those of flints widespread in neolithic Europe); clamps. splitters, stretchers, etc., of modern basketmakers, and their neolithic representatives, flint scrapers (used rather in basketry t h a n as polishers for spear and arrow-heads). Pittard (E.) Rapport. (Bull. Soc. d' I Anthr. d e Paris, 1910. V' s.. I, 407409.) Notes on condition of anthropology in Switzerland (the work of t h e Geneva National Institute of which Carl Vogt was president for many years; t h e influence of archeological discoveries on text-books of history, etc.) T h e Girl's High School in Geneva has this recognition of anthropology in its curriculum: "Elementary ideas about the zoological position of m a n See and the principal human races." Schenk (A,). Contributions 2 I'6tude anthropologique des serbes d u royaume d e Serbie. (Ibid.. 307-311.) Gives results of measurements of 60 Servians observed by t h e author. Stature (av. 1,655 mm.; range 1.520 t o 1.830 mm.). cephalic index (av. 80.38. range 70.59 t o 86.34; 34.8 Todolichocephals, 26.5 yo brachycephals. 38.3 yo mesocephals). nasal index (av. 73.09, range 59.26 to 87.28; leptorrhines 34.6 70. mesorrhines 60 %. platyrrhines. 3.3 %). - L'indice cCphalique dans une serie de 795 cranes valaisiens de la vallee du Rhbne (R. de I*&. d'Anthr. Gives d e Paris, 1910, XX. 24-27.) results of study of 458 male and 337 female skulls from 9 localities in t h e valley of Conches. T h e average index of the males is 84.46, of t h e females 84.jr; average,index. 84.48. altogether 89% brachycephalic, 9.3 % mesaticephalic, 1.6% dolichocephalic. The proportion of brachycephals is much greater among the females: there is a slight excess of mesaticephals and subbrachycephals among the males. T h e f people o Valais m a y be considered f one o the most homogeneous of t h e "Celtic" (Alpine) peoples. Polivka (G.) Neuere Arbeiten zur slawkchen Volkskunde. 2. Sildslawisch. (Ibid., 411-428.) Reviews and critiques of recent publications (books. periodical articles, etc.) in relation t o t h e folk-lore of t h e South Slavs. S b c n i a n (works of P o t d n i k . Strekelj. KoStiLl); Serb-Cronlian (Meringer, GjorjeviE. Vatef, Zupanif. Trojanovi?. Popovi?. Mareti?. TomiE. Gavrilovif, Misirkof, CoroviE. Andrif Hadziomerspahiz, Vasilijevi?. Drechsler. Magdie. F. S. Krauss, Skarpa. Medie. Mijatovif. etc.); Bulgarian (Kondakof. SiSkof). O special imf portance a r e t h e continuation of Prof. K. Strekelj's collection of Slovenian folk-songs; Prof. T. Maretic's book on t h e Serbo-Croatian folk-epic; TomiE's studies of t h e Prince M a r k o epics; f D r N. Andtie's collection o Croatian woman-songs. T h e Servian Academy has institued under the leadership of D r T. R. GjorjeviE a systematic collection of customs. usages. etc., of _ . A M E R I C A N A N THKOPOLOCIST IN. S . . 12, which two volumes have already appeared. Pradel (F.) Ein altes Spiel. (Mitt. d. schles. Ges. f. Volksk.. Breslau. 1909, XI, 56-58.) Treats of the children’s sport of making flat stones skip a s many times a s possible over the surface of the water (“ducks and drakes“ in England). a ”game” known to the ancient Greeks. Often a wish is made and interpreted by t h e movements of the stone. Puccioni (N.) Appunti di craniologia canariense. (A. p. I’Antrop.. Firenze. 1909.XXXIX,115-130. 3 fgs.) Measurements and descriptions of g male and 6 female skulls from Teneriffe in t h e Canaries, now in the National Anthropological Museum, Florence. Discussion of views of Verneau. hleyer. Luschan. Shrubsall. Sergi. etc. Dr P. believes t h a t in the Canary islands types a n anthropological composition resembling the ancient European has been preserved. T h e ancient Canarians were of European rather than of African origin. T h e Guanches resemble the kro-Magnon type. Retzius (G.) T h e secalled North European race o mankind. f Roy. Anthrop. Inst., Lond., 1909. XXXIX. 177313.) Treats of views a n d theories of Linnaeus, Blumenbach. Anders Retzius (who called attention to the diversity of race within the white variety of man and noted the marked prevalence o dolichocephaly in Northf ern Europe.-Teuton. and brachycephaly in the South). Welcker. Virchow. Broca. Huxley. Beddoe. Deniker, Kollmann. Bogdanof, Lapouge. Roese, Amrnon, Hultkranz, Filrst. Broman. Nielsen, Ripley, Buschan. etc. Dr R. considers as proved the existence of these three European races: Northern European. dolichocephalic. blue-eyed, tall race: Middle Europeari. brachycephalic. dark-haired. dark-eyed, shortstatured race; South European, dolichocephalic. dark-haired, dark-eyed, short-statured race,-these a r e in reallity ”only sub-variations of a variety, viz.. t h e so-called white race o man.’’ f H e objects t o the terms Homo Europacus. H. Alpinus a n d H . Mcditnraneus. T h e Ncandntd race is “ a special variety of low standard.” T h e present North European dolichocephalic race branch is “descended in direct line from t h e Cro-Magnon ‘race.’” In Eurooe t h e brachycephals u. have for a long time been suppressing t h e dolichocephals. There is no proof t h a t the Middle European brachycephals a r e Mongoloid. Three problems need special study: Sphere of variability. laws of heredity of racial characters, fixedness of races, etc. Ridgeway (W.) Fifty years of anthropology in Great Britain a n d Ireland. (Bull. Soc. d‘Anthr. d e Paris. 1910, vie s.. 1. 341-343.) Notes contributions of Darwin, Huxley. Maine. Tylor, Boyd Dawkins, Christy. T h e publications of the Journal of the Anthropological lnstilulc and M a n and t h e proposal for an Imperial Bureau of Anthropology are also referred to. Ross (C. F.) Roman milestones. (Rec. of Past, Wash., 1910.IX.8-15, g fgs.) Treats of ancient (republican Roman milestones a r e very rare) and modern Roman milestones, their inscriptions (e. g.. t h a t of one of 184 B. C.. on t h e Via Appia) which vary greatly in different periods and under different officials. Stones far from Rome conform to local conditions. Rother (K.) I m Kriiuterladen. (Mitt. d. schles. Ges. f . Volksk.. Breslau. ~gro. x 1 log-117.) Lists, in t h e ordinary 1. (and also popular) and Latin scientific names, and t h e purposes for which t h e plants, etc.. are employed in folkmedicine, the entire contents of a n herbstall in Breslau. some 80 items in all. Also (pp. 115-116) some additions t o t h e list of flowers a n d plants in t h e Silesian peasants’ gardens as given by D r Olbrich; and (pp. 116-117) 3 0 peculiar folk-names of plants from t h e region of Camenz. Rutot (A.) U n homme d e science peut-il. raisonnablement. admettre l’existence des industries primitives, dites eolithes? (Bull. Soc. d’Anthr. d e Paris, 1910. VI’ s.. I. 447-473.) Argues, from the three methods of investigation, scientifically employed (observation. comparison. experiment), t h a t the eolithsare really of human origin. T h e pseudo-eoliths of Mantes a r e also discussed. - Discours. (Ibid.. 360-363.) Reports on anthropological activities in Belgium (work of Geological Society. Royal Natural History Museum). and particularly t h e discovery of t h e ”eoliths.” University extension lectures in prehistory a r e given in Brussels. Sarasin (P.) Einige weitere Beitrlge zur Frage von der Entwicklung des griech- CHAMBERLAIN] PERIODICAL L TEE4 T U R E I ischen Tempels a u s dem Pfahlhause. (Ztschr. f . Ethnol.. Berlin, 1910. SLII. 434-443, 5 fgs.) Produces more evidence in favor of author's theory of the development of the Greek temple from t h e pile-dwelling and r6sumes recent literature of the subject. The theories of Fuchs. Muchau. etc.. will not account for the Egyptian temple. The pile-dwelling lies a t the bottom of f Oriental ideas o the world as a "house" supported on pillars. The grooved columns of the Doric temple of Hercules a t Selinunt and the grooved piles of a pile-dwelling in Borneo, figured by Nieuwenhuis. in his Qurr durch Emneo (1897. Bd. 11. PI. 27) are remarkably alike. D r S. holds also t h a t the European house with "stories" (the upper p a r t used for dwelling and sleeping. the lower a n d often only partly enclosed. for work-shops etc.) is also the descendant of the pile-dwelling. How this may well b e is illustrated by the "Rathaus" of Burgau (St Gall), figured on p. 438. Schachtzabel (A.) Die Schwalmer Volkstracht. (Globus. Brnschwg.. 1910, XCVII. 10-12. 3 fgs.) Treats of the folk-costume of t h e people of the valley of the Schwalm. a river of the Weser area, who are assigned t o the Chatti by Pfister in his Challischc SlammesRundc (Kassel. 1880). The characteristic hats, caps, hair-dress. coats, stockings. etc.. a r e now disappearing by reason of the decay of spinning, the influence of manufactured articles, etc. See also Chr. Lange's Land und Leulc auf d n Schwalm (Kassel. 1895). Schell (0.) Der Klingelstock der Hirten. (Z. d. Ver. f. Volksk.. Berlin. rgxo. xx. 317-318. 4 fgs.) l r e a t s o the stick f with iron-rings attached used a s a cow-call by herdsmen: the H i c k of t h e Westerwald. the Klinge of Westphalia. the Klimperkculc of horseherders in Brandenburg, the Ringclslm of Scandinavia, etc. I t goes back t o a high antiquity. Schenk (A.) La science anthropologique e n Suisse. (Bull. Soc. d'Anthr. d e Paris. 1910, vies.. I. 400-407.) Report o n conditions of anthropology in Switzerland. Notes chiefly the discovery o lake-dwellings and the imf petus given thereby, the work of Keller. His, Riitimeyer. Kollmann. Studer. etc. Some branches of anthropology are taught a t the University and Federal Polytechnic School (by Martin, Heierli). a t Geneva (by E. Pittard). at Freiburg (by I'abbC Breuil). a t Berne (by Zeller and Schiirch). and at Lausanne (by Schenk). In t h e Canton of Vaud anthropology is beginning to enter t h e secondary schools. Prof. Schenk's own researches deserve mention. See Pittard (E.). Schmit (E.) Presentation d e quelques crines ntolithiques. trepan& recueillis i Congy, Marne. (Ibid.. 502-509. 8 fgs.) Treats of 6 skulls from a neolithic cave-burial near Congy in t h e Department of Maine, all bearing marks of trepanation. Schnippel (E.) Leichenwasser und Geisterglaube in Ostpreussen. (2. d. Ver. f. Volksk., Berlin, 1910.X X , 394398.) T r e a t s of East Prussian beliefs concerning "corpse-water" (i. e. water in which the corpse was washed), which was scattered or poured upon people as a good omen, etc. (water serves a s a barrier against ghosts, etc.). "death-straw.'' "death-meal." "deathshirt." return of t h e dead, etc. Schrader (F.) Questions d'orieiit. (R d'Anthr. d e Paris, 1910. XX. de I&. 73-85.) Anthropo-geographical notes on t h e Oriental question resulting from t h e Turkish invasion of Europe in the 16th century and t h e Slavonic and Teutonic Drang nach Oslcn. T h e "Young Turks" a r e to be thanked for "having introduced into the Oriental question t h e new action of liberty and modern thought." Progressive "new Turkey" m a y settle gradually t h e tumult in t h e Orient. Schreiber (W.) Zur Anthropologie der (A. f. AnKaraimkinder Galiziens. throp.. Brnschwg.. 1910. N. F., IX. 64-74.) Gives details of observation and measurement (stature, head and face measurements, cephalic indices, length of mouth and ear, length of trunk, color of hair and eyes, etc.) of 8 boys a n d 7 girls (from 8 t o 13 years of age) belonging t o the Karaits of t h e village of Halicz in eastern Galicia. compared with Christian and Jewish I n height children of t h a t region. they are closer to t h e Christian children, and a r e more brachycephalic t h a n Christians or Jews; their facial index approximates t h a t of Jewish children; their nasal index is narrower than t h a t of both, a n d their mouth wider; t h e hair-color is Nr. 4 of Fischer, eye-color, 3 to 5 of Martin. D r W. thinks t h a t A M E R I C A N ANTHROPOLOGIST the view is incorrect t h a t t h e Karaits a r e “Turkish Jews.” who came from Constantinople t o Galicia. in t h e 16th century. Indeed they were in Lemberg already in the 15th century. Perhaps J u d a c i troccnsis and Judaci furcrnses have been confused. M a n y Karaites were brought from Crimea t o Troki in Lithuania in the 14th century. They speak “Tatar.” Schuchardt (-). Buckelkeramik. (2. f . Ethnol., Berlin, 1909, XLI. 946-950.) Treats of “knob” pottery, its origin, distribution, etc. T h e pottery of N. W . Germany of the st,one age, according to s..rests as to form and decoration o n earlier basketry (i. e. the pottery of the megaliths and of Rossen especially); t h a t of the south (“ribbon pottery”). goes back to the gourd a form lending itself t o free decoration. One of the ornamental morifs of the old North German vessel is the presence of 4 bosses or little knobs on the side. These “knobs“ appear later in Hungary and Asia Minor (Troy), and S . would assign t o them a Teutonic development from neolithic pottery. (Cf. Lausitz pottery.) Schullerus (A.) Siebenbiirger Marchen. (Mitt. d. Verb. deutschen Ver. f. Volksk.. 1909, Nr. 10, 8-11.) Discusses methods and points of view in t h e investigation of mlirchen in the last few years: Comparison of material (Kohler. Bolte). psychological analysis (Laistner. v. d. Leyden), stylistic research (Petsch. Weber), influence of medieval story-literature (Schonbach. Katona). Another field of research lies in theisolationand local phenomena. t h e geographical and cultural history of a limited area (Transylvania, e. g.. where several races have lived together). Need of investigation and lines on which i t should be carried out. (Z. Schtitte (0.) D e r Schafergruss. d. Ver. 1. Volksk., Berlin, 1910. XX. 328.) Cites riddles and rhymed greetings of shepherds in Brunswick. D e r Schimmelreiter, ein braun(I bid., schweigisches Hochzeitsspiel. 79-81.) Cites some zoo lines from a wedding-play “Der Schimmelreiter.“ given in t h e sixties of t h e last century at Cremlingen near Brunswick. Scraps of English folk-lore. (Folk-Lore, Lond., 1910, XXI. 222-227.) Items by various collectors from Buckinghamshire, Essex. Lancashire, Surrey, Som- [N.s.. 12. 1910 erset, Yorkshire (pp. zz5-zz7). relating to ghosts, luck a n d ill-luck, cure for whooping-cough, teething, taking lights o u t of house, disposal of Christmas greenery (to be burnt), squint-eye, lucky and unlucky actions, omens relating to birth and childhood. marriage, death, etc. ([bid., Scraps of Scottish folk-lore. 88-92.) Numerous items from Aberdeenshire (A. Macdonald). Argyllshire (M. Cartwright), Kirkcudbrightshire (H. M. B. Reid) and Lanarkshire (D. Robie). concerning marriage. “sleeping fever” and its cure, “white birds,“ luck and ill-luck omens, fairies and kelpies. love omens. “whuppity scourie” (celebration of coming of spring). Selke (G.) Probe glatzischer Mundart: die Kirmes. (Mitt. d. schles. Ges. f. Volksk.. Breslau, 1910, XII. 117-119.) Gives phonetic text of a description of t h e church-festival in the dialect of t h e village of Neu-Weistritz (district of Habelschwerdt). This village lies on t h e border between t h e Oberdorf a n d Glatz dialect. b u t belongs t o t h e latter. Sera (G. L.) Nuove osservazioni ed induzioni sul cranio d i Gibraltar. (A. p. 1’Antrop.. Firenze. 1909, xxxrx. 1.51212. z pl.. 9 fgs.) Gives results of author’s s t u d y in London of t h e “Gibraltar skull”; discovered in 1863 and now in t h e Surgical Museum: Detailed description, chief measurements, discussion of peculiarities. comparison with other ”fossil” skulls. etc. D r S. believes t h a t “the Gibraltar skull represents morphologically a pre-Australoid, a n d (if t h e Neanderthal represents a t y p e posterior to t h e Australian), a decidedly pre-Neanderthaloid type.”-if not indeed tertiary man, t h e Gibraltar man was very closely related to him. According t o D r S.. t h e Neanderthal man is late in anthropogenesis. and not correctly termed Homo primigcnius. Certain morphological peculiarities (e. g. of t h e basis) in t h e Gibraltar skull indicate relationship with t h e gorilla and chimpanzee and “prove t h a t t h e specialization of man occurred late, in t h e midst of a form of marked simian affinities.” Sifire (A,) A propos d e la mandibule Homo heidelbergensis. (Bull. Soc. d’ Anthr. d e Paris. 1909. Ve 5.. x. 80-a!.) Note on character of dentition. marks of wearing, perhaps hypoplasia. CHAMBERLAIN] PERIODICAL L I T E R A T U R E des dents. S p u l t u r e d o lithique d e Montigny-Esbly. (Ibid., 82-87. 3 fgs.) Describes difference in wearing between the two milk molars f (upper right) in the jaw of a child o 6-7 years found in the neolithic grave of Montigny-Esbly. not discoverable in children of to-day, and not entirely explicable from the nature of food in use. Sinelair (A. T.) Folk-songs and music of Catalufia. (J. Amer. Folk-Lore, Boston, 1910, xx111.171-178.) Smith (S. C. K.) M r Rackham and the t h e fairies. (Oxf. and Cambr. Rev., Lond.. 1909, No. 7, 88-95.) T h e author holds t h a t “Mr R. does not create fairies. b u t takes them readymade.” H e has failed in his illustration of Alice in Wonderland. ”because there a r e no real fairies in Lewis Carroll’s imperishable work.” M r Barrie’s fairies, however, a r e ”Shakespeare’s fairies.” and “the fairies of all time.” and here M r R. succeeds (e. g.. Pcfer P a n ) . M r R.’s fairies excel in naturalness and possibility. And fairies. however beautiful, are still uncanny. Sskeland (H.) Entwicklung der sogenannten romischen Schnellwage: Moderne Laufgewichtswage in ihrer einfachsten Form. (2. f. Ethnol., Berlin, 1910, XLII. 493-513. 24 fgs.) Treats of the development of the socalled ”Roman steelyard.” in Germany, etc. Among t h e latest forms is a specimen from Albania; t h e earliest form is seen perhaps in Schleswig. Sonnemark (K.) Zur Osterreichischen. franttkischen und englischen Nationalhymne. (Mitt. d. schles. Ges.f. Volksk.. Breslau. 1910. XII. 73-76.) Adds to the d a t a in Bohn’s Die Nafionalhymncn der Europdischen V61kcr (Breslau. 1908). A third Austrian national hymn exists “Hymne auf Kaiser Ferdinand.” by K. v. Holtei (1855). Of the “Marseillaise” only 6 verses a r e due t o Rouget d e 1‘Isle. the last having been composed b y t h e Abbe Pessonneaux. of Vienne i Issre, not by the poet Lebrun or the n poet Chenier a s has been maintained. P a r t of t h e text of the“Marsellaise” w a s taken b y Rouget d e 1’Isle from Racine’s “Esther” and “Athalie”; t h e melody h e took from Guion’s oratorio “Esther.” T h e English national hymn w a s first played in 1745. Rapport. (Bull. Soren-Hansen (--I Soc. d ’ Anthr. d e Paris, 1910. VI” s.. I, 364-365.) Report on condition of - Usure anthropology in Denmark (work of t h e Anthropological Commission in t h e investigations of physical characteristics; publications in the Communicafions on fhc Anfhropology of Denmark). Steigelmann (A,) Les g t r o g l y p h e s des d Alpes Maritimes. (R. e I*&. d‘ Anthr. de Paris. 1910. xx. 98-102. 3 fgs.) Treats of petrolgyphs of t h e region of Lac des Merveilles. etc.. and at Fontalba. T h e first consist of horns, lanceheads; t h e second of human figures, oxheads and yokes. a man ploughing. crosses, hatched figures, concentric circles, etc. The author thinks t h a t we must consider these petroglyphs. t h e “horns” especially, very ancient ex-uofo. the mountainous regions being the place where they would naturally be found. Sterjna (N.) Les groupes d e civilisation en Scandinavie B I’epoque des sepultures B galerie. (L’Anthropologie. Paris. 1910. XXI. 1-34.62 fgs.) Treats of t h e various regional “civilisations of t h e gallery-grave period in Scandinavia, belonging entirely to the stone age. and corresponding to t h e Robenhausian epoch of western Europe. Dr S. recognises three different peoples (not to say races) in t h e period in question: A people of hunters and fishers in t h e east and North, who “preserved a good p a r t of t h e epipaleolithic traditions.” had n o military organizations, and had relations over the Aland peninsula with t h e peoples of S. E. and E. Europe; in t h e Danish islands and on the adjacent coasts of t h e peninsulas of Jutland a n d Scandinavia “a people acquainted with apiculture.“ (possessing a well-developed military equipment, given t o active navigation (on the North Sea chiefly), and having a higher civilization. resembling somewhat t h a t of the people of the E a s t ; in t h e West a foreign population originally from Central Europe (drawn north t o take possession of the amber-producing country). possessing a special civilization. which. at the close of the gallery-grave period; begins to influence t h e limitrophal Scandinavian peoples. In t h e course of this period a levelling of t h e differences i the interior took place. Megalithic n civilization conquered Scandinavia from t h e E a s t and the North. I n t h e West differences between Jutland objects and t h e megalithic disappear. Interesting a r e the relations with Great Britain. AMERICAN ANTHROPOLOGIST (N.s., 12, 1910 Stolyhwo (K.) Rapport sur l’6tat de I’anthropologie en Pologne. (Bull. Soc. d’Anthr. de Paris. 1910, vie, s. 1, 392395.) Notes on anthropology in Poland. Among names to be remembered are Glogow (physiognomist of the 15th cent.). A. Sniadecki (Univ. of Wilno). Joseph Majer (1808-188~,--first Polish anthropologist; gave at Cracow University in 1854 a course of lectures in anthropology; organized in 1874 an Anthropological Committee in the Academy of Sciences), J. Kopernicki (taught anthropology in the University of Cracow 18761891; author of many monographs), Talko-Hryncewicz (now professor of anthropology a t Cracow, since 1908). and outside of Poland, Kubary (d. 1896), Chudzinski (d. 1897). and S. Zaborowski of Paris. At Warsaw a chair of ethnology is occupied by L. Krzywicki. and another of anthropology by K. Stolyhwo, both since 1906. The university a t LCopol is soon also to possess a chair of anthropology. In the Polish language there exists a great mass of valuable anthropological literature. Stiickelberg (E. A.) Der Schutzpatron der Kaser in der Lombardei. (R. d. Et. Ethnogr. & Sociol.. Paris, 1909, 11, 1 9 6 r g g , I pl.. 6 fgs.) Treats of S. Luzio. the patron o cheese-makers f in Lombardy, his legend, worship, etc. Lueio is really Hugo, from which name with coalesced article the appellation in use since 1 7 0 0 has arisen. See next title. - San Lucio (S. Uguzo). der Sennenpatron. (Schw. Arch. f . Volksk.. Basel. 1910. XIV. 36-70, 1 3 fgs., 2 pl.. f map, bibliogr.) Treats o San Lucio (Uguzo a poor herdsman in the Cawargna valley), the patron saint of the A l p shepherds, legend, name (many Latin and Italian forms, from LuLius to Nuguilio), festival day (July 1 2 ; also pilgrimage August r6). age and extension of the cult (already at Lugano f in 1280; traces o cult in 55 places in the canton of Ticino and in northern Italy,-a list of these, pp. 56-63), expression o the cult (pilgrimages. brothf erhoods). relics (in the S. Lucio Pass and at Puria). ecclesiastical approbation (Ugozo does not find place in the Roman martyrology). the pilgrimagechurch of S. Lucio. pictures. etc.. of the saint (earliest a fresco of 1280 at Lugano). attributes and objects associated with him (list given, p. 68). St Lucius is patron of cattle, cheese, eyes, the lame, the poor, and helper against t h e plague. See next title. San Lucio Hagiographisches und (A. f . Religsw.. Ikonographischcs. Lpzg.. rgro. XIII. 333-343. 3 fgs.) Treats of the lonely little mountain church of S. Lucio in the pass between Val Colla i Ticino and Val Cavergna n in Italy, a Milanese enclave in the bishopric of Como. the saint. the sanctuary, pilgrimages, offerings. history of cult. etc. S. Lucio is the patron of Alp-industries. particularly of milk and cheese-making. etc. (his symbol is a cheese). He is also a healer of eyediseases. The shrine was visited last year by 1500 pilgrims. Taglinferro (N.) The prehistoric pottery found in the Hypogeum a t Hal-Saflieni. Casal Paula, Malta. (Ann. Arch. & Anthrop., Univ. of Liverpool. 1910. 111. 1-21, 1 7 pl.) Treats of 20 classes (all but one ornamented). The lamps (if not imported) “bear testimony to the high degree of perfection attained by the ceramic a r t in Malta during the early bronze age.” The variety of shapes in the vases is remarkable. The occurrence of buffaloes with long horns on two covers suggests Libyan origin or influence. Tamblyn (W. F.) British druidism and the Roman war policy. (Amer. Hist. 1909, xv, 21-36.) Author Rev.. N. Y.. doubts the claim of British druidism to a place in sober history. Gallic druidism is well-attested but it was not representative or Pan-Celtic. Tarbell (F. B.) Catalogue of bronzes, etc.. in Field Museum of Natural History. (Field Mus. Nat. Hist. Publ.. 130. Anthr. Ser.. VII. Chicago, 1909. 9 1 - 1 4 4 . 8 1 pl.) Lists with descriptions 1 2 pre-Roman (Greek, Etruscan) and 288 Roman (chest, couches, tables and stands and other furniture. lamps. candelabra, censer, lamprests, lanterns. braziers, water-heaters. cooking-stove, pails, mixing-vessels. amphoras, ewers. small pitchers, handles o vessels, f basins, oval bowl, fruit-dishes (?), strainers. saucepans,. kettles, moulds, other kitchen utensils, miscellaneous and chiefly domestic articles. balance and weights, steelyards. musical instruments, industrial implements. surgical implements. etc.) all reproductions of originals in the National Museum o f CHAMBERLAIN] PERIODICAL L I T E R A T U R E Naples. T h e great majority of these h’eapolitan bronzes come from the Campanian cities buried by t h e eruption of Vesuvius in 79 A. D . Tetzner (F.) Begrabnis. Feste und Fasten bei den ostpreussischen Philip(Globus. Brnschwg.. ponen 1839. 1910, X C V I I . 331-335.) Describes, after Chapters 19-22 of M . Gerss’s Ms. Die Philipponcn. burial ceremonies and customs, festival-days (list. pp. 332-333), feasts, fasting, etc., a s in vogue about the year 1839. - Die Brautwerbung der Balten und Westslawen. Volkskundliche Streifzuge a n der Ostgrenze Deutschlands. (Ibid.. 1910. XCVIII. 154-158. 170-174.) Treats of wooing among the, Balti and western Slavs. Besides accounts from Hieronymus and Johannes Maletius (1551). Gerss. Lepner. Pohl, etc.. D r T. describes the wooing customs in connection with 5 periods of t h e bride’s life: Announcement of nubility (chiefly dress and ornament), “showing t h e bride,” love-making, wooing and betrothal. Thomson (A,) Anthropology a t t h e University of Oxford. (Bull. Soc. d ’ Anthr. d e Paris, 1910, VI’ s.. I. 343Notes labors of Tylor, Pitt345.) Rivers, etc. Oxford was t h e first English university to recognize t h e claims of anthropology a s a branch of higher education (E.B. Tylor. Reader in 1884. was made full Professor in 1895). A diploma is now conferred in Anthropology. after adequate and appropriate examination. T h e PittRivers collection. presented in 1885. has grown and is now a n important center for study and research. Treblin (M.) Zur Volkskunde im Kirchspiel LangenOls. Kreis Laubau. (Mitt. d. schles. Ges.f. Volsksk.. Ereslau. 1909, XI. 93-94.) Notes on folk-lore relating t o baptism. women dying in child-bed, t h e Lord’s Supper. items of folk-medicine, etc. Trechmann (C. T.) Note on t h e occurrence of a so-called pigmy or midget implement made from a quartz crystal in a neolithic lake-dwelling on t h e Greifensee. near Zurich. (Man, Lond.. 1910,x. 13-14, I fg.) This occurrence of a “pigmy” implement a t one of t h e earliest Swiss lake-dwellings is of considerable interest. T h e specimen, which is quite characteristic, n a s found in November, 1906. Tricomi AUegra (G.) Sul peso dell’encefalo umano e delle sue parti nei Messinesi. (Ann. di Ne\.rol., Napoli. 1907. Gives results of weighx x v . 300-357.) ings (Chiarugi method) of IOO brains of subjects from the province of Messina. The average was 1238.67 gr. Male brains were heaviest between 26 and 30 years, female between 30 and 40. Dr T. A. concludes t h a t men of equal stature exceed women in average brain weight; individuals of lower stature exceed those of higher in average brain weight; the average weight is directly proportional to t h e cephalic index; no influence of sex or of age can be Seen in t h e predominance of one hemisphere or the other. VauviU6 (-) Cimetiere gallo-romaine des Longues-Raies sur le territoire des Soissons. (Bull. Soc. d’Anthr. d e Paris. 1909. vo s . x. z15--722. 4 fgs.) . Describes objects (pottery of various sorts. glass vessels, iron and bronze objects and ornaments, Roman coins, etc.) found in 1900 at the GalloRoman burial-place of Les LonguesRaies. explored also I 897-1899. Christian burials probably took place here u p to the fifth century. van Veerdeghem (F.) Oude aardigheden over de Vrouwen. (Volkskunde, Gent. 1910. XXI. 22-30.) Cites numerous facetiae about women from D’cxccllenlic van d’edclc Macgdhcn. the eighth book of J. B. Houwaert’s Pegasisdrs Plcyn endc den Lust- Hof der Macghdcn. Vincent (A. e l G.) Recherches sur des ravinements artificiels d e I’Cpoque antC-romaine. (Ztschr. f . Ethnol.. Berlin, 1910. XLII. 381-389, 1 4 fgs.) Treats of ravincmcnls. groups of ditches in various parts of Belgium, dating from pre-Roman times, and having, according t o M M . V.. nothing to d o with fortifications. b u t being connected with religious rites a n d ceremonies, the only thing t h a t will account for their arbitrary character, etc. - KUnstliche Grabensysteme aus vorromischer &it in Nordwesteuropa. (Globus. Brnschwg.. 1910. XCVII, 181183. 8 fgs.) Describes pre-Roman systems of dikes a n d ditches particularly in t h e forest of Soignes (east of Brussels), in Hainault. Liege. in t h e Ardennes. in t h e Eifel country, in Luxembourg, and in German Lorraine. They3re probablyof some religious significance. Same d a t a a s previousarticle. A M E R I C A N ANTHROPOLOGIST I . 5.. 12. 1910 N Vinson (J.) Quelques donnks anthropologiques sur la linguistique basque. (Bull. Soc. d'Anthr. de Paris. 1910. v f s.. I, I ~ O - I S Z . ) Discusses the names of the months and relationship names and their significations in the Basque language. According t o V.. the Basques counted formerly 6 seasons of 2 months each. Waters, sowing, cold, leaves, heat, harvest. The old Basque year ended in September. The etymologies of certain relationshipnames lead V. to conclude that the Basque family was polyandrous of a collective order with maternal filiation. But the etymologizing of Basque words is still too hazardous for many such arguments. Vir6 (A.) Ossuaire gaulois de Lacave. Lot. (Ibid., 73-75.) Brief account of a Gaulish ossuary (mblange of human bones, fragments of pottery, etc.) belonging to the end of the period of Gallic independence. The remains are perhaps t o be attributed to the defenders of Uxellodunurn (Puy d'lssolu. only 1 5 km. from the cave-burial in question). Volkov (T.) Rapport sur les sciences anthropologiques en Russie. (lbid.. 396-400.) Notes on anthropology in Russia. In 1887 Bogdanov founded the Anthropological Section of the Society of Friends of the Natural Sciences and published his work on the Rurgans of Moscow. His pupil Anutchin became Professor of Anthropology in the University of Moscow in 1884; in 1888 the Russian Anthropological Society was founded, also a chair of Geography and Ethnography a t St Petersburg; in 1900 the Russian Anthropological Society began the publication of the Russian Anlhropological Journal. in which have appeared many valuable anatomical, anthropometrical, ethnographic and ethnological monographs; others have been published in the Procccdings (and, since 1905. in the Yearbooks of the Anthropological Society of St Petersburg; others till in the W r s of the ok new Anthropological Society. founded a t St Petersburg in 1893. particularly the anatomical monographs. of Tarenetzky. etc. At present courses in anthropology exist only at Moscow, St Petersbhrg and Kharkov. Besides those at Moscow and St Petersburg. the Museums of Minusinsk. Kiev, Odessa, TiBis. Poltava. etc.. deserve mention. Wace (A. J. B.) A modern Greek festival a t Koroni in Messenia. (Ann. Arch. 8: Anthrop.. Univ. of Liverpool. 19x0. 111. 22-25. I pl.) Treats of relics. Of the ikons, church and festival. "two are Christian, but they are graven images (crucifix and Madonna with Child) which the orthodox church should ban; the other two (a Hellenistic terra-cotta figurine; and a bronze Greek weight of the 4th or 3rd century B.C.) are frankly pagan." The ikons were found in an old cistern as the result of the dream of an old woman in 1896. Waldeyer (W.) L'anthropologie en Allemagne. (Bull. Soc. d' Anthr. de Paris, 1910.VI" s.. I. 337-340.) Brief report (in German) on the condition of anthropology in Germany. German Anthropological Society. Berlin Anthropological Society, progress of Museums (the collections of crania in Berlin, e. g.. number some IP,OOO specimens), periodicals (the newest is Mannus) devoted to prehistory. D r W. thinks t h a t what Germany most needs is regular anthropological chairs at the Universities. Die Stomdorfer VolksWeber (H.) lieder. Der Liederschatz eines Vogelsberger Dorfes. Gesammelt in den (Hess. Bl. f. Jahren 1go7-1909. Volksk.. Lpzg., 1910. IX,1-225.) Gives texts and music of 177 folksongs (historical songs 1-12, war-songs and soldiers' songs 13-22. songs of professions and occupations 23-32. balladlike songs 33-55. love-songs 56-134. "Schiirzlieder" and travel-songs 135141, marriage and cloister songs 142147. miscellaneous songs 148-152. jest and riddle songs. 153-161. "Triller" 162-1 77) constituting the folk-achieved e n t in this field of the village of Storndorf in Vogelsberg, all obtained orally,-they represent a period of about 30 years. The material is rich and manifold. Wehrhm ( K . ) Die Pferdesegnung auf dem Laurenziberge bei Gau-Algesheim im Rheingau und rheingauische Wachsvotive. (Globus, Bmschwg., 1910. XCVII. 133-136, 3 fgs.) Treats of the blessing of horses, the procession and festival connected therewith at the village of Laurenziberg. during the week previous to and including S t CHAMBERLAIN] PERIODICAL LITERATURE Lawrence Sunday. T h e ceremonial o f blessing these animals probably arose as the result of some terrible plague such, e. g.. a s occurred shortly after the Thirty Years’ War. T h e important day is the Sunday nearest the 10th of August. Waxvotive-gifts of horses and other animals are described and figured. - Die Kapelle St Amorsbrunn bei Amorbach im Odenwalde. Ein Beitrag zur Quellenverehrung und Votivforschung. (Ibid.. 282-285. 3 fgs.) Treats of the chapel of S t Amorsbrunn a t Amorbach. once the seat of a famous Benedictine Abbey.--earlier known a s Thorbrunn, etc. The votive offerings preserved in the chapel include waxfigures a s large a s new-born children, t h e shrine being reputed helpful for women’s troubles and diseases. W einitz (F.) Die lappische Zaubertromme1 in Meiningen. (2. f. Ethnol.. Berlin, 1910. X L I I . 1-14, 4 fgs.. I pl.) Treats of a Lapp shaman’s drum in the collection of the Henneburg Archeological society a t Meiningen. with discussion of the shaman and his a r t among t h e heathen Lapps (the mountain Lapps a r e thought to be the cleverest “sorcerers”). T h e drum is used t o help out the shaman in his ”magic,” “prophesying,” etc.. and also for the purposes of excitation by drumming. “sending into sleep.” etc. A real noiod or shaman must have been born with “teeth in his mouth.” The Meiningen drum is not unique. The 40 figures upon the skin are listed on page 1 1 and the Lapp drums in other collections, to the number of 54 noted (p. I I ) . In t h e ”Linnaeus-Portrait” book o Tullberg, published in connecf tion with the Linnaeus celebration in 1907. is a picture of the great naturalist in Lapp costume, with a shaman’s drum; and in a Ms. in the Tibetan collection of the Royal Library in Berlin, is a picture of two Bon-priests. one of whom holds a shaman’s drum,t h e Bon-religion is pre-Buddhistic. Weinreich (0.) Wunderseltzame Recept. (Hess. BI. f. Volksk.. Lpzg.. 1910. IX. 126-138.) Gives numerous examples of facetious and jesting charms and incantations, sometimes quite vulgar in part. from the facetiz. jest-books. preceptoria. anecdote-collections. sermon-books, etc.. of the 16th and 17th centuries and later. An addition to the material in Oesterley. Ein bewahrter Feuersegen. ( I bid., 139-142.) Gives text of “Ein bewehrter christlicher Feuer-Segen.” published a t Cologne in 1733, with notes on the language, variants. etc.. of t h e fire-charm. ” Westropp (T. J.) A folk-lore survey of County Clare. (Folk-Lore. Lond.. 1910, X X I . 180-199, 338-349. 2 PI.) Treats of place-names a n d legends o f places. banshees (pp. 186-191). the death-coach, fairies and fairy forts and mounds (pp. 194-199). will-0’-thewisps and corpse-lights, underground folk. water-spirits and mer-folk. ghosts and haunted houses (pp. 343-349). White (G. E.) Religious uses of food in Turkey (Hartf. Sem. Rec.. Hartf.. Conn.. 1910. xx, 97-102.) T h e sacrifice is offered, and t h e food afterwards eaten by the people. Sacrificial meal, ”soul food” a t death, heathen relics in the Christianity of the Eastern Church, St George. etc. Winsemsky (-.) Les slaves orientaux. (Bull. sof. d’Anthr. d e Paris. 1909, v’ s.. x, 273-296.) RCsumGs the author’s anthropometric studies of students of Russian (3.290 m., 318 f.), Servian (4,260 m.. 454 f.) and Bulgarian (1.080 m.. 1.098 f.) gymnasia, between the ages of 1 0 % and 18% years. T h e material seems to be the same a s t h a t earlier published by Prince W. Williams (H.) Revolution and language. (Oxf. & Cambr. Rev., Lond.. 1 9 1 0 . No. 9, 49-67.) Shows t h a t in Russia ”to a large extent during the past two years linguistic development has gone in the direction of making words used hitherto exclusively by the intelligentsia the property of the masses of t h e people: Constitution. Respublika (once folk-etymologized as Ryezh-publiku. “cut the public to pieces”), moboda (liberty). “home-rule” (Russianized phonetically, and many parliamentary and political terms, names of political parties. majorisf. minorisf. quite a number derived from English, others from German and French; words for labor-troubles; hooligan (naturalized and “in much more common use t h a n it is in English”); newly-coined terms like mossorka (mass-meeting). mossovik (one who attends a mass-meeting). etc.; also abusive words and expressions. etc. The Russian language has recently had “a sudden enrichment.” AA4.ERIC.4 N AA’THROPOLOGIST [N.s.. 12, which argucs well lor the birth of a f new forin o European culture. Wimmer 0.) ltaliens Xdriakuste in ihrer geschichtlichcn Bedeutung. (Globus. Brnschwg.. 1910. X C V I I . 136-142.) Treats of the historical significance of tlie Adriatic coast of the Italian peninsula. the development of t h e settlements in this region (Spina, Adria. Aquileia, Ravenna. Venice, Rimini, Pesaro, Sinigaglia. Ancona. Sipontum. Salapia. Barlctta. Trani. Bari. Brindisi, Otraiito, etc.) and their decay in many cases. Wutke (K.) Schlafeii in der Bedeutung von Vcrrucktsein. (Mitt. d.sch les. Ges. f . Volsk.. Breslau. 1909. X I . 214215.) Notes t h e use in tlie 16th century of schlafen (sleep) in the sense of “ t o be crazy.” Grimm’s Dicfionary has only “die schlafende Sucht.” Zaborowski (S.) Hellenes barbares e t Grko-Pdages civilisk (R. d e I*&. d‘Anthr. d e Paris. 1910. sx. 229-242.) According t o 2.. t h e Hellenization of Greece occurred irregularly and slowly, a t least up t o the time of the Dorians. who were “ t h e pure, genuine Hellenes.” Before the arrival of t h e Hellenes some influence of t h e brilliant civilization of Crete had becn felt on the continent. In t h e time of Herodotus. even, Pelasgi (non-Aryan aborigines) still survived in parts of Greece. T h e mass of t h e Ionians “was formed of Pelasgi Hellenized by a warlike aristocracy”; t h e Athenians were largely Pelasgian. If Athens had not preserved it, Cretan civilization would have entirely disappeared under the rigimc of the rude, barbarian Dorians. who did not differ from the protoAryans, and whose mind was typified by t h e meager culture-ideals of the Spartans. T h e physical type of the barbarous Hellenes. if preserved anywhere, is to be found in t h e Pel+ ponnesus. - L’origine des Lapons d ’ a p r b leur langue. (Bull. Soc. d ’ Anthr. d e Paris. 1909. vc 5.. x. 211-214.) Holds t h a t t h e L a p p s are not to be too closely allied with the Sam+ yeds. t h a t their presence in Sweden in the neolithic period is not yet proved (such brachycephaly a s is there noted is not Lappanoid). and t h a t t h e primitive home of t h e Lapps w a s south of Finland, where t h e y underwent some Lithuanian influence. See Nippgen (J.). Ziegler (H.) Die deutschen Volksnamen der Pflanzen und die Verwandtschaft und Vermischung der deutschen Volkstrimme. (Z. d. V. f . Volksk.. Berlin, 1910. xx, 18-35.) T r e a t s of German popular names of plants in connection with the relationship and intermingling of German peoples. 2. has studied these names in g localities. and lists a r e given (pp. 30-35) of “villagenames” and those known to wider territories. T h e distribution of plantnames affords information a s to “colonization” and t h e ethnical composition of folk-groups, t h e exact origins of particular groups. folk-migrations (local and recent) and a d d s to t h e criteria of resemblance and distinction. Zimmern (A. E.) W a s Greek civilization hased on slave labor? (Sociol. Rev., Lond., 1909, 11, 1-19.) 2. argues t h a t while the Greeks had slaves, “the conditions which a r e t h e natural results of a system of slave labor did not exist in Greece; in other words. t h e Greek city-state was not a slave state.” I n Greece apprentice-slavery predominated over chattel-slavery. Zuidema (W.)Amsterdamer Hausersagen. (Z. d . Ver. f. Volksk.,Berlin, 1910. xxI, 71-73.) Gives 8 brief house-tales from Amsterdam: T h e house with the (six) heads; T h e house w i t h t h e three heads; T h e house with t h e golden chain; T h e inerasable blood-sign; T h e Atlas statue on t h e palace; T h e flies bring it (murder) t o light; T h e weepers’ tower; T h e picture of t h e beggar who became rich. There is evidently much interesting folk-lore connected with house-signs and t h e like. AFRICA. Ankermenn (B.) Bericht uber eine ethnographische Forschungsreise ins Grasland von Kamerun. (2. Ethnol.. f. Berlin, 1910. XLII. 289-310. 15 fgs.) Gives results of journey of a u t h o r and wife through t h e grass-land of t h e Cameroons in 1907-1909 particularly Bali. Physical characters (av. 1.750 mm.; women small-statured; darker and lighter types; reddish tone also). character a n d intellect (lying; tales. legends, and riddles numerous; A. collected 300 tales in Bali, chiefly animalstories in which t h e dwarf-antelope is t h e clever beast, t h e silly ones being t h e leopard and elephant; t h e heroes of CHMIBERLAIN] PERIODICAL L I T E R A T U R E the myths play no r61e in religious festivals and have no cult; cult of spirits o dead; festivals public and f private), houses (type with square foundation and pyramid or cupola roof; “men’s house,” “women’s house,’’ chief’s house, etc.). villages and towns (Furnban ca. 18,ooo. Bail 8,000 inhabitants), market-place (center of village). chief and his power, daily life. a r t and industry (pottery; cookhgpots, etc.. made by women, pipes b y men; wood-carving.-door-posts. bowls, seats, masks. drums, etc.; stone animal-figures on floor of house; basketry; iron-working still flourishing; bronze-casting in two places Bamum and Bagam only.--ends of drinking-horns a specialty at Bamum). etc. T h e grass-land is culturally a s well a s linguistically a transition-area (West Africa, t h e Sudan, and E a s t Africa). Arnett (E. J.) A Hausa chronicle. 0 . Afric. Soc., Lond.. 1910, IX, 161-167.) Translation from a Ms.o considerable f interest, known in the Hausa country a s Daura Makas Soriki. containing t h e legend of Daura (the Hausa belief as to the origin o their race), which is of f considerable antiquity. A list of 41 Arnirs of Katsina (14561902 A.D.) is given, besides the origin-legend. Astlep (H. J. D.) A sacred spring and tree a t Hamman R’Irha, Algeria. At (Man. Lond.. rgio. x. 122-123.) this sacred pool a r e performed ritual a c t s and ablutions, and strips of cloth t o m from clothing are hung on every branch of one of t h e trees; around t h e pool are pots and sherds (offerings originally). T h e presiding genius is t h e spirit of a marabouf. who died a few generations ago. Harnman R’Irha is t h e Roman watering place of ancient times, Aquae Calidae. Atgier (E.) Les Touareg I Paris. (Bull. SOC. d’Anthr. d e Paris, 1909. V 5.. x, azi-zq3.) Ethnographical. ethnological. anthropological. and anthropometric d a t a concerning t h e “Tuareg” on exhibition in Paris. Habitat, dwellings (camel-hair tent), exercise (imitation caravan, makebelieve fight, dances), dress and ornament, weapons, dromedary a n d harness. etc.. food and drink. Arabs of S. Algeria (Uled-Nails). negroes of Timbuctoo. Charnba. Tuareg. Negritized Tuareg and Negro-Tuareg a r e repreAm. ANTI.. N. 5.. i a - ~ sented in these ”Tuareg.“ T h e anthropometric measurements are given for one Chamba. one Tuareg. 3 Negritized Tuareg. 2 Negro-Tuaregs. all of whom except the second are dolichocephalic or sub-dolichocephalic. The Berbers or Tuareg (here much mixed with negro blood) a r e s according to D r A. “the Aryans of Africa.” of like origin with those of Europe. Avelot (R.) Le pays d’origine des Pahouins e t des Ba-Kalai. ([bid., 6166.) Capt. A. seeks to show t h a t t h e Pahouins (originally in some region near the Upper Nile) were driven thence by Bantus, driving before them in their migration the Ba-Kalai into the valley of t h e Ogowe. T h e BaKalai in question were descendants of the Ba-Kalai driven o u t of their country by the A-zande. According to Capt. A. the Pahouins. anthropologically and ethnographically, b u t not linguistically. belong with the Monbuddo-group. Bieber (F. J.) Durch Siidtithiopien zum Nil. (Globus, Brnschwg., 1910. X C V I I . 69-74, 85-90. 15 fgs.) Account of trip through southern Ethiopia t o the Nile in 1909. with notes on t h e native tribes and peoples, Harar, the metropolis of the Mohammedan eastern Calla country, Adis Ababa with its cavedwi:llings, rock church of E k a Michael, etc.. the Emperor Menilik. etc. - Das Land Kaffa und seine Beiwohner: Beitrage zur Ethnographie Nordost-Afrikas. (R. d. &t. Ethnogr. e t Sociol.. Paris, 1909. 11. 225-249.) Treats of names of country, people. tribes, names of neighboring tribes and names given by t h e m (the people a r e K a f i h o . “those of Kaffa”); situation. boundaries and divisions of t h e country, and lists of these; divisions of the people (primitive inhabitants. not very numerous: Mandsho. She, Najo; later immigrants: t h e Gonga or Kafficho. the Amaro and t h e Nagado; smaller divisions; castes; foreigners); mental character, etc. (sense of sight very well developed, smell and hearing well developed, touch little developed, taste spoiled by excessive use of red pepper and tobacco-smoking; memory good, imagination little developed; very expressive of feelings, etc.; proud; loyal; industrious); population (about 500,ooo); settlements, villages, towns, etc. (oldest town in Kaffa was founded ca. 1400-1435 A. D.). A M E R I C A N ANTHROPOLOGIST [N. 5.. 12. 1910 Blackman (A. M.) Some Egyptian and Nubian notes. (Man, Lond.. 1910. x. 25-29, 7 fgs.) Notes on famous tombs (miracle of the appearance of the Sheik DakrClri in his tomb at Behnasa; tomb of the 7 maidens; tomb of Abu Samraq. etc.). superstititions about twins (become cats a t night), barfenness amulets and cures (hair from back o neck of hyena; blood spilling), fox f as birth-amulet, hoopoe heart eaten raw to make one a clever scribe, bridal and wedding customs, stone-circles with offerings (sick people sleep inside the circle), circumcision rags hung up in Sheik's tomb at Qurna, near Luxor, other famous tombs, charms, and amulets. door-plates to insure bread, etc. Bloch (A.) Pr6sentation de portraits de jeunes negresses pour faire voir la forme particulihe de I'aurble de la mamelle. (Bull. Soc. d'Anthr. de Paris, 1909.v' s.. x. 141-149.) Treats of the convex projection of the mammellar aureola in young negresses as evidenced in portraits from Dakar. This convex form occurs also among natives of New Guinea, the Caroline Is., etc.. and has been found among Sicilian Italians and Spaniards.-Bloch suggests negro admixture. The convex aureola occurs particularly at the age of 12-16 years. Boone (C. C.) Some African customs and superstitions. 11. On the Congo. (So. Wkmn.. Hampton. Va.. 1910, XXXIX, 625-607.) Noteson prevalence of "don't'' (bika). methods and words of salutation and greeting, rarity of association of men and women together, family-customs, wife-getting, and marriage. von Boxberger (L.) Wandertage auf Mafia. (Globus. Brnschwg.. 1910. X C V I I I . 197-ao5. fgs.. map.) 8 Treats of the island o Mafia (visited by Dr f v. B. in 1909)and its minor islands o f f the coast of German E. Africa, its people. etc. On the island of Djuani are the ruins of Kua. a settlement founded about 1000 A. D. by Asiatic colonists from Shiras. and for a long time capital of the Mafia group. The attack of the Sakalavas caused its abandonment in the beginning of the O n Mafia there are 19th century. as yet only 3 European planters. See also D r 0. Baumann's Die Inscl MaJa und ihrc K ki ncn Nachbarinscln (Leipzig. 1896). Brandenburg (E.) Anthropologisches aua Tripoli. (2. f. Ethnol., Berlin, 1910, XLII, 148-150, I fg.) Gives color of eyes and hair o 43 Tripolitan Arabs o f f all classes (from city and oasis) between the ages of 1 0 and 50 (male 35, female 8),--only women of the lowest and worst classes could be observed,-who had not dark-brown eyes and at the same time black hair. Actual count made them 8.5 % of all Arabs seen. Also notes on two beggar-dwarfs (man 37 years old. girl 14). said t o belong t o a village in the "Jebel" beyond Tripoli. The man measured 109 and the girl 96 cm.. and both were in good health. Bericht aus Tripoli. (Ibid.. 578580. I fg.) Describes a cripple (9 yrs. f old), son o an Arab peasant of Chidua. said to have been born so.-his mother was frightened a t seeing a cow give birth to a crippled calf. The child (normal in health and intelligence) goes on all fours. Bright (R. G. T.) An exploration in Central Equatorial Africa. (J. Afric. Soc., Lond.. 1910. IX. aaq-ap. a pl.) Treats of the work of the British section of the Uganda-Congo Boundary Commission in the western frontier districts of the Uganda Protectorate in 1907-1908. Contains notes on "dugouts," Tor0 war-dance, Bavira women, the Bahima tribe, etc. ReBroad (W. H.) and Paterson (-). port on a Nigerian skull. (Ann. Arch. & Anthrop., Univ. of Liverpool. 1910. I I I . 71-72.) Description and measure97. ments (ceph. ind. 6 . . cap. 1275 c.c.) o young adult male cranium of f negroid character. Brown (W. H.) Circumcision among the Bageshu. a tribe on the N. W. limits of Mount Elgon. Uganda Protectorate. x. (Man., Lond.. 1910, 105-106. I fg.) Describes operation as observed a t Mbale. in July, 1909. on young men about 18 years old. the accompanying dances, etc., -"the women look on and take part in the dances." Brutter (E.) Tierfabeln der Kamba. (A. f. Anthrop. Brnschwg.. 1910.N. F . . IX, 23-42.) German texts only of 18 animal-tales of the Kamba, of British East Africa: Hen and guinea-hen; Hare, hyena, and lion; Hyena, lion, and hare; Leopard, antelope, and hare; Hare and all the animals; Stork and frog; Man and woman hyena; Hyena; The wild-cat Kitzuli and the related CEMIBERLAIN] PERIODICAL L I T E R A T U R E wild-cat Ikandzanga; T h e leopard child and t h e antelope child; T h e jPoa (a species of bird); T h e antelope; T h e hawk and t h e tortoise; T h e ngoko bird; The chameleon and the Isyobloka; The dog-ape and the bee; The dogape and the woman; T h e hawk and the hen. The large animals (elephant, lion, leopard, rhinoceros, hyena) represent force and might. and opposed to them are the wild-cat. antelope, gazelle. monkey. hare. etc. T h e hare and hyena a r e favorite figures in these stories,-they typify two marked characteristics of the Kamba, cunning and greediness. T h e hare is the embodiment of cunning and slyness. T h e chameleon represents truth. but. on account of his slowness. too late. Burns (F. M.) Trial by ordeal among t h e Bantu-Kavirondo. (Anthropos, St Gabriel-Modling, 1910,v. 808.) Note on poisoned-beer ordeal for settling cases of homicide (the only manner of i t s use now prevalent) among t h e Bantu-Kavirondo. de Calonne Beaufaict (A.) Zoolfitrie e t T o t h i s m e chez les peuplades septent(R. d. trionales du Congo-Belge. Et. Ethnogr. e t Sociol.. Paris, 1 9 ~ 9XI, , 193-195.) Notes on zwlatry and totemism among t h e Asande, Mangbetu. Mogbwandi. Mabinza. Banggala. Ababua. etc.. of t h e Belgian Congo. Both collective a n d individual “ p r y tectors” occur; also tabus, zoolatric rites of a positive nature, etc. Cayzac (P.) La religion des Kikuyu. Afrique Orientale. (Anthropos, S t Gabriel-Mijdling. rgro. v. 309-314.) Treats of ideas o God (Nga!, Molungu. f master of all; two sorts blackand while). spirits (ngumo, ”those who sleep”; t h e dead to whom all private ills are attributed), origin of human race (boy and girl had three sons, from whom a r e descended t h e Kikuyu and Kamba. t h e Masai. and the Ndorobo). morality and sin (noki. “sin.” =violation of law, custom, ceremony, rite, etc.). ethnic mutilations (circumcision of boys and f girls; removal o incisor), animals (certain ones, carnivora in general have relations with t h e spirits; animal tabus), shamanism (the mogo is priest, doctor, fortune-teller, etc.). N o totemism, or a t least only its germs or traces of it. Some of t h e arguments and answers of t h e natives are given. A.) Notes on the manners Chisholm u. and customs of t h e Winamwanga and Wuva. (J. Afric. Soc.. Lond.. 1910. IX. 360-387.) Treats of origin legend (great man, named Musyani, culturehen, from Wisa country), houses and villages, food, activities; religious ideas: God (Lcza, probably “nurse,“ “foodgiver”), thunder a n d lightning (“God coming down t o earth”), soul-lore. sacrifices (none made to God; priest and family sacrifices to spirits of chiefs and ancestors), offerings of first fruits to spirits, specimen of prayer t o spirits (pp. 366-3671, witchcraft (poisonous medicines) and its punishment (burnt after ordeal), divination (examples), poison ordeal, charms (received from “doctor”), fetishism. sickness (chiefly due t o spirits and witchcraft) and treatment. death and burial (pp. 377-380). initiation ceremony (no rites for males at puberty; seclusion of girls). marriage, family relationships (traces of totemism in family names), superstitions (pp. 384-387), rights of property. etc. Claus (Dr) u Meinhof (K.) Die . Wangbmwia. (2. f. Ethnol.. Berlin, 1910. XLII. 489-497. I fg.) Pages 489-494 contain ethnological notes (houses, clothing and ornament; circumcision, both sexes; death and burial; physical characters) and a vocabulary of 90 words o t h e language of t h e f Wang6mwia of t h e Ung6mwia region of t h e Ugogo plateau; pages 494-497 notes on t h e vocabulary by K. Meinhof. pointing o u t Bantu loan-words (?) and making comparisons with M.’s Mbulunge and Mbugu vocabularies. M. finds t h e Wang6mwia language to be ”Hamitic.” Cole (W. R.) African rain-making E. chief. t h e Gondokoro district, White Nile, Uganda. (Man. Lond.. xgro. x. 90-92.) Describes “rain-making’’ a s observed by t h e a u t h o r among t h e Bari. Luluba, Lokoiya, Latuka, etc. T h e best-known ”rain-maker” is perhaps Bombo. t h e paramount chief of t h e Bari; others a r e Rualla of t h e Luluba. Lummelun of t h e Lokoiya. and Lukunyero of the Latuka. Unless i t carries with it t h e chieftainship, t h e post of “rain-maker” is very precarious. Collins (G. N.) A primitive gyroscope in Liberia. (Nat. Geogr. Mag., Wash., ~gro. XXI, 531-535. 3 fgs.) Describes a gyroscopic toy i n use among t h e Golahs,-”certain members of this A M E R I C A N ANTHROPOLOGIST IN. S. 1 2 , . I910 primitive tribe have developed a very remarkable skill in manipulating this top-like toy, which they keep spinning for any length of time in midair merely by whipping it.” The toy is made from the hard-shelled spherical fruit of a species of Balsamocifrus. Conditions in Liberia. (Ibid.. 7ag-741, g fgs.) Notes from the Report of the U. S. Commissioners to Liberia, hlessrs R. P. Falkner. G. Sale and E. J. Scott. There are no revolutions. Liberia is not bankrupt, nor a failure in selfgovernment. The Liberians have advanced, not retrograded in civilization. See Forbes (E. A.). Crahmer (W.) Zur Frage der Enstehung der “Beninkunst.” (Globus. Brnschwg.. 1910.XCVII. 78-79. I fg.) Argues for Hindu Virathadra pictures as the suggestion mofif for the Benin bronze plates (on p. 78 is represented one of these from Bandora in Thana. Bombay). C. believes the relations between Africa and Asia to be very ancient. the eastern coast of the dark continent having been the gateway for Asiatic influences in prehistoric times. Later influences such as those found on the Guinea coast, seem to have started from the west coast directly, which they must have reached by sea. There is much evidence of influences from India in that region. Daniel (F.) e t u d e sur les SoninkCs ou SarakolCs. (Anthropos, St GabrielMMling. 1910.V. 27-49.) Treats of the Soninkes (Satakoll in Sonink6 means “white man“) a Mande people of the Senegal, etc. Religion (all Moslems, chiefly of the Tidjiania sect, a few of the Kadria). language (MandC dialect; a few speak and write folk-Arabic), social organization (fankamon. ruling and rich class; plebs), family (polygamy; patria potestas). marriage, birth, circumcision and excision, death, funeral, succession. personal names (generally Arab or taken from the Koran), salutations, totemism (funno). tattooing (girls tattooed at 12-14).clothing and ornament, food. tobacco (snuff only). villages and houses (“men‘s house”), names of villages, agriculture, industries, and arts (cotton; dying: pottery by wives of smiths; blacksmith), dance and music (xylophone only real musical instrument), trade (marked aptitude), etc. At pages 45-49 are given French versions of 10 brief animal tales: Lion, hyena and hare; hyena and iguana; elephant, hippopotamus and hare; fox and cock; mouse and cat; eagle and sparrow; noja (serpent) and the kingof the toads; crow and snipe; lion and hare; sparrow caught in trap. Dayrell (E.) Some “Nisibidi” signs. (hlan, Lond., 1910. 113-114, pl.) x. I Lists with figures and explanations 4 nisibidi signs collected by the author r in Southern Nigeria; also a short story written in nisibidi. with translation. See on nisibidi the JOW. R. Anlhrop. Ins!.. XXXIX. aog. Deyrolle (-). Les Haouanet de Tunisie (Bull. SOC.d’Anthr. de Paris, 1909. vc s.. x. 155-170.5 fgs.) Treats of recent investigations (particularly those of the author since 1904)of the haouanet or cliff-tombs in Tunisia, at Kalal-es-Snam. etc. At Kal&-esSnam dolmens and haouonef occur together. Dr Carton’s theory of Punic origin and D r Bertholon’s ascription t o the Aegeans of the haouancl both find support, according to Dr D. Other Asiatic (Asia Minor, etc.) and European analogies are pointed out. Dr D. suggests an ancient Syrian origin for these haacanef. Dickerson (M. C.). In the heart of Africa. The first published account of the Museum’s Congo Expedition. (Amer. Museum, J., N. Y., 1910. x. 147-170,30 fgs.. map.) Treata o f expedition of H. Lang and J. Chapin now in Upper Congo region (reached Africa in the end of June, 1909). Contains some notes on places visited. The illustrations (photographed by Mr Lang) include bartering-scene, tom-tom “telegraph,” fruit-stone spinning game, cannibal chief, etc. Die Gebiete i Norden von Wad& m XCVII, 189(Globus. Brnschwg.. 1910, 190.) R6sumes Lieut. J. Ferrandi’s account of Ennedi and Mortcha in L‘Afrique Ftanwise for January and February, 1910;the nomadic Nakasa. the cattle-breeding Mahamids. etc.. are briefly described. Die innerpolitischen Verhatnisse Abessiniens. (Ibid.. 19x0. XCVIII. 141143.) Cites from a letter of Mgr. Jarosseau in the Missions Cofholiqucs for July I. 1910. an account of the coup d’Ual of March 21. by which Jeassu was declared Menelik‘s successor and the power of the Empress Taitu CHAMBERLAIN] PERIODICAL LITERATURE shown, thus favoring t h e ”Young Abyssinian” party. Die Wasiba. (Ibid.. 77-79.) Resumes data in H. Rehse’s Kizibo, Lond und h u e (Stuttgart. 1910,pp. XI, 394). Royal family and other groups, foodtabus, houses, deformations and mutilations of body, hunting, cattle-breeding (chiefly for milk). banana-beer, tobacco (king must not smoke a pipe). pottery-making (occupation of men). divorce. priesthood (only spirits have priests, not deity). kissing (not practiced by adults; mother kisses infant), supreme being (creator of men and cattle), time-reckoning. counting of cattle. etc. Dufays (F.) Lied und Gesang bei Brautwerbung und Hochzeit in Mulera-Ruanda. (Anthropos. S t Gabriel-Modling IV, 1909, 847-878. I fg., 4 pl.) Describes in detail (at work, at the family-table. asking in marriage, giving consent, a sacrifice, preparation for the wedding, departure for t h e wedding. the wedding and after) wooing and wedding among the Ruanda. of Mulera. German East Africa, with native texts f and translations o all t h e songs, etc.. used in connection therewith. F. (B.) Torday‘s Reisen im sudlichen Kongobecken. (Globus. Brnschwg.. rgro. XCVIII. 130.) Brief rCsurnC o f E. Torday’s account, in the Ccogrophi c a l Journal for July 19x0 (pp. 26-53) of his travels (rgo7-1gog)in the southern Kongo country, with notes on the native tribes. etc. (Bushongo. and the pygmoid people dwelling with them; Badjok, Bankutu. Betetela. Bambala. Bapende. Bashitele. etc.). Kordofan. (Ibid.. 1910. XCVII. 224225.) RCsumes briefly article of Gov. Watkins’ Lloyd in t h e Gcographical Journal for March, 1910. T h e population of Kordofan consists of Arabs and Nubas (negroes). who have withdrawn t o the rocky hill-country of the south. T h e Nuba religion is fetishism. Fisher (E.) L e peuple des “Bastards” d e Rehoboth. Afrique sud-occidentale allemande. (R. de l’kc. d’Anthr. d e . Paris. I ~ J Oxx. 137-146.4 fgs.) Translated by J. Nippgen from Prof. F.’s article in Dic Umschau (Berlin). 1909. XIII. ro47-1og1. The “Bastards” a r e the result of the mixture of white (Dutch) men and Hottentot women,-a typeio process of formation. Physically and intellectually a s well. they are mtlis. Prof. F. thinks t h a t through proper education and instruction they may become a n industrious and useful class of the population. H e is violently opposed to miscegenation. See GiuffridaRuggeri (V.). Plamand (G.B. M.) cl Laquibre (E.) 1dolt:s (pierres roulCes i tete d e chouette du Sahara central. Tassili des Azdjer. (Bull. Sac. d’Anthr. d e Paris, 1909, ve s.,x. I 59-197, 10fgs.) Treats in detail of 6 “owl-headed” stone idols discovered in 1905by Capt. Touchard. 10 or 1 2 kilom. s. w. of Tebalbalet in the f Djanet region o t h e Central Sahara. Tliese megaliths a r e from 24 to 37 cm. high. with a maximum diameter of 90 cm. The human face outlined at t h e top is of the “owl-head” variety,- no mouth. lips, or chin indicated. Sex is not clearly indicated. T h e patina on the idols suggests t h a t they are older than the prehistoric and Libyo-Berber inscribed stones. These idols were possibly funerary stones with some religious significance. Forbes (E. A.) Notes on the only American colony in the world. (Nat. Geogr. Mag., Wash., 1910.XXI. 719729, 14 fgs.) Points o u t how “American” some things a r e in Liberia. The houses a r e built “in the styles of the Southern States.”and they a r e equipped from the United States. There is “no real difference between the people of Monrovia and those of t h e same race in the United States.” and “even their shortcomings are homelike.” The “American saloon“ and the “negro dive“ seem absent. Liberia is not a failure in self-government. Fritsch (G.) Uber vernachlassigte Mumienschiidel des alten Reiches in A g y p ten. (2. Ethnol.. Berlin, 1910. XLII. f. 318-330.) C a l k attention to the need for investigationg t h e skeletal remains of the lower classes of the ancient Egyptian population. As judged by fragmentary, neglected skulls from Sakkara, this element belonged to the “gross type.” In Egypt. as well a s elsewhere (e. g. Japan). “fine” and “gross” types are t o be distinguished. F. questions the conception of Hamites held in certain quarters. which attributes to those peoples the origin of the the Semites. According to F. t h e Nubians a r e Negroid and distinct from the Berbers. Probenius 6.)Ethnologische Ergeb- A M E R I C A N A N THROPOLOCIS T [N.s. 12, 1910 . nisse der meiten Reiseperiode der always has a medium through whom Deutschen Innerafrilianischen Forhe speaks; spirits; girl-dancers) and schungsexpedition. (Ibid., 1909, XLI. rain-doctors (not confined to males; 759-783. 1 I fgs.) Resum& results of the king is chief one), grave-doctors. Central African expedition of 1908necromancers or sorcerers, sacrifices 1909. The northern Niger region (good and bad spirits), ordeals (castor(Timbuctoo) was not first founded in oil bean, boiling water, h e . etc.). the 12th century. an older native town Garstang U.) Preliminary note on a n underlies the newer Mohammedan one; expedition to Merot! in Ethiopia. also an earlier pre-Gana empire of (Ann. Arch. & Anthrop.. Univ. of native origin; the so-called “white” Liverpool, 1910.III, 57-70, 4 pl.. a fgs.) rulers of Gana were Fulas; the shaGives results of excavations, etc.. manism of this region is important; during winter of 1909:Peripetal temple the graves of the mountain-population at Messawrat (plan), temple of Amon deserve special study, the tumuli. (kiosk. main building), sun temple. architecture. etc.. the bronze finds here, two smaller temples, the necropolis. resemble the famous ones of Benin); The pottery and character of the the older Sudan-culture (not deMeroitic tombs was distinctive, peculstroyed and mutilated altogether as iar, and entirely non-Egyptian. has been generally believed, but prcGiovannozzi (U.) Gli oggetti etiopici portionately little annihilated or subdella Accademia Etrusca di Cortona. stituted); culture-area of the Mande (A. p. 1’Antrop.. Firenze. 1909.xxx~x, plateau (represents the institution of 132-137, I fg.) Lists. with brief decastes; nobles; subjects.-peasants. scriptions, 29 Ethiopian specimens workers. subjected tribes; bards and (ornaments, weapons, implements, singers; the old inhabitants, iron-worketc.). The most interesting object is a ers, etc.. the controlers, etc., of religion; wooden mattock. figured on p. 136. Most of the specimens are probably slaves); culturearea of the Moasifrom the Galla. plateau (no bard-institution. courtGroom (A. H.) The main characteristics song. or court-poetry; characteristic of the “Inland” Igbirras in Kabba festivals in honor of the dead; sort of feudal r b g i m ) ; methods of bow-stringProvince, Northern Nigeria. (J. Afric. Soc.. Lond.. 1910,IX. 176183.) ing (5 sorts in various parts of the Treats of origin (said to have come from continent); departures from usual type Panda or Romasha on the Benue). of Negritic culture (Asiatic influences in certain implements; different types chief and rain-maker, marriage (infant-betrothal general; wife husband’s of weaving, Mediterranean. Indian; property and domestic drudge), cerehousearchitecture); myth of Atlantis monies a t birth of child (twins not (possibly due to some distorted account considered unlucky), circumcision (uniof the early culture of this region, beversal; perlormed when child is from longing t o certain Guinea negroes). 2 to 5 months old), death and mourning F. suggests the former existence of an cutoms. burial, sacrifices (goats and “Atlantic culture.” Atlantis was not fowls a t all festivals, etc.). ancestorsubmerged by the Ocean. but the worship universal, Ihincgba (one god. of knowledge of this culture passed away hazy personality, beneficent and punfrom the minds of the Mediterranean ishing evil by sickness), religion (largely civilized peoples. ”rain-worship”), ju-ju (“devil-cult”), Garbutt (H.W.) Native superstition ordeal (by passing quill through tongue; and witchcraft in South Africa. (J. bending or breaking indicates guilt), Roy. Anthr. Inst., Lond., 1909, games (dances, archery, sort of draughtXXXIX. 530-558, 2 pl., 4 fgs.) Treats game with stones), war and hunting of witches and witchcraft. witch(bow with poisoned arrows; hunting doctors (male and female of various “medicine”). sorts). bone-throwers (sickness, lost Haarpaintner (M.) Grammatik der property and food; minor and major Yaundesprache, Kamerun. (Anthrw bonk; before going to war; readings pos. St Gabriel-Modling, 1909. IV. of bones; names of bones; for theft, 91-30.) Pt. 11. Treata of adverb, witchcraft, etc.). rainmaking (witchcomparison (no real adjectival c.), doctors not usually consulted; every preposition. verb and its classes (extribe has its own protecting god, who CHAMBERLAIN] P E R I O D I C A L LITERATURE ercises with native text and translation, pp. 926-928). yes and no, auxiliaries, etc. Numerous examples are given under t h e various sections. Hamberger (A.) Nachtrag zu den religiosen Uberlieferungen und Gebrtiuchen der Landschaft Mkulive, Deutsch-Ostafrika. (Ibid.. 1910. V. 798-807.) Treats of the mwawa. nanyawili or mama nduwi (Wafipa katai) a n incorporeal, pure-minded spirit, a sort of medium between man and God, t h a t sometimes appears in human form (his commands are usually given through t h e mouths of persons “possesssed”).-he also brings diseases (e. g. small-pox) upon man and is feared on t h a t account; uiwa or ghosts. born of the bones o dead and f decayed corpses (not the mzimu or soul); kinkula (a child whose upper teeth break through first; causes as much fear as a k i w a ) ; milembo dawa (folk materia medica; medicine-bag; dawa or “medicine” and its employment. treatment of t h e sick. etc.). Hart-Davis (M.) Trade signs in Christianborg, Gold Coast. (Man, Lond.. 1910. x, 33. I pl.) Note, with figures of I Z signs of thin sheet tin. seemingly o recent origin, and representing the f trade of the owner (saw, hammer, anvil, etc.). T h e hand, occurring in several, is possibly talismanic. Christianborg is a suburb of Accra. but “boasts its own king, its own fetish hut. and a fetish grove of somewhat sinister fame.” Hatch fJ. E.) Some African customs and superstitions. I. In Rhodesia. (So. Wkmn.. Hampton, Va.. rgro. XXXIX, 624-1525.) Notes on worship of ancestral spirit. Mudeimu. and on beerdrinking. Hofmeyer (W.) Zur Geschichte und sozialen und politischen Gliederung der Schillukneger. (Anthropos. St Gabriel-Modling. 1910, v, 328-333.) Notes on the history, and political and social institutions of the Shilluk negroes. Origin-legend (descended from Urukuas, a powerful chief on t h e river Giur in the Bahr-el-Gazal. whose eldest son Nyang migrated some zoo years ago); veneration of Nyang in numerous temples. T h e most important tribes, castes, etc.. are the Quared (descenda n t s of Nyang; the lowest class are the half-Arabs and descendants of the aborigines found in the land now occupied by t h e Shilluks). Quamal (de- scendants of those who came ”from above,“-the legend of their falling down is given in Shilluk and German, p. 331). Quadschal (originating from the wondelful ”land of silver”), Ororo (descendants of Dag; a r e in a manner high-priests); Qua-okal (descended from a relative of Nyang. b u t made ordinary Shilluk in consequence of crime against his house), etc. After Nyang’s time thc Shilluk country became a hereditary kingdom. Hollis (A. C.) Taveta sayings and proverbs. (J. Afric. Soc., Lond.. 1910. 255-266.) Gives 81 items with translations and explanatory notes. The Taveta in the L u m a river region a t t h e foot of Kilimanjaro. in the southern part of t h e British E a s t Africa Protectorate, are a mixed Hamite-Bantu people, some 4000 in number, who have lived in their present habitat not more t h a n 300 years. Sir H. Johnston says t h a t they are a very pleasant people. von Hornbostel (E. M.) WanyamweziGesange. (Anthropos. St GabrielConMadling, 1909, IV. 1033-1052.) tinuation. Treats of melody, harmony, rhythm, time, etc.; opinions of Wanyamwezi music (various Europeans); also two educated natives from t h e coast. On pages ro~o-roga a r e notes to the texts by C. Mernhof. The texts contain many Suaheli words. Stanley termed t h e Wanyamwezi “ b y f a r the best singers o n t h e African continent.” HrdliEka (A.) Note s u r la variation morphologique des 6gyptiens depuis les temps pr6historiques ou predy(Bull. Soc. d’Anthr. d e nastiques. Paris. 1909. ve s., x. 143-144.) Briefly resumGs results of author’s examination of 300 skulls and skeletons of the 12th dynasty (ca. zoo0 B. C.), a series of skeletons of subsequent dynasties and 1 5 0 mummies, skeletons and skulls of the Copt period in t h e Great Oasis; likewise 100 male and 50 female skulls (with long bones), in t h e Cairo Medical Museum. of the predynastic period. a series of skulls from t h e 6th. 9 t h a n d 11-14th dynasties. besides some 20 Copt skulls of t h e 3rd century. In addition in t h e Great Oasis 155 adult men of t h e Egyptian type were measured, examined, and photographed. T h e present population of the Nile valley is ”a mixed mass, a very unhomogeneous mixture of Egyptians, Arabs AMERICAN ANTHROPOLOGIST IN. S . . 12. and other Semites, Libyans.Nubians. negroes. and still other ethnic elements from Asia Minor and Europe,” but in certain localities the ancient type of the valley (coinciding with the Egyptian type) can still be recognized. e. g.. in the Great Oasis (Kharga). The pre-dynastic material shows that even then the population contained foreign elements. The tendency t o brachycephalism noted as early as 6000 B. C.. is explained by Dr H. as of slow growth and “due to the gradual infiltration of new ethnic elements (and perhaps other factors). but not to the displacement of one race by another.” Les sofs chez les Abadhites Huguet et notamment chez les Beni Mzab. (L’Anthropologie, Paris, 1910. xxl. 151-184. 313-319.) Historical and sociological notes on the sofs or groups for offensive or defensive union among the Abadhites. particularly the Beni Mzab of Algeria. The formation and evolution of the sofs and their participation in the great events in the Mzab before the French occupation. their activities since the annexation of the The Mzab in 1882. are considered. history of the sofs is in a sense the key t o the history of the Mzab. Hurel (E.) L a trouvaille d’un couteau de pierre (prehistorique?) dans I’Afrique Orientale Allemande. (Anthropos, St Gabriel-Modling, 1910.v. 247-248. I fg.) Describes a stone knife (70cm. long, weight 56 Ibs.). made of the granite of the country, found imbedded in the soil of the kibira or sacred forest of the village (Mission of Ihangiro). This object is of ancient date. Hutter (Hptm.) Im Gebiet der Etoshapfanne. Deutsch-Sudwestafrika. (Globus. Brnschwg.. 1910, xcv1II. 1-7. 24-30, 15 fgs.) Contains (p. 30) notes on the natives of the Etosha region (in the west Bushmen, in the east mountain-Damara). musical instruments. In this region only one “painting” has been found (that of a hippopotamus near (Ghaub); but many tracks of animals cut in the rock. Hyde (W. W.) A visit to the pyramids of Gizeh. Part I. (Rec. of Past. Wash., 1910. IX. 247-265, 10 fgs.) Historical and descriptive notes. The pyramid (the form was “derived from the prehistoric funeral mound of earth transferred t o stone”), was “merely the abode of the royal mummy, a tomb, u.) whose sepulchral chamber was hidden away in the interior.’’ The characteristic of having 4 faces is the only one common to all Egyptian pyramids,”in every other detail they show the most surprising variation of form and structure.” Ishmael (G. C.) The Babinza. (Man, Lond.. 1910. x, 114-117.) Notes on the Babinza of the Belgian Congo, Likati-Itimbiri region: Physical characters (neither tall nor well-proportioned; women small and ill-shaped). tribal divisions (some 20 clans), villages and houses, food, occupations and industries (women cook. fetch wood, till flelds. make pots; men hunt, fight, occasionally tend the children; dexterous canoe-men and hunters of monkeys), succession and inheritance. human sacrifices at chief’s death, war (not only between clans, but between parts of same sub-clan). ordeal for murderer, condition of women (polygamy), child-birth. circumcision (males before n o ) . affection (great; father often plays with child), religion (“do not believe in a God, gods, or future state.” but revere a spirit called mumbo). - and Kagwa (A.) Old customs of the Baganda. (Man, Lond.. 1910. x, 38-43.) Translates from Sir Apolo Kagwa’s book of Old Cusfoms items relating t o law (fraud. ordeal by ddura seed juice, bewitching, theft, adultery, debt, theft of food. witnessing sales. herdsman’s offenses, etc.. assaults and fighting, cattle-stealing. etc.). twins (dance and kibuldu ceremony). Joyce (T. A.) On a wooden portraitstatue from the Bushongo people of the Kasai district, Congo State. (Ibid.. 1-2, I pl.) Describes statue of Shamba Bolongongo. 93d (the present ruler is I Z I S ~ in the list of Bushongo kings ) “from the creation,” a very wise man. many of whose sayings have been recorded. This statue is one of 4 portrait-figures in wood brought by Mr E. Torday from the Kasai country. I t is important. since “the art of portraiture in the round, so far as Africa Is concerned has usually been supposed to be confined to ancient Egypt.” Note on’the Pigment-blocks of the Bushongo. Kasai district. Belgian Congo. (Ibid.. 81-82. I pl.. I fg.) Treats of the cakes or blocks of the fukula (rich crimson pigment) into CHAMBERLAIN] PERIODICAL L I T E R A T U R E purposes. Besides Berbers (e. g. Hanno’s Lixilrs) t h e expedition also m e t with negroes. Mehlis (C.) Die Berberfrage. (A. f. Anthrop., Brnschwg.. 1909, N. F. VIII. 149-286. 3 fgs.) Resumes and discusses views and theories of writers and investigators, ancient (Herodotus. Strabo, Sallustius Crispus, Pomponius Mela. Ptolemy. etc.) a n d modern (F. Mueller. Peschel. Kiepert. Rossellini. Quedenberg. Faidherbe. Broca. Hommel, Forrer. Wilser, Flinders Petrie. Th. Fischer. Lissauer. Sergi. etc.) concerning t h e origin, migrations physical characters, etc., of the Libyans and Berbers, their relations t o t h e peoples of Europe, Asia Minor, etc. (at pages 274-284 Dr M. discusses numerous North African place-names in comparison with European). According to D r M.. t h e tall, blond Libyans (the classic type was known to the ancient Egyptians) originated in North Central Europe. Linguistic d a t a point t o Aryan relationship. a s do also myths. religion, habits and customs, etc. Place-names indicate the route taken. Meldon (J. A.) T h e Latuka and Bari (J. Afric. Soc., Lond.. languages. 1910,IX. 193-195.) Gives the numerals 1-10 in L a t u k a and Bari, besides a Bari vocabulary of more t h a n 100 words. These languages belong t o the same stock as the Masai. - T h e Latuka. (Ibid.. 270-274. I PI.. map.) Notes on physical characters (tall race), houses and villages. etc. Miller (F. V. B.) A few historical notes on Feira and Zumbo. (Ibid. 416-423, P PI.) Treats of t h e relations of the Portuguese in this region of Rhodesia with the natives from 1720 to 1864.--Zurnbo is still Portuguese, b u t Feira now belongs t o Gt Britain. de Morgan (J.). Capitan (L.) cl Bondy (P.) e t u d e sur les stations prehistoriques d u sud tunisien. (R. de l’fic. d’Anthr. d e Paris. 1910.xx, 105-136, 206-221. 267-186. 335-347, 109 fgs.) Treats o the prehistoric ”stations” of South f Tunisia. investigated in xg06-1go7 by AIM. d e Morgan and Bandy,-a geclogical sketch precedes: El-Mekta (to the north of t h e Gafsa oasis); t h e implements correspond even in detail to the Acheulean and Mousterian of which the Bushongo mould their dye-paste,-forms of animals. human heads, ornaments, etc. T h e pigment is used to adorn the body on festive occasions, to color palmcloth and embroidery fiber, and also t o rub in on wooden carvings. etc. Tukrcla blocks are also distributed a t funerals (cf. our “mourning rings)” by the chief mourner to the principal friends of t h e deceased. Langlume (-) Deux legendes des Mossis. (L’Anthropologie. Paris. 1910. X X I , 614-615.) French texts only of t h e contest between sun and moon (eclipse) and origin of the world; obtained from an old chief of the Mossis a t Ouahigouya (Yatenga) on t h e occasions of a n eclipse of the moon in Mabuda (E.) Mission work in Natal. Wkmn.. Hampton. South Africa. (So. XXXIX. 181-183.) Reports Va.. 1910. effects of mission work since 1835. Author is a Zulu woman from Umzumbe, graduate of the Lovedale Institute in the Cape Colony. MacMichael (H. A.) Rock pictures in (J. Roy. Anthr. North Kordofan. Inst.. Lond.. 1909, XXXIX. 562-568. 20 fgs.) Treats of pictures a t Jebel Hardza (145 miles W. S. w. of Omdurman). and a t Jebel Afsrit, “Hill of Goblins” (30 miles E. S E. of . Foga). Those a t J. HarPza are of three sorts (at J. Shaldshi,’ red and white pigment, superior in workmanship, full of life and movement,-men, animals, etc.; a t J. Karsh61, red pigment. correspond t o ordinary “Libyo-Berber” rock-pictures; a t J. Kurkeila, roughly chipped on lumps of granite on hillside). At J. Afdrit t h e pictures are in blackish pigment on overhanging rock (men carry shields). Mahoudeau (P. G . ) L e periple d’Hannon. (R. d e 1’&. d’Anthr. d e Paris, 1910. xx. 149-169.) Study and interpretation of t h e voyage of Hanno, -a French version of the Greek of the Ms. of Heidelberg is given a t pages 150-152. and i t is discussed paragraph by paragraph. D r M. thinks t h a t if by t h e “gorillas“ of Hanno anthropoids were meant. they were probably chimpanzees; evidence of their having been men (hairy pigmies) is not sumcient. T h e fires seen may have been large bush-fires set by the natives to clear away the forest, or for other AMERICA N A N THROPOLOCIST [N. S , . 12, France; also some sperimens corresponding to the lower Aurignacian, middle Aurignacian. Aurignacian; the Capsian type is also represented); Gafsa (offers all the paleolithir forms of El-Mekta), Foumel Maza (paleoliths rare). RCdeyef (Capsian; ChelleanMousterian; Acheulean-Mousterian). Oum-Ali. Guetrana. JCneyen ChabetRechada. The paleolithic period in South Tunisia can not be divided into 3 successive periods corresponding to those of Europe. l h e Capsian has been named from Gafsa (in Latin Capsa). and corresponds t o the European Aurignacian. In the southern or pre-Saharan zone the Capsian (lower and upper) has a great importance and a remarkable extension; in the extreme South or Saharian zone (Jeneyen) the Capsian is not much represented. de Mortillet (A.) Notes sur la prChistoire de 1’Orangie d’aprts J. P. Johnson. (Ibid.. 312-317. fgs.) RCsumb data 3 in J. P. Johnson’s Geological and Archeological Notes on Orangia. (London, 1910.) Treats of stone implements, rock carvings and paintings, etc. Daggarauchen. (Int. Moszcik (-) Arch. f. Ethnogr.. Leiden. 1910. XIX. 162-165,2 fgs.) Notes o n the smoking of dagga. Indian hemp, or the African variety of it, among the Kaffirs. etc. of South Africa. Only the leaves are used; the apparatus employed resembles the Turbish nargileh. There are two ways of smoking. The effects of dagga-smoking have not yet been thoroughly studied. Bahon (M.) Les IsraCIites du Maroc. (Rev. des gt. Ethnogr. et Sociol.. Paris, 1909.1 1 . 258-279.) Treats o the Jews f of Morocco. Number (in 1904,109. 712) and distribution, language (3 linguistic groups, Spanish, Arabic, and those of the Berber zone), manners and customs, religion (the only ciiltural factor). communal organization. economic condition, legal status (“subjects of inferior rank”), attitude of the authorities, relations with Musulman. population, murders and plundering (fanaticism a t Salf. and especially Fez), the European representatives and the Jews, “L’Alliance Israelite.” etc. Bewberrp (P. E.) The Egyptian cultobject -= 0 =- and the “thunderbolt.” (Ann. Arch. & Anthrop.. Univ. of Liverpool. 1910. III. 50-52. I pl.) Suggests that this symbol, which Prof. Petrie regards as a garland o flowers, f is really a lhunderboll. like that of the Greek Zeus. Obermaier (H.) Ein “in situ” gefundener Faustkeil aus Natal. (Anthrc+ pos, St. Gabriel-Modling, 1909, IV. 972-975. 4 fgs.) Treats, after information from Br Otto of Mariannhill, Natal. a typical coup-dc-wing of reddish porphyry. found in 1907 in the valley of the Umhlatuzane river, near Mariannhill, in the course of digging a well. The find is important as not being a surface one, and lying 5 or 6 meters deep. Offord (J.) The antiquity of the great Sphinx. (Amer. Antiq.. Salem. Mass., 1910. XXXII. 27-28.) Discusses the significance of the texts on the “Stele of the Daughter of Cheops.” in which reference is made to the repairing of the head-dress of the Sphinx. The new work may have been graven in the 12th dynasty fashion and not the like the original stone. There is need of research for the oldest statements, in papyri or on monuments, relating t o the Sphinx. Palmer (H.R.) Notes on traces of totemism and some other customs in Hausaland. (Man, Lond.. 1910. X, 72-76.) Treats of totemism. etc., among the Maguzawa. pagan Fulani and other non-Moslem people of the Hausa country (the Hausa was polygamous and exogamous; the Fulani monogamous and endogamous). The totems of the pagan Fulani of northern Hausaland are chiefly birds (there is also a tabu on sheep and cattle and the killing of them except on certain occasions, e: g.. the ceremony of Biwali): marriage is permitted between children of the same father, but not of the same mother among some of the pagan Fulani. The pagan Hausa or Maguzawa have a curious custom of shutting up together for a month young men and maidens, called Jla furno. All Maguzawa have “at least one ‘totem’ or ‘tabu.’ ” and they sacrifice t o certain spirits. but do not make images or fetishes. On pages 75-76 are given data concerning totems and tabus from native informants belonging to a8 different Hausa communities. - Notes on some Asben records. (J. Afric. Soc.. Lond.. 1910, Ix, 388400.) Gives a chronology of the chiefs of Asben (Tuareg) and their wars CHAMBERLAIN] PERIODICAL LITERATURE (from notes in Arabic complied by a Hausa Mallino, derived in part, probably from Mss. and from Tuareg sources) from 1406 to 1908 A. D. Passarge ( S . ) Henry Hubert’s Forschungen in Dahomey. (Globus. Brnschwg., 1910. XCVII. 312-317.) RksumCs d a t a in H. Hubert’s Mission ScienfiJlquc au Dahomry (Paris, 1908). Notes the influence of geological and geographical conditions on t h e distribution of t h e native tribes. There a r e three great vegetal zones: oil-palm, butter-tree, mimosa (or better, thorn-bush). Petersen (E.) Die Serapislegende. (A. 1. Religsw.. Lpzg.. 1910. XIII. 47-74.) Discusses the origin of the Alexandrine cult of Serapis and the legend of the origin of the statue in Tacitus and Plutarch. etc.. with reference to the recent literature o t h e subject. Two f kings, two sculptors, two gods (Osiris and Serapis). and two statues (the old one made a t t h e behest of Sesostris and t h e new one brought from Sinope) a r e confused in some of the legends and reports. Petrie (W. M. F.) T h e earliest stone x. tombs. (Man. Lond.. 1910, 12g130. I pl.) Treats of t h e tombs of Nefer-maat and another great noble of the end of t h e third dynasty (“the oldest stone tombs of subjects”) a t Meydum. opened by the British School t h e last winter. T h e burial in tomb No. 17 antedates the adjacent pyramid of Sneferu. 4600 B.C.. being t h e earliest private stone tomb t h a t can be dated. Both bodies were unfleshed before being wrapped in linen. T h e skull found in the granite sarcophagus was of a high type (ceph. ind. 75.4). Peyr6 (L.) Quelques notes sur I’fle d e Mad+re. (Anthropos. S t GabrielModling, 1909, IV. 976-988.) Contains some notes on t h e people, particularly t h e “permanent“ population. T h e native of Madeira is ugly (partly due to African ancestry) shortstatured, a great worker, a great “walker.” and a “toter” (born with a basket on his head). There are three types (all trades of the negro): bociro. driver of ox-sled; arriciro. groom and porter for the tourist on horse-back; and the hammock-bearer. Dress and ornament, songs (not very varied; canfo dos vilbcr; improvisation), religion and superstition (festivals of S t Jo50. the patron of t h e bociro; of S t Peter, the festival of old maids. solf c i r a i ) , etc.. are considered. The author probably overestimates t h e ”Negro element” in Madeira. Piich (R.) Reisen im Innern Siidafrikas zum Studium der Buschmanner in den Jahren 1907 bis 1909. (2. f. Ethnol., Berlin, 1910, XLII. 357-362.) Resumes results of expedition of 19071909among t h e Bushmen of the interior of S. Africa. T h e Kalahari tribes (all those of t h e central Kalahari are more or less mixed with Hottentot and negro blood; the customs and habits of the Bushmen as hunters have been least influenced); Bushman-paintings of Rhodesia (the Bushman-race is older than the ancient Rhodesian buildings); the Cape a n d Kham Bushmen and their language (the Kham Bushmen represent a much purer type of t h e race than d o those of t h e Kalahari); t h e Nu Bushmen of t h e north (linguistically and somatically very close to t h e Kham; t h e Bushmen north of t h e Molopo-valley (closer t o t h e Kalahari type), etc., are considered. D r P. found no evidence for t h e existence of t h e KattCa. a race smaller in stature than the Bushmen, concerning whom there is a legend among t h e Boers, etc. Notes ethnographiques sur Poutrin (-) les populations M ’ B a k a d u Congo francais. (L’Anthropologie, Paris, Igro, XXI. 35-54, 16 fgs.) Treats of clothing and ornaments (women go naked till puberty; special ornaments of warriors; men wear sort of apron of beaten bark, women apron of fine bark-fiber). dwellings and furniture (wooden “pillows“; skulls painted red hung above t h e fireplace). domestic animals (chiefly small hens), division of labor (men largely idle, but obtain palm-wine; women agriculturalists, etc.). hunting and weapons (skillful in chase a n d in war; bow, spear, knives; rat-traps; shields), kofofongo (dance after success in h u n t or war. etc.). musical instruments (“harp-guitar.” bells. signal tom-toms). iron-working, basketry (rudimentary art. practised b y few men or women in each village), drawings and paintings on walls of houses). food (manioc chief basis), anthropophagy. money (used t o buy of iron bells, victims to eat.-pairs kurokuro). death and burial, superstition. T h e M’Baka by their culture rank above t h e lowest negro tribes. AMERICAN ANTHROPOLOGIST [N. s.. 12, 1910 Tattooing in relief is rare. Though not tall. they are well-built. Notes anthropologiques sur les nPgres Africains du Congo francais. (Bull. Soc. d'Anthr. de Paris, 1910. vie s.. I. 33-47.) Notes on physical characters, dress and ornaments, food, dwellings. occupations. implements and instruments, tattooing and mutilation, etc.. among the Negro peoples of the French Congo: Bateke (losing native manners and customs more and more through contact with European culture). Bondjios (anthropophagous and resemble their northern neighbors. the M'Baka), Mandjia-M'Baka and Mandjia-Baya (work iron, use primitive forge of the Niam-niam; considerable variation from tribe to tribe in customs, mutilations. etc.). Babinga (groups of nomad pigmies scattered among the Mandjia), Ba-Tua (negrillos near Makumu. less brachycephalic than the Babinga). Banda (numerous tribes; scattered among them several remnants of primitive peoples, e. g., the Sabanga on the Ombella), Sara (tall and sub-brachycephalic, men 82.5. women ,79.97). Baghirmi (mixed and varied in race), Miltus and Nielim, Buduma and Kuris of the islands in L. Tchad. Kanembus. Uled-Sliman (from Fezzan). Teddas and Dogordas from Borku. Contribution U'Ctude des pygmees d'Afrique. Les NCgrilles du centre africain. type brachycCphale. (L'Anthropologie. Paris 1910. XXI. 435-504, 7 fgs. z pl.. map, bibl.. 89 titles). Valuable monograph on the brachycephalic negrillos of Central Africa. The tall negro tribes of the Gaboon,Banga-Akalai, Okand6. Fiotle. Fan. or Pahouin and their possible relations and intermixture with these Negrillos are first considered, pp. 442-463; then the mLlirsogc of the Bantu negroes of the Gaboon with the Negrillos; and the brachycephalic t a l l negroes. pp. 467 -473. Also the plurality o Negrillo f types (pp. 473-4791, dolichocephalic, mesaticephalic. brachycephalic pigmies of the Gaboon. etc. (A-Bongo and A-Kora. Ba-Raka and Bbku. A-Jongo. etc.) and studies of 3 pigmy skulls (AKoa. 0-Bongo). On pages 496500 are anthropometric details of 14 male and 7 female Fiotte. 3 male and 4 female N' Komi. 6 male and 7 female Ba-kalai. 5 male and 2 female M'pongwe, 4 male Benga-Akalai. 3 male and 3 female Ashango, etc.. 27 male and 21 female Fan, 2 male Adouma. I male and I female N'javi. 6 male and 8 female Boulou. Dr P. concludes that there does exist in the Gaboon country a brachycephalic type of pigmy. The Negrillo type averages in height for males 1.430mm.. females 1.37omm.. but with great individual variations. The three crania studied give a n average cephalic index of 83.06. Skull capacity is small absolutely but relatively to stature considerable. Pnebusch (M.) Die Stellung des Hauptlings bei den Wabena. (Globus. Brnschwg.. xgro. X C V I I I , 205-206.) Describes the position and prerogative of a chief in the time of independence of the Wabena (unlimited power, a certain right to property of subjects, special and valuable clothing, special bootyday in war-time, judge without appeal from decisions. death and funeral ceremonies, sacrifice, etc.) Puccioni (N.) Crani della necropoli di Siuwah. (A. p. I'Anthrop.. Firenze, 1910,XL, 131-144. fgs.) Describes. 6 with measurements, 1 5 skulls (8 female. I child, and 6 male) of various ages from Siuwah (Oasis of Jupiter Ammon) now in the National Anthrcpological Museum,- collected by the engineer Robecchi-Bricchetti in 1885. The cephalic index ranges from 69.44 to 80.84. two only of the crania reaching 80 or over, the average being 75.86, mesaticephalic. The general character is Mediterranean of a fine type of skull with long face (Zaborowski's "Semitic type." rare not only in ancient Egypt. but also among the modem Arabs). The presence of mesaticephalic crania in a Libyan series of the pre-Arabic period excludes the idea that the presence of that type in Mediterranean Africa is due t o the historical -4rabic invasion. Randall-MacIver (D.) The Eckley B. Cox Junior Expedition. (Univ. of Penn. Mus. J., Phila.. 1910.I. 22-28,7 fgs.) Notes on excavation of temple of Amenhotep I1 a t Behen, the p d e ~ t s ' dwellings. the door-way set up to King Aahmes (first of the 18th dynasty) by Thuri, a notable of Behen, the statue of the scribe Amenenhat. etc. Range (P.) Steinwerkzeuge der Buschleute des deutschen Namalandes. XCvIfI. 207-208. I fg.) (Globus. 1910. CHAMBERLAIN] PERIODICAL L I T E R A T U R E Notes finding in 1906 near Rotekuppe in t h e German Nama country of stone implements o paleolithic type belongf ing to the Bushmen. Rawson (H. E.) T h e Basuto. (J. Afric. Soc..Lond.. 1910,IX. 153-160.) Review and critique of Sir G. Lagden's The Basufos (2 vols. Lond., 1909). a historical sketch, containing matter of ethnologic interest. Read (C. H.) Note on certain ivory carvings from Benin. (Man. Lond.. 1910. x, 4 ~ 5 1 I pl.. 2 fgs.) Treats , of two elaborate armlets and a mask. carved in ivory; also a n ivory carving of a leopard and another of a baton surmounted by a mounted warrior. According to R.. there is no question of t h e native manufacture of such ivory carvings and they "show conclusively t h a t t h e Bini craftsmen were fully capaable of producing work of quite a s high a type, without t h e aid of t h e European motives and, as far a s we can tell, witho u t European suggestion." The workmanship of t h e famous bronzes is native. though sometimes the metal used may have been o Portuguese origin. The f a r t of Benin is native. Reitemeyer (E.) Hochzeitsgebrauche in der Oase Riskra. (Globus. Brnschwg.. 1910.X C V I I . 165-167.4fgs.) Describes wedding ceremonies and customs, dances, etc.. as observed by the author in 1908-1909 in the village of Ras el f Gueria (Algerian Oasis o Biskra). among the Arabized Berbers. Also a wedding in t h e negro village near Biskra. Ruete (T.)Fiber plants in West Africa: a possible industry. (J. Afric. Soc., Lond.. 1910. IX, 168-175.) Contains f some notes on native use o fibers, etc. Sacleur (C.) L'article dans les langues bantoues. d propos d e l a Grammaire Ki-nindi d u R. P. F. Menard. (Anthropos. S t Gabriel-Modling, 1910. v. 513-518.) Discusses the article in t h e Bantu languages with special reference t o Father Menard's Grammairc Ki-Rundi (Alger. 1908). T h e conclusion reached is t h a t "the Rundi possesses in the variable vowel u. i , a. a real grammatical element, which may be termed a n article." I t is not, of course, in exact correspondence to the article of our European languages. Nor d o t h e Ganda. Nyoro. and Kerewe use i t in t h e Same way a s t h e Rundi. Sarbah (J. M.) Maclean and Gold Coast judicial assessors. (J. Afric. S c . , Lond.. 1910. IX. 349-359, I fg.) Notes on t h e administrations of G. Maclean. B. Cruickshank, Capt. Rroanell. W. A. Parker, D. P. Chalmers, J. Marshall, etc., and their activities, opinions, etc.. in the judicial affairs of the Gold Coast from 1830 down. T h e association of intelligent native chiefs with t h e English judicial officers is of great importance, and decisions such as t h a t of t h e late SirW. Nicoll in t h e Chidda case ( h i m , 1901) have valuable educational bearings. Sayce (A. H). M e r w . (Ann. Arch. 8: Anthrop.. Univ. of Liverpool, 1910. 111. 53-561 .) Notes on history of city. Greek and Roman influence, etc. Schonken (F. T.) Die Wurzeln der kaphollandischen Volksiiberlieferungen. (Int. Arch. f. Ethnogr.. Leiden. 1910, XIX. Suppl.. vii. 1 - 9 1 . ) After a brief historical and literary introduction treats of t h e old condition (pp. 6-32) and w h a t t h e Dutch brought with them t o t h e Cape: customs and usages (children's games, some well-preserved; wedding-customs less so), material culture (village and house), religion. law. morality, etc.. superstition (lucky and unlucky omens. p. 19). festivals and merry-makings (opposition of church t o many dances, etc.). folk-poetry (less than in mother-country; numerous riddles and riddle-questions, pp. 24-25; jests, teasings. proverbs, pp. 25-26; like children's play t h e folk-song has suffered much; examples of lullabies and nursery-songs, pp. 28-29), folkmedicine (many European folk materia medica still in use). Influence of new environment on t h e Frisian house of t h e Boers and i t s arrangements, furniture, etc.; on clothing; effect of oxen and wagon Irek; effect of the new animal world upon folk-lore and language, proverbs, etc.; new amusements. modifications of old dances, riddles, etc.); folk-poetry (the new is still young and scanty; specimens pp. 52-54); nomend a t u r e of plants, animals of t h e new environment; lists of such names pp. 56-57; place-names p. 57; nicknames, personal and family-names. On pages 61-70 t h e natives (Hottentots, Bushmen, Kaffirs) are considered (importance of Hottentots a s preservers of African animal-tale; local coloring of old Teutonic tales in S. Africa; European influence on native tales; AMERICAN ANTHROPOLOGIST [N. S . , 12, I910 influence o Hottentot and other native f languages upon speech of Boers; influence on manners and customs, food. dress. etc.; t o the Bushmen, S. attributes the t u o r r - u ~ c r or “buzzer” of Boer children; effect of contact with Kaffirs on customs, folk-literature, etc.; effect of slaves and servants. The immigrant peoples from the Orient (slaves. coolies. etc.) are discussed on pages 71-74 and the non-Dutch Europeans on pages 75-83. The “MalayoPortuguese” of the Indian immigrants (cooks, household workers and attendants, nurses) has contributed about roo words (10 e. g. relating to family life and many more to house, kitchen, clothing, occupations. etc.) to the Boer language. German influence on the Boers is scanty (a few loan-words, etc.); the only influence of the Huguenots is seen in certain.family-names. English influence is marked in the school and in children’s plays and games, where English words get a firm footing. On pages 85-86 the author gives in parallel columns the characteristics of the Dutchmen of Holland and the Boers of South Africa, showing them to be essentially one. Sechefo (J.) The twelve lunar months among the Basuto. (Anthropos. St. Gabriel-Modling, 1909,IV. 931-941; 1910. v. 71-81.) Treats in detail of the “peculiarly-named” Basuto months, their meaning, associations and relations to the life of the people; Phalo (August). a bold, dull, and harsh month; Loctse (September). “anointed.” a month of “tenderness t o plants, humanity t o animals, and pity t o the land”; Mphalanc (October), the month of the kshoma-plant. also of the circumcision of girls; Pulungoana (November), “month of the young gnu”; Tsiloc (December). “(little) grasshopper.” from the continual noise o the insect; f Phrrckhag (January), “to interjoin sticks,” i. e. putting up of maphcphchuts; Tlhakola (February), ”wipingoff’ (the molula), i. e. when the grain of the molula is t o be seen above the husks; Tlhakubck (March), “when the Kafi-corn (mabclc) is in grain.” Mesa (April), “kindling lire.” i. e. to roast the ripe mealies; Motscaanong (May), “bird-laugher.” the time when the joyous mabclc grain seems to mock the bird, i t being at harvest and too hard to be pecked; Phupjoane (June). “beginning to swell,” in reference t o the senyarcli-balcmi bulb; Phuphu (July). “bulging-out,” not merely of bulbs underground, but of the stems of some hardy plants. Seiner (F.) Der Verbindungsweg zwischen Deutsch-Siidwestdrika und der Betschuanaland-Eisenbahn. (Globus. Brnschwg.. 1910.XCVIII, 122-128,133137. X I f g s . ) Contains some notes on the natives of the region, Bushmen, etc. - Die Buschmfnner des Okawangound Sambesigebietes der Nord-Kalahari. (Ibid.. 1910. XCVII, 341-345, 358-360, 11 fgs.) Treats of the Bushmen of the North Kalahari and Zambesi region. Physical characters (in the Central Kalahari the Bushmen have been much influenced by Hottentot mixture, in the North by negro; some of the Northern Bushmen are tl al and might easily pass for negroes). the Tannekwe (river or marsh Bushmen) and the steppe Bushmen (Hukwe and Galikwe). dwellings, dress, activities. etc. The upper limit of the Bushmen ~ is 1 7 N. lat. The Marsh Bushmen are probably made u p of the remains of several tribes driven out of the surrounding steppes in the river country, etc. The culture of the Tannekwe is more significant than that o the steppe f Bushmen, and a good deal of it has been borrowed from the surrounding Bantu (iron tools, e. g.. from the Barutse). Sharpe (A.) Recent progress in Nyasaland. (J. Afric. Soc., Lond.. 19x0.1 ~ . 337-348. I pl.) Contains a few notes on natives, the labor question, develop ment of cotton-planting, etc. The illustrations represent a Yao village and a band of Awemba musicians. Shelford (F.) Notes on the Masai. Treats briefly of (Ibid.. 267-269.) weapons, dress and ornament, houses and villages, hunting (“rounding up” a lion), marriage (not until 30 years o age). etc. f Smend (Oblr.) H a -undKopftracht in ar Togo. (Globus. Brnschwg.. 1910, XCVII. 245-250, 261-266. 32 fgS.) Describes and figures the fashions of dressing the hair and the head among the negroes of Togo (German W. Africa): Fetish women of Atakpame with white turbans: Ewhe. Haussa turbans, etc.: SokodC “hair-islands”; Basari. Sokode. Grussi fashions; shaved CHAMBERLAIN] PERIODICAI V T E R A T U R E a European child’s drawing.” head and tattooed neck of Shakossi men; Konkomba brass hair-ornament; Lama ornamental “helmets”; Lama. Ssoruba. Buda. Ssola. Fulla fashions; dance-helmets of Ssola and Difale. etc. Certain hair dressings of t h e L a m a resemble strikingly the “Greek” method of arranging the hair now in vogue in parts of the U. S. A. Spiess (C.) Verborgener Fetischdienst unter den Evheern. (Ibid., 1910. XCVIII, 10-13. j fgs.) Brief account of the insignia of a Boko (shaman) among the Ewe negroes; the Cboni or fetish in the “temple.” a sort of house of refuge; the Aweli, a fetish of t h e Legba group; the Nuhrwiho or Busuyiwc (“huts to keep away evil spirits”); Wumcfrowo (from W K . “sea”), a fetish for good luck with the whites, etc.,i t includes figures of a European and his wife, a boat signifying also ”from over sea.” Stam (N.) T h e religious conceptions of t h e Kavirondo. (Anthropos, S t Gabriel-Modling. 1910, v. 359-362. I pl.. map.) Notes on ideas of God (Supreme Being not adored; sun chief and moon secondary deity; ancestors minor spirits); sun-worship (spitting toward the East in the early morning, etc.); death and burial of chief, child. woman, exorcism of spirit of defunct; circumcision (no fixed age, all young men treated a t one time), marriage (girl must be full-grown; bride-price), etc. Stannus (H. S.) Alphabet boards from Central Africa. (Man. Lond.. 1910. x. 37-38, a fgs.) Treats of 2 ubarc or “alphabet” boards for learning t o read the Koran. from t h e Yao,- “the making of these boards w a s introduced from the coast along with Mohammedanism among t h e Yao. and practically they are only found among t h e Machinga Yao in this country, with a center ot T h e y are not a t F r Johnston.” common and it is hardly correct to say t h a t they are used a s ”slates.” Native paintings in Nyasaland (J. Afric. Soc.. Lond.. 1910. IX, 184188. I pl.. I fg.) Treatsof painting of a boat by Manyani and a n antelope by Chipoka. hoth Machinga Yaos. and discusses t h e painting of a monkey b y Moynpembi. also a Machinga Yao. recently described and figured in this Journal. Of t h e work of a boy of 1 2 years S. says. “it was of t h e same type, b u t showed many characteristics of The boat-painting “shows an unconscious H e is of knowledge of perspective.” opinion also t h a t ”this painitng on houses is t h e outcome of European influence,” the natives themselves reporting t h a t none was done before t h e coming of t h e whites. T h e carving of images has a parallel history: little sun-dried images of cattle and men were made by all the Angoni children and the Zulus, b u t t h e Yaos and other tribes neither modeled nor carved until a few years ago. “under t h e influence of the white man.” T h e Yaos have adopted for their girl-initiation ceremonies t h e ground-drawings (in white ashes or flour; or in grass) of t h e Nyanja tribes. I n a note Miss Werner thinks “ D r Stannus has completely disposed of t h e theory of a Bushman origin of the native drawings a t Mponda’s. Uber Bronzeguss in Staudinger (-) Togo. (Z. f. Ethnol., Berlin, 1909, X L I . 855-862. I PI.) Treats of a number of bronze and copper casts (masks. statue. plates with numerous figures, etc.) from German Togo land. T h e maker of these is Ali Amonikoyi (the a r t is ancient in his family. which came from Ilorin in t h e Yoruba country) of Kete-Kratshi. They a r e said not t o have borrowed t h e a r t from foreigners (details about Ali and his a r t from Prof. Mischlich. the Geman governor of t h e district. a r e given at pp. 857-859). One of the plates represents obscene scenes. These bronze objects a r e of value in connection with the much discussed “Benin bronzes.” Struck (R.) On t h e Ethnographic nomenclature of the Uganda-Congo border. (J. Afric. Soc.. Lond.. 1910. IX. 275-288.) Treats of Baamba. Bambuba. Babira, Balega and Lendu, Banyari. etc. According to S.. t h e appellations of Wasongora (Basongola) and Wuhoko (Bahuku) should be avoided ; Balcga (Lendu) and Barega (Bantu) “are homogeneous b u t not indigenous names and apply t o entirely distinct tribes and languages, b u t Ealcga should b e retained for t h e southern group of t h e Lendu; Babira and Bakumu a r e local, b u t ancient variations and as such a r e t o be respected.” Striimpell ( H p f m . ) und Struck fB.) Vergleichendes Worterverzeichnis der AMERICAN A h (Ztschr. YROPOLOGIST [N.S . 12. I910 . The titles o Ozor and f Ndiche a t Onitsha. (Ibid., 189-192.) Gives more than I O O words and 50 Treats of the process of obtaining the grades of o m and ndiche in the arisphrases, etc.. in zg languages of the tocratic set of Onitsha. a town on the heathen natives of Adamaua (German East bank of the Niger, with g outCameroons). The historical and ethlying villages. The title of ndichc nographical introduction by Struck informs us that only 3 of these tongues can be obtained only by those who are are represented in print (Baya. Batla. a t least 40 years of age, and already Daba); of 17 linguistic material is possess that of 0 8 0 ~ . Tessrnnm (G.) Verlauf und Ergebnisse presented for the first time.-of 5 only der Liibecker Pangwe-Expedition. the names were previously on record. (Globus, Brnschwg.. 1910. XCVII. 1-8. The vocabulary of the K5k5 extends the northern limit of genuine Bantu t o 25-29, 17 fgs.. map.) Gives account of expedition of the author (under 8 N. lat. Other interesting facts are ’ auspices of the Lubeck Ethnological noted. The 2 languages are: Baia, 9 Museum, etc.) in 1907-1909in the Batla. Diimii. Dari. Durru ( z ) , Falli. Pangwe region of W. Africa. between Gidder. Hina. Jasuing, K5k5, KtiIbill5. the Ogowe and Sanga (parts of the IS’t6p6, Lakka. Mangbci, Mberre. German Cameroons, Spanish and Mbum. Mboa. Mono. Miisugeu. MuFrench Congo), inhabited by Mpongwe turua. Namschi, Niam-niam. Pape. tribes (Eton, Mwele. Jaunde, Bene, Ssari. Suga. Tschamba (z), Were. A Bulu. Ntum. Mokuk. Mwai. Fang (the vocabulary of the Adamaua dialect Okak are a section of the Fang, closer o the Ful is also given. f to the Ntum) forming a linguistic and Tate (H.R.) The native law of the ethnological group with only dialectical southern Gikuyu of British East etc.. variations. Physical characterAfrica. (J. Afric. Soc.. Lond.. 1910. istics (lighter, almost reddish tint of Ix.233-254, I pl.) Treats of clans (11 skin and finer Hamitic type often seen; or 14); laws of succession (eldest gets also broadnosed; short-headed, darker lion‘s share, all others equal portions type); villages and houses; division after him); criminal law: blood-money of labor; iron-smelting (many tabus for murder, compensation for injuries connected with it); dress and ornament(in goats and sheep); offenses against tation (scarification earlier, tattooing property: damage to crops. stockof recent introduction); polygamy; thefts. arson; offense against sexual religious ideas (soul-cult, wooden anmorality (adultery. rape, seduction); cestral figures; cult o evil and good. f offenses against tribal religion: tres- S o and Ngi. the latter the personipass in sacred grove, sacrilege, snakefication of fire. Huge Sso and Ngi killing; breaking of oaths; crimes figures made of clay, put in holy committed by persons of unsound places and shown only t o initiates); mind (must be compounded by relapreparation of poison: “medicine;” tives); civil law: debts (liability inherspecimen of a proverb (p. 28). The ited). enforcement of decrees now by author’s collections include 58 tales. protectorate courts; marriage-laws (wife 400 proverbs, riddles. etc. A comprebuying) ; property-inheritance (if no hensive monograph on the Pangwe male children exist. goes to eldest is in preparation. brother; widows retain for life own Religionsformen der Pangwe. plots of land); disputes as to ownership (Z. f. Ethnol., Berlin, 1909.XL. 874of property; guardianship of minors 889. 5 fgs.) Treats of the religion of (eldest brother or next of kin or clan); the Pangwe of the southern Cameroons. accidental and intentional injury not northern French Congo and Spanish distinguished; forms of oath, afirCongo (sub-tribes Mvele. Jaunde. mation and ordeals: 3 oaths. red-hot Eton. Bene. Bulu. Ntum. Mvai. Fang, knife on tongue, witch-grass in eyes. Mokuk). Ideas about lice and the etc.; legal procedure and constitution soul (detailed dualism; scheme on p. of courts (elders; council o elders), etc. f 778); good side and bad side of things; On p. 236 is given the Southern Kikuyu shamanism; ancestor-worship and skullcult; ancestral legends; huge figures legend of their own origin and that of erected on ground in connection with the Kamba and Masai. Heidensprachen Adamauas. f. Ethnol.. Berlin, 1910, XLII. 444-488.) Tepowa (A,) CHAMBERLAIN] PERIODICAL LITERATURE Siabusu’s kraal on the Chikuni. N. W. t h e Ngi and Sso cults. also bokung Rhodesia. with versions of the same and elong “bad” and “good.” story from Chasha’s village (Renje Thomas (N. W.) Decorative a r t among dialect) on t h e h’guerere river; also t h e Ed-speaking peoples of Nigeria: I. versions of the tale “Nseyandi” (“I Decoration of buildings. (Man. Lond.. do not want”) from the Chikuni river 1910. 65-66, I pl.. z fgs.) Treats of x. region. Father T. thinks t h a t these scroll-work. concentric circles. triangles. “saved child“ tales “look notably like animal figures, etc. In the extreme vestiges of Moses’ story.” The records N. E. of Ifon. occurs a curious pattern of the Tonga stories were made on the giving a sort of “jig-saw” effect. Some phonograph and t h e translations a r e of the native names of patterns are quite literal. “tortoise shell,” ”zoo mark,” “palm Tremearne (A. J. N . ) Pottery in northleaf.”-but they are generaly termed ern Nigeria. ( M a n , Lond.. 1910.x simply oba, i. e. “mark.” I n the Edo 102-103. 3 fgs.) Describes rnanufacfamily (of which the Bini is the best tures a s observed b y author in 1909 known and most populous tribe). a t Jemaan Daroro in Nassarawa “there is. on the whole. a marked abprovince. with additional information sence of incised plastic, or laid-on from the potter himself. The clay is ornament.” usually moulded over a n inverted pot; Pottery-making o the Edof sometimes, however. in a hole in the speaking peoples Southern Nigeria. ground. See Thomas (N. W.). Describes the (Ibid.. 97-98, I pl.) - Fifty Hama tales. (Folk-Lore, various stages in the processes of manuLond.. 1910. X X I , 1w-215. 351-365.) facture a t Utekon in the Bini country First two sections. English versions a n d at Sabongida (large pots only) in only of 18 tales obtained in 1908-1909 Ora. In Benin city pots a r e made with fromseveral illiterate Hausa: Thespider. As a rule human figures on them. the hippopotamus and the elephant; pots are more useful than ornamental. The spider, t h e hyena and the corn; Theincest tabu. (Ibid.. 123-124.) The malari (magician), t h e spider and Notes that in more than one place in the hyena; How t h e spider outwitted Southern Nigeria (Agbede. especially). the snake; T h e snake and the dove although marriage between sisters and outwit t h e spider; T h e spider has a brothers was prohibited, sexual interfeast; How t h e spider obtained a course was “exceedingly common.“ feast; T h e spider outwitted by the In the case of a man who had sexual tortoise; T h e spider and the rubber intercourse with his mother, he was baby; T h e jackal’s revenge o n t h e treated by her a s a n infant for 3 months. spider; T h e lion, t h e spider. and t h e a n d the second son took his place as hyena; T h e cunning spider and his t h e eldest child. This is a most interbride; How spiders were reproduced; esting example of “birth-simulation.” How the woman taught the spider T h e only kind of avoidance practiced cunning; T h e hyena, the scorpion and at Agbede is between bride and bridethe ram; T h e ungrateful hyena; T h e groom. girl who prevented the beast from Thompson ( R . C.) Three Bisharin folkdrinking; T h e cunning h e goat. the tales. (Ibid.. 99-102.) Native texts, hyena and the lion. W i t h t h e Hausa f with translation and notes o three the lion is t h e king of beasts, but brief stories (Uncle teaches nephew to really no match for the crafty spider; steal; ghoul and woman (woman gets the hyena is t h e buffoon of t h e animal bread from ghoul, who eats her chilworld; t h e dog is n o t very clever; the dren); Two brothers and ghoul), told elephant is wise; t h e jerboa is next b y a Bishartn boy of the H e r h o to the spider in cleverness. According f Odeano mountain region o t h e Eastern to the author, ”many of t h e other tales Sudan. refer to t h e unfaithfulness of wives. Torrend (J.) Likenesses of Moses’ and are hardly fit for publication.” story in the Central Africa Folk-Lore. (Anthropos. S t Gabriel-MSdling. 1910. Volkerstamme (Die) im Norden DeutschOstafrikas. (Globus. Brnschwg.. 1910. v. 54-70.) Gives native texts and XCI‘II. 153-157, 7 fgs.) Resumes d a t a translations (with notes) of the tale of in M. Weiss’s Die Volktrslamme i m “Uancisa Ngoma” (“Drum you have Nordcn Dcufsch-Osfafrikas (Berlin, h u r t me”) a s told by two girls from A H . ANTH.. N. 5.. 1-45 A M E R I C A N ANTHROPOLOGIST [N.S , 12, I910 . 1910). treating of the Wahima (or Watussi), W’anjambo (M’apororo. Wahutu). Waganda. Waheia. Wageia (Waka-virondo), Bakulia. Masai. Wandorobbo. In this resume the Bakulia are considered (dwellings. clothing and ornament. weapons, circumcision. occupations. marriage. etc.). Weeks (J. H . ) Anthropological notes on the Bangala of the Upper Congo River. (J. Roy. Anthr. Inst.. Lond.. 1909, XXXIV. 416-459, 3 fgs.) Part 11. treating of writing (message-tokens. credit-tokens. knot-counting. notchtally). astronomy (divisions of day and night, star-names. milky way a s rain-sign, eclipses, new moon. astral superstitions). arithmetic (ordinal and cardinal numerals, use of fingers in counting 1-12, toes rarely used). currency and value (brass rods). weights and measures (sleeps, position of sun. a ”paddling.” arms-fathom), trade (exchange of various merchandise and manufactured products between person and person, town and town, and even between districts; slave-labor; no markets and no marketplaces; credit, dunning. wife seized by creditor; trade language), property (land owned by men, women, children. if cleared for farms, also slaves bought or inherited; river joint-property of town for fishing purposes; money lent and borrowed; right in palm-trees by planting or inheritance; slaves held property by master’s permission), inheritance. slavery. government (no great paramount chiefs; each town had its set of families and each family its mala or head, t h e eldest son; in a district usually a chief appointed b y all the town to a c t a s judge), justice and crimes (blood revenge. theft. homicide; drunkenness and madness no excuse; retaliation in kind; jury trial), organization (houses and villages; family“those who sit around t h e same fire”; birth only membership of t h e tribe), kinship (hazy ideas of relationship, list of terms in Lutoba and Intongi). marriage (young girls and even babies betrothed. wooing and bride-gifts. polygamy when can be afforded. punishment of husband for Ill-treatment. virgins rare above age of five, divorce, forbidden degrees). family (status of child depends on freedom or slavery of one or both parents. blood-brotherhood a n d milk-brotherhood), widows (really none. because they become wives of the heir), morals (words for good a n d bad, lau and bi, have wide range of meaning; public reprobation visited upon doers of wrong acts when clumsily performed; death and disease abnormal states produced by witchcraft and fetishes of enemies; adultery a personal injury), sexual relations (free access from early age to puberty, after t h a t restrictions iipon girls; illegitimate children; masturbation; bestiality; sodomy common), death and burial (causes of death; decoration of bodies of important persons; coffins often made out of old canoes; mourning rags; three kinds of graves; slave-killing in former times; funeral rites; treatment of suicides. personal ornaments (painting and decking out of pregnant woman)., metallurgy (social position of smith high; fire not t o be polluted); fire (new fire, extinguishing fire); food (mud-eating; European salt avoided); cannibalism; narcotics (sugar-cane wine); hunting and fishing. Werner (A.) Some recent linguistic publications. (J. Afric. Soc.. Lond.. IQIO. 289-310.) Reviews and critiques of Edgar’s A Grammar of the Gbari Language. elc.. Chatelain’s Thonga Pocket Dictionary, Steam’s Kleinc Fullah-Grammalik. Kotz’s Grammalik dcs Chasu. Raum’s V n s u c h einer Grammaiik drr Dschagga-Spache (Moschi-Dialekl). Meinhof’s Die Sprachen dcs dunklcn Wellleils. Brockelmann’s Pricis de Linguislique SCmiliquc, etc. Recent progress in t h e classification of African languages is noted. T h e similarity in grammatical structure between t h e members t h e “Bantu family” is striking, even where great diflerence in vocabulary exists. The “Negro group” m a y represent a n earlier stage of development t h a n Bantu. Meinhof believes t h a t ”Bushman is built upon a inonosyllabic basis, and belongs to t h e Sudanese family.” Wiedemann (A.) Agyptische Religion 1906-1909. (A. f. Religsw., Lpzg.. Reviews and 1910. X I I I . 344-372.) critiques of works by Naville, Erman, Amblineau. Petrie. Foucart. etc.. on general topics; Schneider (ancient Egyptian culture and ideas); Massey (Hamitic origin of Egyptian. A F n and Semitic mythology and religion); Issleib. Meyer. Jeremias (Egyptian and Jewish religions); Daressy. Weill. v. CHAMBERLAIN] PERIODICAL LITERATURE Chnorhali and St. Nerses Lambronatsi. Bissing. Davies. Baertsch. Naville. of the 12th century. T h e chief types Loret, etc., dealing with special deities, represented in t h e miniatures are deideas of monotheism, etc.: Mader. Otto. scribed with some detail. Some Aron cults and priesthood; Sethe. Lacau, menian Mss.. prior t o 1000 A. D. are Pierret. Davis, Loret. etc. (Osiris and listed and briefly considered on pages related topics); Meyer. Moret. Schafer. zgz-z97. T h e rest of the first article Garstang. Pieper. Newberry, etc.. on deals with t h e miniaturists and the graves, grave-gifts, amulets. magic, etc. schools of miniature. The second artiWitte (A.) Zur Trommelsprache bei den cle gives a list of ancient convents and Ewe-Leuten. (Anthropos. St Gabrielilluminators who have worked in them; MMling. 1910. v. 50-53. I pl.) Dealso (pp. 347-364) a chronological list, scribes briefly the drum-language of the from 1019 A.D. t o 1795 A.D.. of Ewe (borrowed from the Ashanti; the known illuminators. etc. T h e Indjuphrases belong to the Tshi dialect) djian aismovurkh is “a perfect typeof with seven specimen sentmces. The the Armenian illuminated Ms.” key-note is “drum as you speak“; Aus Kurdistan. (Globus. Brnschwg.. long syllables are struck long, short r g ~ o X C V I I . 366368.) RGsum6s data . short; on the “male” drum with the in Capt. B. Dickson’s account of his right hand, high tones on the “female“ travels in t h e parts of Kurdistan lying d r u m with t h e left hand lower. Only east of the Tigris. in the Geographical a few individuals in each village know (Vol. XXXV.. 357-379). Journal t h e ”drum language.” T h e “drum Physical character (a “Semitic” Fype language” is a sentence-language. not is marked in t h e south). tribal divisions, a mere collection of conventional village. agriculture. manners and signals. customs, religion. family-life. of the Work (M. N.) African agriculture. I. Kurds and “Assyrians,” etc. I t s origin and early history. (So. Wkmn.. Hampton. Va., 1910. xxx~x. A s h (P.) Della differenza fra la grammatica e scrittura araba e la gram615-618.) Treats of legends dealing matica e scrittura siriaca. (Anthrowith the origin of agriculture (Fjort pos. St Gabriel-Madling, 1910. v, attribute its origin to children: Swahile 444-453.) This Italian translation story o tobacco: Fjort and other f from Arabic is a n extract (6th session) f legends o Earth a s mother of all from the debate between Elia Bar-scina. things). prayers and devices for rain, Nestorian Bishop of Nisibi, Mesopoceremonies connected with the hartamia, and t h e Vizir Abi Alkasim Alf vesting o crops, sacrifices t o harvest hiisein ibn Ali Almagribi. on the difdeity, festivals of “the new yam,” etc. ference between Arabic and Syriac Agriculture is very ancient among the grammar and writing. from a book left Africans and widespread over the by the Bishop. T h e Bishop maincontinent; agricultural implements are tains the superiority of Syriac and few and simple. the greater beauty, exactness. and utility of Syriac writing as compared with ASIA Arabic. Abdullab (S.) el (Macler (F.) c t u d e s sur Babylonian legal and business documents. la miniature armenienne. (Rev. des (Rec. of Past, Wash.. 1910,IX. 84-88. fit. Ethnogr. et Sociol.. Paris, 1909. 11, 6 fgs.) Notes and extracts from the 280-302,345-366.5 pl.. 15 fgs.) Treats Babylonian documents published by of Armenian miniature a s represented the University of Pennsylvania,in the Indjudjian Ms.. of t h e 17th Babylonian Expcdilion. Vol. 1’1, Pt. z . century (1683), now in the collection Bade (W. F.) A Semitic discovery in of M. lndjudjian of Paris (it came from Rome. (Amer. Antiq., Salem, Mass., Sivas. the ancient Sebaste. in Asia Notes on ex1910. X X X I I . 115-117.) Minor). T h e Ms. is a n aismauurkh. cavation of t h e second Syrian temple containing t h e lives of the saints (beginning of 4th century A.D.) on (Armenian; Greek; Latin u p to the the Janiculum, “devoted to t h e worship 6 t h century; Syrian). the greater part of a Syrian Baal. in one of t h e composite being Greek and the martyrology forms which foreign cults usually reaching to the 10th century,-to all assumed in a Roman environment.” this are added the lives of S t Nerses Baron Budberg (R.) Aus der Mand- A MERlC.4 N ANTHROPOLOGIST IN. 5.. I S . I 9 1 0 schurci. Die Chunchudzen. (Globus. Brnschwg., 1910. X C V I I , 119-153. 168-173. 2 fgs.) Treats of the Chunchudzes ("red beards"), robber-bands or "cossacks." of the northern frontier of t h e Chinese empire. their depredations. the Chinese efforts a t repression, methods of punishment (torture, beating. fettering of various sorts, beheading. strangling). with details of a n execution, etc. Chinesiche Prostitution. ( I bid.. 317-319.) Treats o prostitutes in f China, their origin. distribution, conProstitutes by ditions of life, etc. free will and for their own "benefit" are very few. T h e chief source is the sale of children by their parents in tinies of need, etc. They are closely connected with public houses and the stage. Prostitution is really not 50 wide-spread in China a s in Europe and is most prevalent (as are sexual disseases) in places open t o international trade. T h e large Chinese brothels resemble the "Tingeltangel" of Germany. Zur Charakteristik chinesischen Seelenlebens. (Ibid.. 1910. X C V I I I I I 1-1 1 3 . ) Notes on psychology of the Chinese: Confucianism a s satisfactory substitute for religious system. crime and i t s causes (due in part t o lack of consolatory faith), paralyzing effect of schools, toleration (remarkable), soullore. folk-medicine, ancestor-cult. Becker (C.) Die Nongkrem-Puja in den Khasi-Bergen. Assam. (Anthrcpos, S t Gabriel-MCidling. 1909. I V . 892-902. 5 pl.) Treats of the great yearly ceremony of Nongkrcm-Puja. or goat-killing of the Khasis of Nongkrem in t h e mountains near Shillong. T h e preparations, sacrificial, ceremony itself. and the festival afterwards a r e described with some detail. The religious and social ideas and customs of t h e matriarchal Khasis a r e revealed in this great rite, which is usually celebrated in May. Bertrand d e Chazand (-) L a mission d e Lacoste dans la Mongolie septentrionale. (Bull. Soc. d'Anthr. d e Paris, 1910. V l e s.. I. 127-133.) Notes on the d e Lacoste expedition of 1909 in northern Mongolia. Ourga (the L a m a city, o "the living God"), ruins of Karakof rum in t h e valley of the Orkhon. Ouliassontai. Kobdo. etc. At Ourga anthropometric measurements were taken in detail of 80 Mongols. I n t h e discussion, M. Deniker cited t h e MongolKalmucli proverb "Ears a r e deceitful, eyes truthful." Bhutan (Globus. Brnschwg.. 1910.X C V I I , 98.) Brief resum6 of article b y J. C. White in t h e Geographical Journal for January, 1910. W. finds a m o n g t h e better classes of the Bhutanese 3 different types (a broad-, pleasant-faced, "rather French in character"; a "Semitic"; a n oval- and fine-faced). Boerschmann (E.) Architektur- und Kulturstudien in China. (Ztschr. f . E t h no].. Berlin. 1910. XLII, 390-426, 23 fgs.) Gives results of author's ininvestigations in 1906-1909 ( 1 4 Chinese provinces were visited). Notes o n Chinese wall. palaces, a n d temples. flux of Chinese population, classes of society, seclusion, philosophy of Laotze. Chinese and Buddhist conception o f universe, diagrams, temple of heaven in Pekin. pagodas, temple of T'aiehan in Shantung, Confucius temple in Wan hsien in Szech'uan, dragonfigures. plans of Chinese cities. holy mountains (5 old Chinese: T'aishan. 'Hengshan. 'Huashan, Sungshan. 'Heng shan; and 4 Buddhistic), rock a n d cave temples (the sign for spirit is composed of those for man a n d mountain), family-graves and their characteristic architecture, altars, ancestor worship and cult of t h e dead, etc. Chinese basal ideals a r e t h e vastness and unity of conceptions, fundamental male and female forces in universe, 8 diagrams (rhythm and harmony), unity of man with nature. Buddhaghosa's Burlingame (E. W.) Dhammapada Commentary, a n d t h e titles of its three hundred a n d ten stories together with a n Index thereto, and a n Analysis of Vaggas I-IV. (Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts and Sciences, 1910. x1.v. 467-550.). Brief analyses a r e given of 14 stories in Bk. I, g in Bk. 11, 9 in Bk. 111. and 1 2 in Bk. IV. f Burne (C. S.) Occult powers o healing in t h e Panjab. (Folk-Lore, Lond.. 1910, XXI. 313-334.) Based on data collected by H. A. Rose. T r e a t s of cure by touch or contact (direct a n d indirect) with certain persons (fishermen. Jars. Brahmans. fakks. "descendants of t h e Prophet"), special healings by touch, healings by contact w i t h t h e tombs of saints, shrines, etc.. drinking t h e water of sacred wells, going into CHAMBERLAIN] PERIODICAL LITERA T U R E sacred groves. cures by breathing on the patient, cures by voice, charms. incantations. formulas, amiilets. cures hy combined virtues of healer and words (specimen incantations for bites o snakes and stings of scorpions, pp. f 399-331). written charms. etc. In much o t h e folk-medicine of t h e Panjab f the sympathetic or symbolic rite is secondary, t h e essential element of magic being ”the occult power (the ‘virtue,’ the mana) of t h e wonderworker, or of t h e words or materials (plants. water and so on) used by the ‘cunning man.’ ’‘ CadiPre (L.) Sur quelques faits religieux ou magiques observCs pendant une CpidCmie d e chol6ra en Annam. (Anthropos. St Gabriel-Modling. 1910.v. 51g-528.) First section of account of Annamese superstitions and religious ideas and practices in time of a cholera epidemic (supplication to Heaven, vows, offerings to dead, cult of t h e spirit of a boundary-stone, etc.) and discussion of the data. Chemali (B.) Naissance e t premier age a u Liban. (Ibid., 734-747. 3 pl.) First part of account of the ideas and practices of the people of the region of Lebanon (Syria) concerning birth and childhood. Sterility and conception (sterility a dishonor, diet of pregnant woman, divination for birth of son; pregnant woman fecundates fruit-trees), birth (mid-wife. ceremonials. son preferred), cradle, naming the child (lucky and unlucky names), suckling, sanitary and curative procedures, superstitious practices (evils due t o bachelors, old maids, menstruating women; evil eye; dentition, dreams, good and bad auguries). amulets. etc. Ctawshay (A.) An Armenian household. (Oxf. & Cambr. Rev., Lond.. 1909. NO. 7. 61-65.) Treats c h i d y of bridal chamber and contents in house of banker in a town of Asia Minor. Dahmen fF.). T h e Kunnuvans or Mannadis, a hill-tribe of the Palnis. South India. (Anthropos. St Gabriel-Modling, x g ~ o .v. 32-327. 2 fgs., 4 pl.) Treats of caste subdivisions, villages (usually in some deep, broad valley), houses (like those o the plains,) diet f (chiefly vegetarian; animal food rare and reserved for feasts; Sinna Kunnuvans c a t rat-snake and short jackal), dress (that of women only calls for special notice), occupation (agriculture chiefly, both sexes). cattle. village officials (each village has its chief, with his mandiri or “minister.” i. e.. helper), village assemblies, religion (greatly resembles that of plains; Subramaniyan and l’uleiyar. sons of Siva. chief objects of worship; temples). origin-legend, marriage and marriage-rites (every man has claim to paternal aunt’s daughter; child-marriage. polygamy, marriageceremony. bride-price, pouring of water. tying of the tali or neck-jewel. divorce easy and common, door-post marriage,-leads t o prostitution). etc. Most of Father D.’s d a t a relate t o Periya Kunnuvans whom t h e Jesuit missionaries are now seeking t o evangelize. Daniel (C.) Armenische Msrchen. (2. d. Ver. f. Volksk.. Berlin, 1910. xx, 74-7% 323-326.) German texts only of 5 Armenian tales (recorded in Constantinople from a youth of Agn on the Euphrates. who heard them from his grandmother: T h e imprisoned boy, T h e horseof Kaimakam (pp. 74-76). The boy with t h e golden hair (pp. 76-78). the wise magician (pp. 323325). T h e covetous man. T h e first is the “Dreamseer” in Chalatianz’s collection of Armenian,talesand legends; the second belongs with Grimm’s “ D e Gaudeif un sien Meester”; t h e third with “Grindkopf” a n d t h e fourth with “Doktor Allwissend.” Fiinfundnvanzig georgische Dim (A.) Volkslieder. (Anthropos, St GabrielMSdling. 1910. v. 483-512.) Gives native text. translation, and music of n g Georgian folk-songs selected from publicationsof J. G. Kargaretheli (1899) and D. Araqischwili (1905). t h e collection of the latter having been intended for the public schools of Titlis and Kutais. Georgian folk-songs include “table-songs.” love-songs (very numerous), harvest-songs, etc., worksongs. lullabies. etc.. the characteristics of which are briefly noted. I n the 25 songs the Gurians. M ingrelians. Kartvelians. Kachetians. Imerians. etc., are represented. Dodd (Isabel F.) A n ancient capital. XXI. (Nat. Geogr. Mag., Wash.. 1910, 111-124, I I fgs.) Treats of t h e ruins and sculptures of Bogbaz Keouy. a modcrn Turkish village in northern Cappadocia. b u t in t h e 16th a n d 15th centuries B. C. a great fortified city A M E R I C A N ANTHROPOLOGIST [N.S . 12, 19x0 . of the Hittites. The Hittite doubleeagle, figure of Amazon, pictured rocks (two galleries with remarkable series of figures), secret passages and tunnels. cuneiform clay tablets (still undeciphered).-some in Hittite, some in Assyrian. but no bilinguals are considered. According to Prof. D.. “Assyrian cuneiform claimed more importance and a greater vogue than did Latin, since for 3000 years and more it was the lanxuage of commerce and literature among all the civilized nations of the world.” Forder (A.) Excavated Jericho. (Rec. of Past, Wash., 1910. I X , 202-207. 5 fgs.) Notes on the hovels of sundried bricks, remains of a small citadel, Canaanitish wall (possibly the original wall of the city), pottery. primitive hand-mills, door-hinges. skeletons under foundations, etc. Forrest (G.) The land of the cross-bow. (Nat. Geogr. Mag., Wash., 1910, =I. 132-156, 16 fgs.) Treats of, the Upper Salwin basin in Burma. from whence the Lissoo race are thought to have spread N. E.. E.. and S. over Yunnan and parta of N. W. Szechuan.-the cross-bow, with poisoned arrows, is their characteristic weapon. Contains notes on women’s ornaments, ropebridges, cross-bow and its use. Lissoo character, food (rice a luxury, wildhoney staple), houses, etc. Franke (0.) Die religionswissenschaftliche Literatur iiber China seit 1900. (A. f. Religsw.. Lpzg.. 1910. X I I I , 1x1152.). Resumes and critiques of publications on Chinese religion. The works of J. J. M. de Groot. DvGrAk. Parker, Grube. Giles. Heigl on Chinese religions in general. and Courant (Corean). Finot (Chams), Gilhodes (Kachins); Courant (monotheism), Chavannes (sun-god), Farjenel (ancestor-worship, imperial cult), Havret (“heaven-lord”); Tschepe (cult-places and sancuaries of Confuctius. etc.). M o d e (Confucian sacrifice. musicial instruments); Haden, Edkins. Hattori Kingsmill, (Shuncius) ; Maclagan, Tsussaint, Hartmann. Ular. Heysinger, Giles, Sueuki and Carsus. Faijenel. on Taoism and Lao Tze; Parker, Watter Chavannes. Huber. Takakusu. Suzuki, Richard, Carus. Pelliot. Laufer (on Uigur Buddhistic literature) Franke. on Buddhism, etc.; Griinwedel. Laufer. on Lamaism; Williams. Magel. Macgowan. Grube, Stem. Box, Walshe. Dols. Volpert, Carus. Betts (Miaotse). on ;folk-religion ond folklore; Miiller. v. le Coq. Bonin. Havret, Tobar. Pelliot. Laufer. on foreign religions (M&nWm. Manichaeism Nestorianism. Judaism, etc.) in ancient China. Friedllinder (I.) Zur Geschichte der Chadhirlegende. (Ibid.. 92-110.) Treats of the origin of the Chadhir legend, name (AI-Chadir, “the green one,” the sea-demon into whom the cook of Alexander the Great w a s changed), the relationship of the tale (Pseudo- Kdlisfhencs. rabbinic legends of Elijah, the Koran; Christian traditions; Oriental. particularly SouthArabian and Abyssinian, identification of Chadhir with Melchisedek; genealogies of Chadhir; relationship to Messianic legends and ideas; identification with St George and with the Wandering Jew). Alexanders Zug nach dem Lebensquelle und die Chadhirlegende. (Ibid.. 161-246.) Treats in detail the march of Alexander the Great in search of the fountain of life (the fountain episode occurs in his letter to his mother Olympias and his teacher Aristotle) and the legend of Chadhir. The Pseud+Knllislhenes (the work from which Alexander-legends of all times and lands have borrowed; here the fountain-march legend appears for the first time). the Talmud (the Babylonian Talmud enlivens the legend with a tale of his finding of Paradise). the so-called Homily of the Syrian bishop, Jacob Sariig (d. 521 A.D.; this is a metrical version of the Syrian Alexander legend. which arose ca. 514-51.5 B. C.), the Koran (cf. Sura 18. verses 59-63 and verses 82 ff.. where borrowings from the Syrian legend have taken place). Chadhir and the cook of Alexander, etc.. are discussed. According to F.. “the Syrian form of the legend of the fountain of life is the bridge that unites not only the legend of the Pseudo-Kallisthencs but also the Glaukos legend with the Mohammed Chadhir-idea” (p. 237). In the gradual expulsion of the heathen elements of the fountain of life legend the Glaukos-Chadhir sea-demon lost hia identity and was almost forgotten. Later he is raised from the humble position of cook or servant of Alexander CHAMBERLAIN] PERIODICAL L I T E M T V R E and becomes his vizir. and gradually overshadows the great Macedonian himself, and so assumes a n integral r6le in t h e oriental Alexander-legends, Gaudin (P.) Regnault (F.) Une paire ct de lunettes antiques. (Bull. SOC. d’Anthr. d e Paris, 1910. vie 5.. I. 7-8. I fg.) Brief description of an ancient pair of glasses of the doublemonocle type from the excavations a t Smyrna. They probably are intrusive and n o t really “ancient.” Spekulation und VolksGilbert (0.) glaube in der ionischen Philosophie. (A. f. Religsw.. Lpzg., 19x0, X I I I . 306332.) Treats of speculation and folk-belief in the Ionic philosophy. Pantheism and monism, cosmogonic ideas, conceptions of deity (particularly G. concludes t h a t in Heraclitus. ”the Ionic doctrine of deity and of deities was not a break with folkbelief, b u t a n attempt to comprehend and base this more firmly.” Gilhodes (C.) L a culture materielle des Katchins. Birmanie. (Anthropos, St Gabriel-Modling, 1910,v, 615434.) Treats of habitat, tribal and social divisions (5 principal families; 2 classes (Duni. seigneurs, and Tdral ni. commoners.) origin (from North, probably some part of Tibet; origin-legend). physical characters, clothing and ornament. head-dress. food (women cook, but sometimes men and even children; 3 meals a day; meat favorite), drink (water chiefly; also fhye or beer, and brandy obtained from Chinese and Shans). tobacco (chewed; a few men smoke; no snuffing; betel), opium (use widespread), travel and hospitality, dwellings (form, construction, site, house-festival, decoration, furnishing, barns, etc.). disposition of village, fire (bamboo-friction; fire-place in center of each chief room; exorcism of the nal of fire and legend of its origin), etc. Gibt es einen Berg Goldstein (-) Ararat? (Globus. Brnschwg.. 1910. XCVII. 19-191). Points out t h a t in Hebrew Ararat refers to a region or country not a mountain, and questions Sven Hedin’s recent use of t h e term “ M t Ararat.” Grimme (H.f ifber rinige unbegrilndete Vorwiirfe des Korans gegen die Juden Jathribs. (Anthropos. S t GabrielMCidIing. 19x0.v. 529-533.) Discusses Sum 4.48 and Sura 2.98 of the Koran in which the Jews are rebuked. The three phrases objected to by t h e Prophet are harmless dialectic forms due t o t h e Aramaic influence o n Arabic spoken by the Jews of Jathrib. No religious offence on their p a r t is connoted by these passages in t h e Koran. Die archaologischen Griinwedel (-) Ergebnisse der dritten Turfan-Experlition. ( Z . f. Ethnol.. Berlin, 1909, XLI. 891-917. zz fg.) R6sumCs the arclieological results of the third Turfan erpedition 1904-1906. T h e various styles of sculptirre. etc. (Gandhara. “horesmen with long swords.” older Turkish, later Turkish, Lamaistic). a r e described and the chief examples discussed, a s represented in the temples, caves. etc. A t Turfan t h e intellectual atmosphere is full of care of “death and devil,” while around Kutsha t h e thing sought after is salvation and t h e exercise of transcendent virtue. Remarkable is t h e poor material underneath these gilded pictures. Wonderful effects were produced in this way. But decay and destruction have also beeneasy a n d one can find a basketcover t h a t was once a Buddha’s halo. Baas (H.) Religion der Japaner 19051908. (A. f. Religsw.. Lpzg.. 1910. X I I I . 373-397.) Reviews and critiques of works o n Shintoism, Buddhism, Confucianism. Publications of Wenckenstern (bibliography) ; Lange. Florenz. Aston. Revon. all treating of Shintoism; Hackmann. Haas. Lloyd, Suzuki. dealing with Buddhistic themes; Inouye, Lloyd. Knox. etc.. on Confucianism and Philosophy. K a m s (E. L.) T h e American Excavations a t Sardes. (Rec. of Past, Wash., 1910, IX.278. fgs.) Note on excavations of April-June. 1910. Probable temple of Cybele discovered; also one of three or four known Lydian tablets; golden trinkets and pottery from the tombs, etc. 3artmann (R.) Damaskus. Lage und Bild einer orientalischen Grossstadt. (Globus. Brnschwg.. 1910, XCVII. 303305.) Briefly describes Damascus, situation. plan. building, etc. X e d (G.) L e Chinois Tchong-A-Sam B Paris. Note e t rapport inedits d e L-F. Jauffret e t d e Le Blond B la Socidtd des Obscrvalcurs de 1‘ Hommc, a n VIII. (Bull. Soc. d’Anthr. de Paris 1909. Ve 5.. X. 171-179, Z fgS.) Publishes with notes t h e reports of Jauffret and L e Blond on Tchong-A-Sam. AMERICAN ANTHROPOLOGIST IN. 5.. a young Chinaman in Paris in 1800. The illusttations are of ethnologic interhaving been brought to Bordeaux as a est. prisoner from a captured English vessel. Junor (K. E.) Curious and character(Ibid.. 791He was not the first Chinaman seen in istic customs of China. 806. 8 fgs.) France. The presence of one Chin-FoTreats of great forces of life (belief in a n omnipotent force. not Tsung is noted in 1687 and one named always a person); deep sense of retriHoang married and died in Paris, 1716. bution. inevitable for a l l men; reverHiggins (F. C.) A Chinese bronze tablet ence; sense o filial obligation); form o f f of the Sung dynasy. (Amer. Antiq., government (an imperial democracy); Salem. Mass.. 1910. X X X I I . 41-44.) literature (scholars rule; the “superior Describes. with translation of inscripman” corresponds to our “good man”); tion (ca. 976 A. D.), a tablet in the dignity of correspondence ; position of possession o Mr D. Proskey of New f the sexes (woman degraded); etiquette York. The text is in “seal” characof the table; Orient and Occident; deliters. and refers to the erection of a cacies of the table; inventions and memorial urn to the Emperor Tai artistic and industrial skill: view of the Tsung. foreigner; ancestral worship and fear Some NBga customs Hodson (T.C.) of devils; the logic of the Chinaman and and superstitions. (Folk-Lore. Lond.. his spirit zone; driving out dwils; 1910.X X I , 296-312.) Treats of “men’s power of money; exalted ideas emhouses.” eschatological beliefs, cleavage bodied in proverbs. by sex in this world and the next, tabu Karutz (R.) Von kirgisischer Hochzeit of flesh of male animals to unmarried und Ehe auf Mangyschlak. (Globus. girls. treatmmt of children up to Brnschwg.. 1910. XCVII. 37-43, 9 fgs.) puberty, tattooing as a pre-nuptial Based on information obtained in 1909 or quasi-initiatory rite, head-hunting, from an intelligent Kirghiz of Alextests of physical and mental strength, ander fort, named Ura. and adds to distinctions made between the married the information in Pallas. Radloff, and the unmarried; “before and after Schwarz. Lansdell. etc. The Kirghiz marriage.” gcnnos or communal rites wedding really consists of seven with special food-tabus, birth-gcnnes ‘‘ weddings,” or ceremonies of a festal (pp. 308-312). sort. The present ritual and other Hoogers 0.) Theorie et pratique de la performances are a mixture of old pi& filiale chez les Chinois. (Ancustoms and new additions.-unmisthropos. St Gabriel-MBdling. 1910. v. takable relics of bride-theft with com1-15.688-702.4 pl., 2 fgs.) Treats of promises of a more peaceful epoch. filial piety in theory and practice among regulations of patriarchal strictness the Chinese. At pages 604-702 are with the lax concessions of decaying given a translation (and reproduction customs. Although polygamy is a l of illustrations) of the little book on lowed half the Kirghiz are content with The 24 trails of filial piety. Chinese one wife; the rest with not more than practice of filial piety is “external two. rather than spontaneous.” The theory Easi (M.M. D.) Der Kurdenstamm is an apotheosis of the parents. Manggur. (Ibid., 1910.XCVIII. 213Hubert (H.) L’origine des Aryens. 215, P fgs.) Notes on the Kurdish tribe p r o p s des fouilles arnbicaines a u Manggur. south of Saudshbulagh toTurkestan. (L’Anthropologie. Paris, wards the Wesneh mts. Chief, history. 1910, XXI. 51p5z8.1 5 fgs.) Based on nomadism, fighting, duels, religion (all R. Pumpelly‘s ExploTation i n TurkeSunnites). etc. stan: Expedition of 1 ~ 0 4 .Prehisloric Ketkir (S. V.) Inaccurate anthropologic Civililzoions of Anau. elc. (Washingdata regarding India. (Amer. AnTreats of the ton. 1908. z vols.). throp., Wash., 1910. N s, XII, 133-134.) . . pottery of Anau. H. is of opinion that King (L. W.) Transcaspian archeology. the cradle of Aryan civilization was in (Nature, Lond.. 1910. LXXXIII. 157Asia and perhaps south of Turkestan. 159. 3 fgs.) Resumes R. Pumpelly’s Huntington (E.) The fringe of verdure aExploralions i n Turkestan: Erpcdilion round Asia Minor. (Nat. Geogr. Mag.. of 1004. P r e h i s h i c Ciuiiizolia of Wash.. 1910. xxI. 761-775. 1 5 fgs.) Anau (Wash.. 1908). K. regards P.’s Contains notes on the region and people suggestion of such dates as 8000 B. C. of Girmeh. Kuzzililar, Adana. etc. CHAMBERLAIN] PERIODICAL L I T E R A T U R E 68 I for the beginning of the Neolithic settlement a t North Kurgan as "wholly fanciful." Kohlbach (B.) Spuren der T5towierung im Judentom. (Globus. Brnschwg.. 1 9 1 0 . XCVII. 237-241.) Cites evidence a s t o t h e former practice of tattooing among the Jews. According t o D r K.. "the lejllin (phylacteries) are t h e most important residuum of former tattooing among t h e Jews"; the hloodsign was probably tattoed on the forehead and right arm of t h e first born son. at the time of the Exodus, etc. In the blood-signs on t h e door-posts. t h e mrsilsah. we have the transference of t h e tattooing to the dwelling. Kohler (K.) Seltsame Vorstellungen und Brauche in der biblischen und rahbinischen Literatur. Ein Beitrag zur vergleichenden Sagenkunde. (A. f. Religsw.. Lpzg.. 1910. X I I I . 75-84.) Treats of the significance of Job. 5. 23 ("stones of the field." etc.). where t h e mandragora-root seems to be referred to, and not. a s some have thought, a semi-human creature; certain customs and ceremonials (symbolic of re-birth or renewal of life) performed among the Jews on occasion of t h e return of one long absent, etc.; marking with blood and t h e phylacteries (the blood-sign belonged t o persons and houses in ancient Jewish times; like the phylacteries they have developed from amulets for the body and for t h e house). See also p. 84. Langenegger (F.) Die Grabesmoscheen der Schi'iten in Iraq. (Globus. BrnschWg., 1910, X C V I I . 231-237. 5 fgs.) Describes the grave-mosques of t h e Shiite Mohammedans in Iraq (Babylonia),-the sanctuary of the Mahdi at Samarra on the Tigris. t h e gravemosques of Kazimejin (near Bagdad), of Hussejin near Kurbela. o Ali in f Meshed Nedjef. etc. T h e architecture of these mosques resembles most that of Persian structures of a like sort. Thecemeteryof the Shiites near Bagdad is also described. Lannelongue (M.) Une fonction s u p plementaire du pied dans la race jaune. (C.R. Acad. d. Sciences, Paris, 1910. U. 503-507.) Treats of use of foot as a prehensile organ among the peoples of t h e yellow race (Chinese. Japanese, etc.). Objects are easily picked up by the toes. Position of feet in sitting, -several varieties. Boatmen "steer with hands and row with feet." Special adaptation of foot for diverse uses,"mice caught alive." Laufer (B.) Zur kulturhistorischen Stellung der chinesischen Provinz Shansi. . (Anthropos. S t Gabriel-MBdling. I 910 v, 181-203.) Gives results of observations during a journey from T'ai-Yuan t o Hsi-an in February, 1909. T h e peculiar character of the culture-zone of Shansi is pointed o u t and t h e need emphasized of the s t u d y of "the geographical differentiations of all phenomena of culture" in China. Of t h e folk in China the most important class for the ethnographer is t h e peasant, the laborer and workman. L. treats in some detail t h e peasant-house of Shansi (construction. ornament. etc.,the "soul" of the Chinese house is not the' hearth but t h e roof), village-arrangement. etc. T h e Chinese house has been decentralized from time immemorial. I t also illustrates well "the non-identity of culture and psyche"; the impossibility of applying t o China the European "genetic" successions o f stone, bronze, iron. etc.. is also indicated. In t h e great c a r of Shansi is t o be seen the primitive t y p e of t h e Chinese wagon. Modern China is built u p on two culture-zones. North and South. T h e North (e. g. Shansi) represents the older. Chinese culture proper (under strong Siberian and Central Asiatic influences); t h e South largely non-Chinese (and under S. E. Asiatic influences). Shansi exemplifies a culture-zone created by local differentiations and foreign historic influences i combination. n Laurentii (I.) Der persische Bauer. (Globus, Brnschwg.. 1910, XCVII. 62-63.) Notes on t h e Persian farmer. I n Persia. agriculture is t h e basis of everything. T h e life of t h e Persian peasant needs t o be made freer. LecIlre (A.) L e Zodiaque Camodgien. (Rev. des E t . Ethnogr. e t Sociol.. Paris, 1909, 11. 159-174, 1 PI.. 4 fgs.) D+ scribes in detail the Cambodian zodiac (the 1 2 feoodos of t h e little cycle, t h e signs of t h e 12 years of the little cycle, the 1 2 signs of t h e solar zodiac, t h e f circle of t h e 27 signs o t h e lunar z d i a c . t h e signs of t h e 1 2 months, etc.). L. thinks t h a t t h e Graeco-Egyptian zodiac may have been brought t o India by the successors of t h e generals A M E R I C A N ANTHROPOLOGIST [N. s., 12, 1910 responsible for t h e ravages of alcohol of Alexander; the Hindu zodiac was in among them). These Lolos tend Cambodia in the 9th century. A. D. t o subbrachycephy or mesaticephaly - L’Almanach Cambodgien e t son (brachycephalic I. sub-brachycephalic calendrier pour 1907-r908. (Ibid.. 9,mesaticephalic 7,sub-dolichocephalic 367-373.) Treats o the Cambodian f 2 ; average 80.2); stature ranges from almanac and calendar for 1907-1908, ”the year of t h e serpent, t h e ninth of 1,560 t o 1,780 mm.. average 1.684; color o skin close to brunette white, f t h e little cycle,” with translation of t h e Cambodian original. when not bronzed by wind and sun; Legendre (A. F.) Far West Chinois. eye-color chestnut 3.1; t h e fore-arm is well-developed. Besides t h e Lolos of (R. d e Kientchang. Les Lolos. fine stature, there are t o be found I’ec. d’Anthr. d e Paris. 1910. xx, 185among them (outside of Chinese 205. 7 fgs.) Based on personal observation, etc.. of the Lolos o western f milis) two other types: a) a rare, markedly negroid type. b u t with rosy China, 1907-1909. Treats of habitat. tint of face and bronzed color of skin; dwellings, furniture, utensils, etc.; b) a type resembling a. Of these two weaving of woolen garments and maktypes, both small statured (1.500-1.600 ing of “rain-coat”; physical and moral mm.) Dr L. considers a t o represent characters (vigorous and healthy; t h e original inhabitants of t h e southwould make perfect soldiers if they had perseverance; vendettas; slavery mild; western region of China, while b is more allied t o the Negrito. Evidently. a altruistic towards feeble, women, child. good deal of race-mixture has occurred aged, etc.; honest); family. clan, tribe in t h e Lolo country. (family independent. education merely physical. male descent, clan-exogamy. v. Lowis (A.) Eine Umformung der (2. Gregoriuslegende im Kaukasus. feudalism, 3 castes; ordinary theft d. V. f. Volksk., Berlin, 1910. xx. within clan does not exist; intertribal a n d inter-clan robberies; murder by 45-56.) Gives German text of “The f Wanderer out o the river,” a variant member of another tribe causes war; (probably told by a n Armenian) from products of soil belong to cultivator Transcaucasia, of t h e Gregorius legend and not to clan-chief); religious ideas (belief in good and bad spirits, the latter of the “Story of the good Sinner.” Variations from the Latin version occur only being supplicated by shamans. in the absence largely of personal a n d never by the party interested; augury place names, elimination o unnecessary f by scapulum of goat or sheep; traditions detail, subordinate personages, elimi(origin-myths. first man fell from sky; nation of specifically Christian items. deluge-legend,-Sifan. Lolos. and Chif smoothing away o individual characnese descended from 3 sons of brother teristics, incorporation of certain mara n d sister who escaped flood in wooden chm-traits. chest), funeral rites (cult of dead not Marie d e S t &lie (A.) L e culte rendu p a r known before meeting Chinese). etc. les Musulmans a u x sandales d e At pages 199-204 notes on utensils are Mahomet. (Anthropos. S t Gabriel(no pottery of Lolo origin). currency MWling. 1910. v. 3637366. 2 pl.) (none of Lolo provenance). weights and Reproduces, with translat~on.etc.. two measures, clothing, trades and proleaves. obtained with difficulty at fessions, fire-making, modesty (highly Damascus, the first entitled “Descripdeveloped); p. 204. translation of tion of the Sandals of the Prophet.etc.”; Lolo wedding-song. T h e Lolos a r e not t h e second represents one sandal only. a compact nation, only one in process T h e figure of the Prophet‘s sandal is of formation. a talisman against evil, etc. The Les Lolos. e t u d e anthropologiamount of arabesquing around t h e que. (Ibid.. 1910, VI’ S.I. 77-94, sandals indicates t h e respect. love. a n d 3 pl. Gives details of anthropometric veneration in which these relics a r e measurements and descriptions of 19 held. Lolos of t h e upper valley of the Kien M. Aurel Stein’s jungste Forschungen Tch’ang. on t h e river Ngan Ning in Innerasien. (Globus.Brnschwg., (hunters and shepherds, now become 1910.XCVII. 59-62, 74-77.) RCsumCs agriculturists, after the devastation Dr Stein’s explorations of 1906-1908 of their forests, a n a r t taught them in Kashgar. ruins of Tatis (Graecoby t h e Chinese; the latter a r e also CHAMBERLAIN] PERIODICAL JTERATWRE XL. Buddhistic a r t ) , Khadalik (hiss. in Sanskrit. Chinese and "Khotanese. unknown tongue." many wooden tablets in thew and some in Tibetan). ruins i n the oasis of Nija (tablets in Hindu, etc.; from numerous houses explored). Tcharklik. Lopnor (here as elsewhere many Kharuschti documents). ruins of boundary-fortifications (from Anhsi on). "Caves of the thousand Buddhas" (sculptural a r t testifies to relations of India and China during the period of flourishing of Chinese Buddhism),-in this .,asis D r S. discovered many manuscripts. pictures. etc.. of which he was able to obtain a goodly number from the priest of the templc. In the ruins of a n old boundary fort on the hlasartag hill, west of the Jurunkash. a considerahle number of documents (Mss. and tablets) were also found. Meissncr (B.) hlondfinqternisse im Volksglauben der antiken und modernen Babylonier. (Mitt. d. schles. Ges. f. Volksk.. Breslau. 1909 XI. I 13-1 19.) Compares the idea of the eclipse of the moon being due to its oppression by evil spirits. found in the ancient Babylonian records (cited on pages 1 1 6 - 1 1 7 ) . with the Same idea reported by Layard of the natives of this region and confirmed by M . on the spot in 180y-igoo. T h e author considers the modern Arabian account to have been borrowed from the Babylonian original. . Luftfahren im alten Orient. Treats of (Ibid.. 1910. X I I . 40-47.) legends and stories of flying in the ancient Orient. T h e descent and ascent o deities. t h e flight of the soul (in f Parsec and Jewish religion). the "taking up" of Enoch. Elijah. the ascension of Christ. flying by means of wings or on birds (chiefly eagles), etc. A t pages 42-43 is given the description of the flight of the hero Etana. from a n ancient Babylonian legend. The tale o the bird-chariot of Alexander the f Great (in the Pscudo-Kallisfhrncs). the story of the achievement of Achiqar. the wi.w minister of Sanherib (used by Maximus Planudes and known to thc author of the book of Tobit). etc.. are considered. Michow ( H . ) Zur Geschichte der Bekanntschaft mit Sibirien vor Jermak. Alte russische Erzahlung " u b e r die unbekannten \'tjlker der Ostgegend." ( M i t t . d. Anthrop. C e s . in Wien, 1910. 1 - 2 1 . IJ fgs.. 2 maps.) Treats. after Anutschin. the relations of European Russia with Siberia before t h e time of Jermak. with special reference to a Russian account belonging to the 15th century ("On the unknown peoples of the Eastern region." i . c.. t h e Obi country. etc.). found in a Nuvgorod Ms..which has been printed. Nine kinds of Samoyeds a r e treated of in this account: the cannibal Samoyeds; the Samuyeds who shed their skins; the Samoyeds who are shaggy-haired from the navel down. t h e Samoyeds who ha:.e their mouths on top of their heads: the Samoyeds who freeze u p for the winter; the people on the upper Obi who live under ground; the headless Samoyeds. with their mouths between their shoulders and their eyes in their breasts (these shoot out of iron tubes); periple who step deep in the ground. on a lakc where silent trade is carried o n ; mountain Samoyeds. Only iron implements a r e mentioned, acquaintance with the Tungus and other stone and bone using tribes having come later. T h e illustrations t o this paper a r e of interest; also the maps. Montgomery (J. A , ) T h e pronunciation of the "ineffable name" according to a Jewish text in the Museum. (Univ. of Penn. hlus. J.. lyio. 1.2830. 1 fg.) DisC U E S ~ Sthespellingoutof1 ohbc'h ( YohrJh) in the proper name of a man Berechiah (Blessed of Yahu) in a n inscription on a Hebrew incantation-bowl. M .thinks the exorcist "has expressed t h e pronunciation of the ineffable name because of its magical potency." Heiterr (R.) Strassenrufe in Tokyo. X (Globus. Brnschwg.. 1910, C V I I . 325326.) Treats of street-cries in the city of Tokio. Japan. Cries of tinkers and repairers of all sorts, salesmen of various articles, food of all kinds, etc.; cries of buyers (of old or second hand articles. ashes. manure, etc.). M a n y Japanese street-merchants have onomatopoetic cries. T h e Japanese children often call out insulting terms t o Europeans on the street. ITeuer Uber die Lasen. (Ibid.. 1910, X C V I I I , 1 4 3 - 1 4 4 . ) RCsum6s from the Proceedings of the Academy of Sciences in St Petersburg. Prof. Marr's account of his visit t o the Lases. a Grusinian people of the Caucasus. In politics t h e Lases a r e all "Young Turks." Ordinarily they use Turkish in conversation, A M E R I C A N ANTHROPOLOGIST [N.S , 12, I 9 1 0 . leaving their mother-tongue “ t o t h e women.” They are very much Turkized in other respects. Prof. Marr is about t o publish a grammar. dictionary, and chrestomathy of the Tchan or Lasic tongue. O’May (J.) Playing the wer-beast: a Malay game. (Folk-lore, Lond.. 1910, XXI. 371-374.) Describes a favorite game of boys of the Malay Peninsula, Hanlu musang (civet-cat demon), in which a boy is “hypnotized” a n d ”turned temporarily into such a beast by possessing him with the ‘hanlu of the musangs.”’ If kept so for a n hour there is danger of his becoming a real musang. Paradies, SinUIut und die Wiederbewasserung hlesopotamiens. (Globus. Brnschwg.. 1910. XCVII. 123-125.) R&sum6sarticle of Sir W.\h’illcocks in t h e Crographical J o u r n a l (London) for January, 1910, treating o the site o f f t h e Garden of Eden, the deluge, and the possibility of re-watering Mesopotamia. Paton (L.) Some Syrian baskets. (So. Wkmn.. Hampton, Va., 1909, XXXVIII. 657-664, 1 8 fgs.) Describes varieties of baskets made in the Lebanon (shallow baskets for displaying vegetables and fruits, made of unpeeled twigs; large trays for collecting silk-worms, made of light-colored or peeled oziers; woven rush baskets; split bamboo baskets; sewed baskets) with account of t h e process of manufacture of the Damascus t y p e a n d of thesewed basket. Pilsudski (B.) Schwangerschaft. E n t bindung und Fehlgeburt bei den Einwohnern der lnsel Sachalin. Giljaken und Ainu. (Anthropos. S t GabrielMtidling. 1910,v. 756774.) Treats of pregnancy. childbirth, miscarriages, abortion, etc., among t h e Giliaks and Ainu of t h e island of Saghalin. T h e Giliaks have a special “birth-house,“ lan-raf; quiet during the act of giving birth is enforced: no artificial helps are known; new-born children are not called “boys” or ”girls” a t once; natural miscarriages are common; during t h e birth-pains of his wife t h e man “loosens” all he can in the way of dress a n d personal ornaments, and performs other symbolic actions; in the case of twins one is thought t o be a son of the mountain a n d forest god, and twins a r e looked on with fear all their lives, those who die in infancy are feared even more. Among t h e Ainu certain p r e p arations for child-birth taboos a r e in vogue; the birth takes place with t h e woman a t her accustomed place in t h e house, b u t children, young men, a n d sometimes alsoadult menare driven o u t ; massage t o help delivery is practiced and there a r e midwives; the facts of birth are not concealed from children; t h e husband is often helpful and sometimes a c t s a s midwife; women in childbed a r e given special attention, cared for and fed well; likewise t h e child, whose head is “reshaped” by hand-pressure; miscarriages are rare, abortion is much more common among t h e Ainu t h a n among t h e Giliaks; transference of infertility is believed in; menstruation is more irregular than with white women; menstrual blood is thought t o have talismanic qualities. With t h e Ainu there a r e many traces of the time when woman played the chief r61e in Iamily-life. Pinches (T. G.) Discoveries in Babylonia and t h e neighboring lands. (Rec. of Past, Wash., 1910,IX,95-1 12, 2 fgs., map.) Slightly abridged from t h e Journ. of the Trans. of the Vicloria Inst. (Lond.). vol. XLI. with illustrations added. Treats of proto-Elamite discoveries (inscriptions. bas-reliefs, etc.), Bablyonian investigations o recent f years. etc. Rao (C. H.) T h e Gonds of t h e Eastern St. Ghauts. India. (Anthropos. Gabriel-Mtjdling. 1910. v, 791-797.) Based on visit in 1907. Treats of physical features (not Iavored; few with curly hair; no case of woolly hair), divisions (3 strictly exogamous), totemism (each division has many totemistic septs). marriage (before or after puberty; ceremonies; “house sonin-law”; eloping; bride-capture; ref marriage o widows), religion (numerous deities. spirits, demons, etc.; chief gods worshiped a r e Budha Deo a n d Dhula Deo; sacrifices; dead usually burned. Rescher (0.) Weib und E h e in der Spruchweisheit der Araber. (Globus. Brnschwg.; 1910. X C V I I I , 186-188.) Cites numerous Arab proverbs concerning woman, marriage. etc.. from Mohammed ben Cheneb’s Provcrbes d’ Algtric (Algier. 1904-1907),etc. T h e more or less brutal or gallant sensuality of t h e Orient appears in m a n y of them. Of ethnological significance is this: “Let him who loves CHAMBERLAIN] r'C.KlUUILAL --....^.-.r-. . :I T E R A T U R E beauty s e e k a Georgian, who loves cunning a Jewess. who loves quiet a Christian. who loves pride and fancy a Turk, who loves generosity and nobility a n Arab." Ronzevalle (P. S.) Hittite stele from the environs of Restan. (Rec. of Past. Wash.. 1910. IX. 67-69, 4 fgs.) Brief account of a stele of grey local basalt found on the right bank of the Orontes. near Restan, in 1902. and rescued later by the author. This inscribed stone is probably the most southerly Hittite monument of the sort yet discovered. T h e account is translated from the author's original article in the AlC(angcs de la Faculft Orienfalc (Uniu. dr S. Joseph. Beyrouth. Syrie. 1909).by H. M. Wright. Hittite monuments of Arslln-Tbp6. (Ibid.. 69-71.2 fgs.) Treats of four Hittite rclicuos from the little hill of Arslhn-TCpC. a t Orda-Su. a village about a n hour north of Malatia, two representing religious scenes. There is need of careful excavation at Arsl&n-tepb. Rose (H. A,) Folk-medicine in the Panjab. (Folk-Lore, Lond.. 1910, X X I . 83-86.) Items from the Gurgaon district (earth-smelling to test wellwater; hydrophobia-cure, cures of stomach-ache, tumors, etc.; hereditary powers,-in one case among the Rohtak J a t s in the female line; cures for scrofula, boils, cattle-plague. etc.). His& district ("blowing of spells"). Jhilam district (one man "cures" tooth-ache and ring-worm by spells learned from a negro cook in East Africa; amulet for inflamed eyes; charms against evil spirits), Ludhiina district (snake-bite cure). Salt Range (cattle-healing). I n these cures brahmans. fakirs, Koran-reciters, blacksmiths. descendants of saints, children born by the foot-presentation, cattle breeders. etc.. all figure a s healers. - Panjab folk-lore notes. (Ibid.. 216-217.) Items of good and bad luck. concerning birds and animals (owls, blue-jay, shrike, lizards. snakes, king crow bird, fishhawk). sugar-cane, several plants. etc. - Fictitious Kinship in the Punjab. x. Treats (Man, Lond., 1910. 17-21.) of various types of fictitious kinship or fraternal relation: Gang&-bahsis (formed irrespective of caste or sex. by drinking Ganges water together from each others hands, exchange of shawls a t a sacred place; pahrcl among Sikhs is similar; adoption (not common as a religious rite; exchanging g l n a n s or wedding-wristlets and eating rice and milk together by two youths; p a p o f (looser social bond by exchange of pagri or turban); C h k l a r or orhnibadal (for women. corresponding to the paRwal for men); custoinsof women in Delhi. terms for adoptive sisters. etc. The applications of the p a g w a f . etc.. among cattle-lifters and other criminals is discussed. Sand (L.) Jafa. (Glohus. Brnschwg.. ~ g r o . XCVIII, 137-141. I fg.) Describe s,with plan, the city of JaBa (New Testament Joppa). houses. inhabitants, churches, etc. T h e population of some 35-40.000. is very mixed, including 300 negroes. 600 Egyptians, loo Armenians, etc..-the Mohammedans number more than half. Dress is taking on more and more a European aspect. I t is visited yearly by 4.000 tourists and 9.000 to 10,000 pilgrims. Schmidt (E.) u. Bartels (P.) Beitrage zur Anthropologie Siidindiens. (A. f . Anthrop.. Brnschwg.. 1910. N. F.. IX. 90-158, 7 pl.. 3 fgs.) Edited from Ms. of late Dr S. by Dr B. Ethnological introduction (pp. 91-1 1 0 ) treating of European element. Eurasians, Arabs. Persians, Jews (white and "black"). Parsees. Chinese, Burmese. Malays; Aryans, Dravidians, etc.; the historical contact of Indian peoples with others). Pages I ro-158 a r e occupied with anthropological d a t a (descripf tions and details o measurements, etc.) concerning 1 7 Brahmans, 23 Sudras, 23 Wellala. 19 Shanar. 28 Badaga, 2 2 Toda. 2 1 Kota. 28 Paria. 27 Maker. 20 Mal3-Arraan. 30 Kurumbas. 14 Irulas. T h e eyes of the r southern aborigines show shades o brown like t h e skin, and t h e hair is regularly black. Among the Dravidian peoples stature varies from 1,515 mm. (Ullade) to 1.690 (Todas); the cephalic index from 72 (Badaga) t o 79.31 (Wellala). t h e whole range being from 70.4 among t h e Badaga to 81.8 among the Wellala. In cephalic, facial, and nasal indices there is a marked difference between the tribes of the Nilgiri Hills and the great mass of the Dravidian tribes of A M E R I C A N ANTHROPOLOGIST [N.S . 12, I910 . the south, greatest in the nasal index, least in t h e cephalic. von Schultz (A.) Der “Turssuk.” Verkehrs-geographische Betrachtungen a u s dem westlichen Pamir. (Globus. Brnschwg.. 1910. XCVIII. 105-108.) Describe3 t h e nature and use of the furssuk (a raft of inflated sheepskins, resembling t h e old Assyrian raft or skin-float still in use under the name of kcllck in Armenia and Mesopotamia) employed on rivers in western Pamir. Scidmore (Eliza R.) Mukden, the Manchu home, and its great a r t museum. (Nat. Geogr. Mag., Wash., 19 10,X X I . 289-32029 fgs.) Contains notes on people. dress and ornament, shopsigns. city-life, houses and their adornment, Manchu samovar, dragon throne, Kienlung and Kanghsi pottery, porcelain (the most marvellous collection in t h e world). tombs of Manchu ancestors, etc. Shakespear (J.) Manipur festival. (Folk-Lore, Lond.. 1910. XXI. 79-82. I pl.) Describes the Kwak Jatra o r “Crow Festival” a s observed by the author in 1909. I t exemplifies the way in which “customs prevalent before the conversion of t h e people t o Hinduism have been adapted t o the requirements of t h e new faith.” P a r t of t h e ceremony is t h e shooting of RBvan the tenheaded, t h e ravisher of Sita. T h e Manipur story of how he got his ten heads is given on p. 82. - Note on t h e Manipuri “Yek.“ (Man, Lond.. 1910,x. 5 9 6 1 . ) Treats of t h e 7 main divisions of the Meithei population. known a s s a h i or yck. each named after a mythical ancestor, and each subdivided into a large number of sagcis or yumnaks. each of these being named after its founder. Each yck has “a certain flower, animal. etc.. which is preferred by t h e god of the yck and used in his worship.” T h e Manipuri yrk seems n o t t o be a totemistic division. Originally there were g salais or ycks. Stiibe (R.) Oskar Milnsterberg’s “Chinesische Kunstgeschichte.” (Globus. Brnschwg.. 1910. C V I I I . 40-45. 13 fgs.) X Resumes a n d reviews 0. Mfinsterberg’s Chincsischc Kunstgcschichte, Bd. I (Esslingen a. N.. 1910). which treats of a r t of t h e pre-Buddhistic period and of high a r t , painting. and sculpture from t h e third century t o the present time. A second volume is t o deal with archi- tecture and industrial art. Miinsterberg assumes relations of Chinese art with t h a t of t h e West even in t h e stone age (third millennium B. C.) Thompson (R. C.) On some prehistoric stone implements from Asia Minor. (Man, Lond.. 1910, 71-72, 4 fgs.) x. Brief account of two andesite implements from near Angora, a n axehead from near t h e entrance of t h e Soghanli Dere. a b o u t 25 miles west of t h e great mountain Argaeus. and a beautifully polished serpentine axehead bought at the Hittite ruins of Enyuk. I n t h e country between Angora and Eregli a r e scores of tumuli. a n d at Ajemi is “a prehistoric village of stone h u t circles extending for more t h a n a mile down a smaIl valley.” Vaillant (L.) Note sur un berceau sarte. I. (Bull. Soc. d’Anthr. d e Paris, 1910.V’ s. I. 22-23.) Describes a wooden . cradle of the Sartes (the type is common in Russian Turkestan and Kashgaria). its accessories. ornamentation, etc. I t s use induces flattening of t h e occiput, exaggerating t h e brachycephaly prevalent in this region. L e Turkestan chinois. (Ibid., 8-17 . 2 pl.) Treats of country, inhabitants, religion. dress, activities. social life, Buddhist remains (terra-cottas, etc. of Toqquz Sarai). physical characteristics, race-contact, etc. T h e Turkestan M u sulmans have never been fanatics, nor has Islam changed their mentality. still calm and nonchalant. Volpert (A,) D a s chinesische Schauspielwesen in Siidschantung. (Anthropos. S t Gabriel-Modling, 1910, 367-380. v. 8 PI.) Treats of t h e theater in South Shantung, China. Actors professional (despised b y people) and amateur, female companies of players (Ma bantsc h i ) ; t h e stage, representation. costume (true to period), texts of plays (taken mostly from old tales, etc.; comedy, su hi, and tragedy, ku hi. also love-plays, fcnn hi). times and occasions of plays (all classes and for various purposes), theater-attendance, etc. A pp. 377’ 380 t h e acting of a play witnessed b y the author in I907 is described. Weissenberg (S.) D i e kaukasischen J uden in anthropologischer Beziehung. (A. I. Anthrop.. Bmschwg.. 1909,N. F . . V I I I , 237-245, I pl.) Gives results of anthropometric studies (head a n d bodily measurements, cephalic. facial, nasal indices, color of skin, hair, eyes) CHAMBERLAIN] P E R I O D I C A L LI T E RA T U RE of 33 Grusian Jews (also 4 Jewesses). and 20 Mountain Jews. T h e Caucasian Jews a r e brunette, brachycephalic (with tendency t o hyperof Grusian brachycephaly).-stature Jews averages 1.630mm.. t h a t of the hlountain Jews 1.640 mm.; average cephalic index. of former 85, of latter 84.7. The straight nose is the prevalent form. the “.Semitic” type occurring in zo %. D r W. believes t h a t the original Semitic type was dolichocephalic. and inclines to accept the view of von Luschan t h a t t h e Jews had already in prehistoric times mixed with t h e Armenoid Hittites and taken on their physical type. T h e East European Jews owe their characteristic traits (since weakened by mixture of European blood) t o migration through the Caucasus or to mixture of races there. Wbatham (A. E.) T h e origin and significance of t h e worship of the Diana of the Ephesians. (Amer. Antiq.. Salem. X Mass., 1910. X X I I . 35-40.) Discusses the views of Prof. Ramsay. in his article in Hastings’ Dicfionary of f h c Bible on “Diana of the Ephesians.” W. sees in the goddess in question not “the type of the queen bee, a counterpart t o the Diana of the Greeks and Romans.” but “the lustful Semiramis ‘of Western Asia. the Astarte of t h e Hittites. Syrians, and Phenicians. and the Istar of the Assyrians and Babylonians.“ etc. Wbyte ( C . D.) T h e incest tabu. (Man. Lond.. 1910.x. 98-99.) Cites the case of the fertility of the Chinese of the south a s proof of the incorrectness of the statement of Havelock Ellis, cited by M r Aston (see Man. 1909)t h a t “the pairing impulse is not evoked in boys and girls brought up together from infancy.” Wingate (J. S.) Armenian folk-tales. X (Folk-Lore. Lond.. 1910. X I . 217-zzz. 365-371.) English texts only of three tales. T h e foolish man. Brother lambkin, T h e magpie, and his tail. T h e two first are from Bishop Servantzdiantz’s collection of Armenian folk-tales called Monnno (1878). the third from his later work, Hamou Hodov. Zirnmerman (J.) The Samaritan passover. (Rec. of Past. Wash.. 1910.IX, 131-153. fgs.) Describes this ‘Ye16 markable religious feast” a s witnessed by t h e author a t Nablus. on the site of the ancient Shechrm. in April. 1904. Zumoffen ( G . ) Le n6olithique en Ph6nicie. (Anthropos, S t Cabricl-Modling, 1910, v. 143-162, fgs.. 8 pl.) Treats g of the neolithic period in Phenicia (represented by implements of polished stone and crude pottery, here a s clsewhere). T h e ”stations“ of R a s el Kelb, Djaita (caves. etc.). R a s Beyrouth, Harajel (cave), Tartedj (cave with human bones, etc.). T h e paleolithic implenicnts. e. g.. a t R a s el Kalb. seem better preserved often than the ncolithic (a fact d u e to the surface exposure of the latter). For t h e neolithic implements stone foreign t o the Lebanon region was employed. At Ras el Kelb and Ras Beyrouth no remains of fauna have been found; those of DjaIta sePm to ha\.e belonged to species already known t o paleolithic man in this region; no remains of domestic animals have yet been discovered. Ras el Kelb was a place for the manufacture of stone implements, etc. Except for parallel lines in many cases the pottery of Djalta is not ornamented. At R a s Beyrouth is “an indescribable yele-mele” of Iieterogeneous objects.-”bits of Phenician glass, fragments of rarafes. sardineboxes. pieces of locks, ILalian marble, Egyptian granite, etc..”-the refuseheap of ancient and modern times. T h e Harajel grotto was not used for human habitation. INDONESIA. AUSTRALASIA. POLYNESIA. Alexander (W. D.) T h e origin of the Polynesian race. (J. of Race Devel., Worcester, Mass.. 1910. I. 221-230.) Discusses theory of American origin. antiquity of man in Polynesia. Asiatic origin of the Polynesians, Aryan and Semitic theories. etc. According t o A., “the remote ancestor of t h e Polynesixn rare in prehistoric ages dwelt in Northern India,” from whence they spread through Farther India into t h e East Indian Archipelago. driving into the mountains or exterminating t h e aboriginal black races, being themselves afterward “conqucred. amalgamated with, or expelled b y Mongoloid tribes from the mainland of Asia; a subsequent migration of t h e more enterprising to the islands of t h e Pacific, and particularly Polynesia. took place.” O u t side of W. v. Humboldt and H. C. v. d. A M E R I C A N ANTHROPOLOGIST [N. s.. 12. 1910 Gabelentz. t h e author cites authorities in English alone, and seems t o have missed the more recent literature in German, etc. I t is hardly exact to s t a t e (p. 222) t h a t “the natives of the western coast of America a r e among t h e least maritime of known races.” Other inaccuracies of statement also occur. Archambault (M.) Les sculptures e t les gravures sur roches de la NouvelleCal6donie. (Bull. Soc. d ’ Anthr. d e Paris. 1910. VI‘ 5. I. 517-530.) Treats of sculptures and engravings on rocks in New Caledonia: “La Muette” (N6gropo). “Henriette” (Gouenreu). “Cathedre” (BouProu), “Grange“ (valley of Koua). ”Jessie’s stone” (Gouenreu). “Francoise” (ravine of D6-NCva). “Lucien Dubois” (Moneo). “Feillet” (PonCrihouen). Chambeyron ( P t Bogot a ) . “Badimon” (Canala). “Bernier” ( X i ) , “Cent Pierres” (Poro). “Beaudeau” (valley o Dothio). “Jeanneny” f (Fouwary), “Petites Pierres” (Houailo u ) . “Pierre des Mineurs” (Kouenthio). etc. T h e chief figures in these rockcarvings a r e in a sort of relief alternating with t h e hollowed out motif. T h e concentric cross, the spiral, t h e concentric circle, the concentric crescent. the oval (approximate) a r e t h e chief ornamentation,-figures of human beings, often with geometric stylizing, abound. Among animals represented are birds, crocodiles, serpents (no landspecies exists on the island); plants a r e less numerous. Figures of weapons, implements. etc., are also found. “Hieratic symbols” (triangles, ladders. concentric squares, rectangles, etc.) and also “alphabetiform” signs (these are discussed on pages 528-529) a r e likewise represented. T h e origin of these signs of a “letter” sort needs further investigation. Quelques sculptures sur pierre d’origine neo-caMdonienne. (Ibid.. 1909, ve s.. x. 258-260.) Treats of sculptures in relief on stones (the only examples of t h e sort attributed to the Kanakas of New Caledonia), human face. lizard.-found in the territory of t h e Gonde tribe in t h e valley of Huailu. T h e lizard-sculptures may have something t o d o with totemism. Basedow (H.) D e r Tasmanierschadel. ein Insulartypus. (Z. f . Ethnol.. 16 Berlin, 1910. XLII. 1 7 6 ~ 2 7 . fgs.) Based on s t u d y of 126 Australian a n d 36 Tasmanian skulls in t h e Museum o f t h e Royal College of Surgeons in London, etc. (measurements, etc.. a r e given). T h e average capacity of t h e Australian crania is. male 12.87 cc.. female 1145; Tasmanian male 1314. female 1156 cc.; thewhole range being, Australian 1010-1640 cc., Tasmanian 1060-1465 cc. T h e average cephalic index of t h e Australian crania is. male 70.8. female 72.5; Tasmanian male 74.8, female 76.8. T h e Australian cranium is dolichocephalic. t h e Tasmanian mesocephalic. T h e great development of the supraorbital region in the Australian skull is. according to B.. rather secondary t h a n primary or atavistic. Hair of the Tasmanian type is not rare among t h e Australians. 8. holds t h a t t h e Tasmanian w a s originally a genuine Austral type, and has been insularly modified. T h e dingo was probably never in Tasmania; its entrance into Australia even m a y have been subsequent t o t h e separation of Tasmania from t h e mainland. Bean (R. B.) Types o Negritos in t h e f Philippine Islands. (Amer. Anthrop.. Wash., 1910. s..X I I . 220-236. 16 fgs.) N. Biasutti (R.) I Tasmaniani come forma d‘isolamento geografico. (A. p. I’Antrop.. Firenze. 1910.XL. 108-116. map.) Resumes and criticizes recent studies (Grabner. Klaatsch. Frobenius. Thomas, Schmidt, Ling Roth. Turner. Basedow. etc.). I n essentials of race and culture t h e Tasmanians represented a n older type than t h e general Australian, a t y p e preserved by geographical isolation. Craniologically a n d in t h e form of t h e hair t h e Tasmanians differ from t h e Australians. T h e distribution-map (p. 1 1 3 ) shows t h e percentages of skulls broader t h a n high,greatest (84%) in Tasmania. least (9%) in the north of Australia. T h e Australians a r e the more modified a n d less primitive people. Bud (W. H.) Some remarks on t h e grammatical construction of t h e Chowie language a s spoken by t h e Buccaneer Islanders. North-Western Australia. (Anthropos. St Gabriel-Mtidling. 1910. v. 454-456. map.) Brief notes on pronouns (no gender-distinction), nouns (no special form for plural; adjectives of quality follow), adverbs, verb (verb “ t o be” regular, b u t seldom used). These natives have “remarkable initiation a n d other ceremonies. blood- CHAMBERLAIN] PERIODICAL LITERATURE cers. and wajang W O P I ~temple ruins of . drinking customs, and also some interBrambanam and Boro Boetloer. e t c esting legends.” Cole (E. C.) T h e Bukidnoii of MindaBlackenhorn (M.) Vorlage eines fossilen nao. (Amer. Anthrop.. \Vaah.. 1910. Menschenzahns yon der SelenkaN. S.. X I I . 134-135.) Trinil-Expedition auf Java. (Z. f. Conant (C. E.) T h e names oi Philippine Ethnol.. Berlin, I ~ I O X L I I , 337-354, 5 . languages. (.%nthropos. St Gabrielfgs.) Treats of t h e finding of a lower Miidling. 1909,IV. 1069-roj4.) Gives left molar human tooth from the alluexamples of the diversity and uncervium of the Sonde, a stream in the Trinil tainty of usage a s t o the orthography area, its nature and significance. with of some well-known names le. g. a r e p r t of the investigation of t h e Tagalog. l’agalo. Tagala. Tagal. Tagatooth by Walkhoff. who thinks it may Ian) of Philippine languages in Spanish. be older than the tooth of Dubois’ English. French, German. etc.. and Pilhccanfhropus. T h e age of this relic proposes, that, with the exception of is, however, still doubtful. Pompanga, which represents a native Bolsius (A.) Une legende alfoure. (AnKupang-pangan. “all Philippine lanIV. thropos. S t Gabriel-Miidling. 1909, 879-891.) Gives native text, with guages and dialects be designated by their native names without inflectional translation and notes, of “the tale of endings. and t h a t in their spelling all Pandagian” in t h e language of the peculiarities of Spanish orthography be Alfurus of Minahasa. to which is preeliminated.“ A list of 42 such names fixed a brief grammatical sketch of the is given. Tumbulur dialect. Further details Les origines d e I’lle d e Couteaud (-) may be found in the author’s article PLques. (R. del’Ec. d‘Anthr. d e Paris, “Eenige mededeelingen over het T&1910.xx. 86-97. I fg.) Discusses t h e um-hulu.” in Slud. o p Codsd.. W c l e n ~ c h . problems connected with Easter id.. en Lellcrk. Gcb.. vol. XL. its inhabitants. gigantic statues, hieroBrown (A. R.) Puluga: a reply to Father glyphics, etc. One of t h e names of the Schmidt. (Man. Lond.. 1910.x. 33island is Rapa-nui. and legends of the 37.) B. argues t h a t S. is seeking island of Rapa. E. of Tahiti and in evidence merely for a pre-formed about the same latitude a s Easter id.. theory. and points o u t mistakes due suggest t h a t Rapa-nui was peopled to lack o intimate knowledge of the f t from Rapa. D C thinks the PolyAndamanese. their language. etc. nesian expansion eastward may have There is no evidence. according to B.. touched S. America. H e favors . t h e t h a t t h e Andamanese believed in a Supreme Being. See Schmidt (W.). theory of a submerged continental area in the region of Easter id. T h e great - Marriage and descent in North statues he attributes to the authors of Australia. (Ibid., 55-59. 2 fgs). the other megalithic monuments in Treats of the question of the rules of Oceania. descent in tribes having 8 matrimonial Crarnpton (H. E.) A fourth journey classes (e. g.. Arunta and Chingalee). to the South Seas. (Xmer. Museum In tribes of the Arunta type the phraJ.. N. Y.. 1910, X. 122-132. 8 fgs.) tries a r e strictly exogamous with Notes on journey of 1909.among the patrilineal descent; the child’s class is Society, Cook, Tonga. Samoa, Fiji, determined by t h a t of its father; t h e Hawaiian is., New Zealand. etc. T h e totem is not acquired by inheritance. fiFhing-parties of t h e men of Opoa I n tribes of the Chingalee type t h e Raiatea (Society is.) a r e represented phratry is not strictly exogamous, and in one of t h e illustrations. C. bet h e generally patrilineal descent is lieves t h a t “precisely similar phesometimes irregular; the child‘s class nomena a r e displayed b y the various is determined by t h a t of its mother; Polynesian island-races and lower t h e totem of the child is generally inherforms like the snails.” and “subserited from its father, b u t there a r e vient, like other living things, to t h e many exceptions. control of evolution, the natives, a s Bryant (H. C.) A traveler’s notes on Java. (Nat. Geogr. Mag., Wash.. well a s t h e snails, have come t o differ more or less widely in correlation with 1910. XXI. 91-111, 17 fgs.) Contains their greater or lesser isolation in items concerning rice-culture. dress of geographical respects.” natives and Europeans. Javanese danAM. ANTH.. N. s., 12-46 AMERICAN ANTHROPOLOGIST [N.s., 12. 1910 Die heutige Lage der Gilbert-Insulaner. (Globus, Brnschwg.. 1910. X C V I I I , 223-224.) Items concerning the natives of the Gilbert is. (population now reduced to 25,000; houses; food; decline of ancient arts; consumption due t o adoption of European dress; quarrels and disputes, etc.) from a recent parliamentary report by A. Mahaffy. Assistant to the West Pacific High Commission. Eberlein (J.) Die Trommelsprache auf der Gazellenhalbinsel. Neupommern. (Anthropos, S t Gabriel MCidling. 1910. v. 635642. I PI.) Brief account of the a garornu( or signal-drum of the natives of the Gazelle peninsula. New Pomerania. its form, preparation use (borr*-signals a t deaths o imporf tant persons, great dances, etc.; finfiding-signals on less important occasions; kulafiding for calling chiefs), with musical illustratibns of signals, etc. (pp. 641442). Edge-Partington Maori forgeries. x. (Man, Lond.. 1910, 54-55.) Cites evidence from Prof. Andree (see 2. f. Efhnol.. 1907.p. 493) confirming the manufacture of objects of New Zealand jade by the lapidaries of Oberstein and Idar (Germany) and from Mr Hamilton. director of the Dominion Museum, Wellington, N. Z.. as to the manufacture of “Maori” bone and wooden relics of various kinds,indeed “no class of New Zealand ‘curios’ is exempt from the imitator’s art.” Egidi (V. M.) Questioni riguardanti la costituzione fisica dei Kuni. Nuova Guinea Inglese. (Anthropos. St Gabriel-Mtidling, 1910. v. 748-755. 2 pl.) Notes on the physical character of the Kuni of British New Guinea. Stature and physical constitution (rather low statured. av. r.500 mm.. lowest adult measured. 1.450. tallest 1,600 mm.; no well-dehed type; male inferior in physical strength to European, but not the women; able t o bear hunger and thirst well), acuity of senses (color-sense not much developed; hearing shows education rather than greater acuity pcr sc; sense of sight keener than that o f Europeans; sensibility to cold marked), diseases and remedies, special abstinences from food. etc. (in preparation for dances, war; special rdgirnc for both sexes from puberty to the birth u.) of first child, or till two or three years after marriage; special food-taboos for women), cannibalism (neither indigenous nor ancient; probably introduced through imitation of tribe of Bohoi and Kauaki. Erdland (A.) Die Sternkunde bei den Seefahrern der Marshallinseln. (Ibid., 16-26.) Treats of the star-lore of the sailors among the natives of the Marshall is., its use in sea-faring, etc. At pages 18-20 is given a list of 66 stars and constellations with native names; also (pp. 21-26) explanations of the f names o the more i m p o r b n t ones, items of mythology, folk-lore, turns of speech. etc. The Polar star is “the good star”; the Southern Cross is the birb-fuh; the Pleiades are “the double vessel”; the Magellanic clouds are “the star in the sandstone.” Many large stars, like Sirius, e. g.. have no names. Forster (B.) Das moderne Australien. (Globus. Brnschwg.. 1910, XCVII, 347-349.) Resumes a series of articleq by J. F. Fraser in the Sfandard for March, 1910. Features emphasized are the monotony and half-finished aspect of nature, lack of the spirit of enterprise. disinclination o the squatf ter to turn farmer, Mongolian immigration, etc. The bright side of Australian life is seen in the care for education of children and the provisions for their welfare in other respects. Foy (W.) Nochmals iiber den Namen der lnsel Celebes. (Anthropos. St Gabriel-Miidling, 1910. v. 253-254.) Discusses etymologies suggested by Wichmann. Sarasin. etc. The oldest form of the word is CCkbe (1516). a term applied f i s t to the island group from the southern Philippines to modern Celebes. then to the northern part of this island and finally to the whole of it. The etymology is not known. Friederici (G.) Anir oder Feni? (GIbus. Brnschwg.. 1.910. XCVII, 50-51.) Argues against the attempt t o introduce Fmi, instead of Anir (a native name) as the appellation of a n islandgroup in the east o South New Meckf lenburg. as made, e. g.. by Dr. 0. Schlaginhaufen. Geurtjens (H.) Le dremonial des voy(Anthropos. St ages aux Iles Keij. Gabriel-Miidling. 1910. v. 334-358. I fg.) Treats in detail of the ceremonies CHMIBERLAIN] PERIODICAL LITERATURE of the sea-travelers of the Key is. (every native is a seaman). These ceremonies, conducted by the priest. include taking a horoscope; planting of the bclrin (a slim tree); choosing a house for the rites; watching of sacred fire; singing a t night of the ngcl (laconic songs in obscure style, and not especially appropriate to the occasion; native texts and translations of ngel. pp. 339-347); the Kaifal or festival of departure (for those leaving only); the embarcation; ceremonies. etc.. in the house after the departure of the seamen, and actions of the participants; ceremonies (not numerous) observed by the seamen themselves; return-festival,t h e seamen a r e heroes for several days, b u t soon everything resumes its common and monotonous character. Girschner (F.) Zur Sprache von Ponape und der Zentralkarolinen. Siidsee. (Ibid.. 560-563.) Treats of the origin of the plural-form-ail (probably from ijil. ”three”). suffixing of possessives, possessive genitive, numerals, etc. I n a note Father Schmidt points out t h a t Dr C has here furnished the first positive evidence of t h e former existence in Ponape of a Papuan language. Gidrida-Ruggeri (V.) L a posizione antropologica dei Maori. (A. p. 1’Antrop., Firenze. 1910. XL. 13-18,P pl.) G. R. recognizes in the Maori a characteristic facial type. originating from isolation. and deserving the appellation of “local form” in t h e sense of t h e Sarasins; a type not found outside of New Zealand.-long-faced, with large chin and lower jaw (dolichoellipsoid. rarely pentagonoid). H e believes in a primitive type of man, very variable, very plastic. and yet without conspicuous differentiations, as t h e first stage of t h e human race, a sort of “prophetic” state. then a stage represented by t h e Galley Hill man. followed b y another stage with numerous protomorphic groups. followed by t h e divergence of t h e negroids. then the xanthoderms and leucoderms and the independent formation of numerous local varieties, etc.) Leucoderm tendencies occur in t h e most disparate regions of the globe (Miaotse in China, certain American Indians, Minahassa of Celebes, etc.) and no chronological succession or synchronism can be maintained. T h e real explanation lies in the plasticity of the species. Diversities. indeed. a r e often quite relative and d o not depart far from the fundamental line. Graebner (F.) Noch einmal P. W. Schmidt und die siidostaustralische BrnKulturgeschichte. (Globus, schwg.. 1910. X C V I I . 362-366.) Critique and reply to Father Schmidt‘s effort to prove t h e non-existence of father-right group-totemism in eastern i’ictoria; also a s to the extent, etc.. of sex-totemism, whose culture-relations Dr G. regards as doubtful. G . also objects to Father S.’s assumption of “an unmythological. ethic monotheism,” a s the initial and the final stage of human religious development. -- Die melanesische Bogenkultur und ihre Venvandten. (Anthropos. S t Gabriel-Modling, 1909. I V , 998-1032. map.) Concluding section. Treats of related culture outside t h e Pacific Ocean area: S. E. Asia (the cultural analogies with Melanesia are not merely to be found in t h e East Indian Archipelago, but extend even t o Assam). Africa (in S. Africa, the Nile country, and t h e region of the primitive African forest culture-elements exist t h a t a r e related t o t h e oldest Pacific-Ocean culture), America (phenomena suggesting t h e Melanesian “bow-culture’’ a r e found over a large portion of Central and Northwestern S. America and Central America: Bororo. Arawaks. Caribs; crooked flat bows. certain sorts of arrows. pile-dwellings. certain sorts o f weavingand basketry. forms of paddles. head-trophies. masks, etc.). Europe (pile-dwellings. flat-bow, pottery, etc.). N. E. Asia (along the Pacific coast, in Korea, China, Japan. etc., scattered evidences). Pile-dwellings. skull-cult, “Hocker” figure in a r t , spiral in ornament, belong in the culture in question. Grisward (J.) Notes Grammaticales sur la langue des Telel. (Ibid.. 1910. v. 82-94, 381-406.) Grammatical sketch (phonetics. noun, adjective, numerals, pronouns, verb,-in detail pp. 381-402, adverb. post-position, conjunction, etc.) of the TeleI. a language of t h e mountainous interior of southern Bougainville, one of the Solomon is. Father Schmidt notes t h a t is “the first grammar published of a Papuan tongue o n the island.” Relationship-names have special dual and plural forms; numerous classification-numerals exist; t h e use of the verb Zrofsi (do) is interesting; there are some defective verbs. A M E R I C A N ANTHROPOLOGIST [N.s., 12. 19x0 Groneman (J.) D e r Kris der Javaner. search of a first cause,” a n d not “per(Int. Arch. f. Ethnogr.. Leiden. 1910, sonifications of t h e N. N. E. Monsoon.” X I X . 91-109. 123-161, 39 fgs.. 7 PI.) a s B. contends. See Brown (A. R.), Schmidt (W.). First two sections of a detailed monograph o n t h e Javanese kris. The T h e “historicity of Arunta tradiforging of Japanese weapons is treated tions.” (Ibid.. 118-121.) L. thinks with particular reference to nomenclathese traditions a r e “not historical, b u t ture. etc., of metals used, Darts of dictated by t h e logic of fancy.” T h e y are not “historical evidence on a n y weapons, etc. - Die Heirat eines javanischen Kronpoint of prehistoric manners.” Acprinzen. (Mitt. d. K. K. Geogr. Ges. cording to L.. t h e Arunta ”have passed out of normal totemism, in which each L in Wien. 1910, I I I , 426-460.) Detailed account of the ceremonials and festivitotem is strictly confined to one phratry only.” ties in connection with the marriage in August. 1907, of the present crown-T h e puzzle of Kaiabara classprince of Jogjakarta. based on personal names. (Ibid., 130-134.) Critique of d a t a in Howitt. etc.. concerning t h e observation of the author and on class-names of the Kaiabara tribe of official documents. Haddon (A. C.) New Guinea pygmies. South Queensland. I t would seem t h a t (Nature. Lond.. 1910. L X X X I I I . 433Howitt has confused the names of t h e 434.) R6sum6s evidence a s t o New classes and sub-classes with those of Guinea pigmies. said to have been dist h e totems. A few other mistakes a r e covered on the Mimika river by the also pointed out. British Ornithologists’ expedition. See T h e Alcheringa and t h e All Father. article on “ T h e Discovery of a Pygmy (Rev. des E t . Ethnogr. e t Sociol., Paris, Race.” by W. R . Ogilvie-Grant in 1909, 141-154.) Seeks to show from 11. evidence in Spencer a n d Gillen’s Corinlry Life, X X V I I , 797, and the London Times for June 3, 1910. Nafive Tribes of Ccnfral Auslralia Herrick (S. B.) A summer festival in (1899) and Norfhcrn Tribes of Ccnfral Australia (1904).h a t “the more animt Tahiti. (Century. N. Y..1910. LXXX. ism, tlie less All-Fatherism”; from ’701-708. fgs.) Describes the cele18 these tribes “the All F a t h e r has faded bration of t h e French national holiday from men’s interests a n d knowledge, (July 14). Native music and singing, a n d in some cases has wholly disapdancing. “fire-walking.” etc. peared, owing t o t h e amazing northern Hocart (A. M.) A point o Fijian orthogf development of animism, t h e all exraphy. (Man. Lond., 1910. x. 77plaining philosophy (for it is a philos7 8 . ) Criticises official orthography for ophy) of spirits.” According t o L.. its rule t h a t “an i should be affixed to “the sky-dwelling great beings of t h e tlie word preceding a noun with instrucenter a r e obsolescent survivals. not mental a n d kindred senses.” This is primal germs of t h e South Eastern “a remarkable piece of blindness, which conceptions of t h e All Father.” can only be explained by a mechanical -and Schmidt (W.) On t h e sociologadherence t o first impressions, instead o a constant revision of grammatical f ical development of t h e tribes of Australia, etc. (Anthropos. S t Garules with increasing experience.” See briel-Modling. 1909. I V . 1096-1099.) Ray (S. H.). A Tongan cure and Fijian etiCritique of Father Schmidt’s view as expressed in Anfhropos with his replies. 102.) Describes quette. (Ibid.. briefly t h e juafun cure as performed on L. believes t h a t group-marriage did n o t precede individual marriage; t h a t t h e a little girl, for pain in t h e ear, by change from t h e female line t o t h e Lolohe. a Tongan woman of Lakemba, in t h e eastern Fiji group. Soon aftermale was not caused by a P a p u a n inwards t h e little girl’s neck swelled (she vasion. but “is a n evolution from within”. t h a t “immense social changes have , had jula d u e t o a breach of etiquette) occurred wiflrinAustralia”; “local exoga n d t h e young chief had t o be called in a m y ’*occurs as a sequence to totemic to cure his sister’s disorder. exogamy. F a t h e r S. differs with L. as Lang (A.) Puluga. (Ibid.. 51-53.) Reply to M r A. R. Brown in which L. t o t h e sociological position of t h e holds t h a t “ B i l k e r (female) and Puluga Kurnai. etc. Leenhardt (M.) Note sur la fabrication (male) a r e creations of imagination in c _ CHAMBERLAIS] P E R I O D I C A L LITER.4 T U R E des marmites canaques en NouvelleCaledonie. (Bull. Soc. d'Anthr. de . Paris, 1909,ye s. X, 268-270. 2 fgs.) Describes t h e making of coiled pottery (spatula used) a t Wanass in t h e valley of the Tinande by a woman of t h e upper Tipindj.6. Among the Kanakas of New Caledonia pottery is an a r t of women and i t s manufacture seems confined to t h e northern half of the island. although by purchase its products are known in all parts. - Percuteurs e t haches d e Nouvelle Caledonie. (Ibid., 270-272. 2 fgs.) Brief description of a striker and three stone axes (two showing process of manufacture), from New Caledonia. von Leonhardi (M.) Der M u r a und die Mura-mura der Dieri. (Anthropos. S t Gabriel-MBdling, 1909, 111, 10651068.) Treats of t h e beliefs. etc.. o f t h e Dieri concerning the Mura (supreme being, good spirit, creator) and the Mura-mum (mythic ancestors). Based on d a t a from the missionary J. G. Reuther. T h e legends of the various Mum-niura a r e set forth in dramatic songs, mura-wima. Lobingier (C. S.) T h e primitive Malay marriage law. (Amer. Anthrop.. Wash.. 1910. s.. X I I . 250-256.) N. Lowie (R. H.) Asia. Africa. South Sea Islands. (Anthrop. Pap. Amer. 1910.IV. 312Mus. Nat. Hist.. N. Y.. 329. 3 pl.. 14 fgs.) Notes on new specimens. Starr's Philippine collection o over 700 items, including f Negrito weapons, musical instruments. etc.; Tibetan collection (scrolls, religious objects in particular. prayerstone); Kavirondo (Bantu) collection (dress. ornaments, weapons, shamanistic objects, musical instruments. etc.); Turkana (Lake Rudolf) head-dress; West Africa (knives, sheaths, pipes, f dance-masks o F a n , Bali. and ceremonial paddle from Sierra Leone; Southwest Africa (Ovambo baskets, Herero weapons, ornaments, etc.); Congo (Starr collection, Kasai particularly well represented); Waters collection (over zoo0 specimens) distinctively Fijian (and Solomon is.) Maori (carved canoe prow and model of a pafaka (food store); Schroedercollection (chiefly articles of personal decoration from Micronesia). Mannucci (E.) Crani della Malesia. XL. (A. p. I'Antrop., Firenze. 1910, 145188. X I fgs.) Describes, with measure- mentsand figures "skulls from Malaysia (Moluccas 2 . Malay 5. J a v a 3, hladura I ) and 2 plaster models (hladuran Malay. Javanese), all male, collected by the traveler Beccari. T h e cephalic index ranges from 75.43t o 87.50. only 4 being below 80. T h e natives of t h e Moluccas are racially very heterogeneous. T h e Malay is generally brachycephalic. T h e Javanese are also very mixed racially (dolichocephaly 12'70 a s compared with 6% among Malays and 34% in the Moluccas),brachycephalic 72 yo. Cranial deformations a r e considered a t pages 175185 (frontal deformations d o not occur). Marett (R. R.) Queensland corroboree songs. (Folk-Lore, Lond., 1910.X X I , 86-88.) Gives music a n d words of 4 songs obtained by M r R. B. B. Clayton from the Goorang-goorang tribe a b o u t 1863-5 (musical notation by Miss I . S. Clayton). d e Marzan (1.) Quelques e s p k e s d e magie fidjienne. (Anthropos. S t Gabrii+MOdling, 1909, Y , 1092.) Notes I on rain-stopping (some of t h e shamans are women). stones to stop rain, t o bring on rain, and t o obtain winds of a certain sort. - Mutilatio ethnica in Australia subincisio (mika) dicta existitne in insula Fiji? (Ibid.. 1910.v. 808-809.) Cites evidence proving t h e existence in Vita Levu (Fiji is.) of t h e mika operation known from Australia. Mathews (R. H.) Die BundandabaZeremonie in Queensland. (Mitt. d. Anthrop. Ges.' in Wien. 1910,XL. 4447.) Describes t h e bundandaba. or final initiation ceremony of the aborigines of the coast region from the border of New South Wales north to a b o u t Port Curtis (extending some 1 5 0 to 200 miles inland). T h e tribe is divided into two primary groups, Dcawai and Kappaiun, and each of these has two subdivisions. T h e common bat, dccring. is the friend of all men; a small owl. or nighthawk. booroo-kapkap. t h e friend of women. T h e bundandaba begins six months or a year after t h e f o a m ceremony. Meier (J.) Der Glaube a n den inal und den lulana vurakif bei den Eingeborenen im Kiistengebiet der Blanchebucht. (Anthropos, S t Gabriel-Modling, 1910. v, 95-112. 2 pl.) Treats o the beliefs f of the natives of the coast-region of Blanche bay. New Pomerania. con- AMERICAN ANTHROPOLOGIST [N.s.,12, 1910 cerning the inal. a good spirit, bird like in form and living on t h e giant giao or banyan tree (Ficus prolixa), and the fufano uurakif (“the eternal man”). the latter standing in relation to human beings as wild animals do to tame,-h e vegetates simply. having lost the use of reason and speech. Belief in the futana-vurokil is connected with t h e mysteries of t h e Inief society. whose ceremonies a r e briefly described. T h e tufano-wurakil can change himself into a bird (Tanysipfera nigriceps), which is eagerly hunted by the natives. Meyer (0.) F u n d e prahistorischer T o p ferei und Steinmesser auf Vuatom. Bismarck-Archipel. (Ihid.. 1909, lv, 10g3-1og5, I I fgs.) Treats of fragments of prehistoric pottery found on Viiatom. Bismarck Archipelago. See earlier item in Anthropos. 1909.IV. 2 5 1 . Mythen und Erzahlungen von der Insel Vuatom, Bismarck-Archipel. Siidsee. (Ibid.. 1910. v. 711-733. map.) Besides some notes on the Vuatom dialect, Father M. gives native texts and translations of 10 myths and tales: T h e fish-catching, T h e Two (To Kambinanai a n d T o Karivdvu) build themselves huts, T h e Two make the sea, To KarivGvu makes t h e Island of Vuatom. T h e head of To Natnangur t h e orphan, She takes the mangc-fruit (sea-cow), Fire (origin o death), f Grandmother a n d granddaughter, T h e fish-eagle, T h e Arum (Phologer orienfalis). Moszkowski (M.) Beitrage zur Entwicklungsgeschichte des Wohnhauses in Ostsumatra. (A. f . Anthrop.. Brnschwg.. 1910, N. F. IX. 1-17. 27 fgS.) Interesting discussion of the development of the dwelling-house based on the author’s observations among the primitive peoples of Eastern Sumatra and t h e accounts of other investigators,particularly t h e house of t h e Sakai. According to M.. t h e house originated more often as a protection for fire than as a protection for man against inclement weather, etc. T h e primitive house of t h e natives of the primitive forest. the round-hut, under t h e necessity of protecting fire has developed in various ways,-the simple windshelter. the platform with wind-shelter, t h e primitive pile-dwelling. etc.. are treated with some detail. M. believes t h a t t h e dwellings in tree-tops have developed o u t of t h e pile-dwellings and not vice-versa (the tree-Sakai. e. g.. although expert climbers and adapted to tree-life use always t h e ladder t o enter their houses,-the ladder t h a t goes with t h e pile-dwellings). T h e Sakai houses with fires underneath t h e floor a r e characteristic. T h e walls arise as wind-shields. - Sagen und Fabeln aus Ost- und Zentralsumatra. (Anthropos. S t Gabriel-Modling, 1909, 98-97,) IV, Germ a n version of 8 Malayan tales from Eastern a n d Central Sumatra. Legend of Tungku Malim Dewa (SiegfriedBriinhild cycle), Sultan Yangkut a n d Sultan Arimau, W a r between Rokan and R a u ; About t h e night-monkey (telling of origin of use of powdered Kokang-bones a s medicine). The tale of D a n t o r (the rhinoceros-bird). About t h e death-birds (ravens, owls, punfianak). About the Orang-Bunicn (dwarfs), About the Orang-gZdang (giants). Some native words of songs, etc., passim. MiiUer (W.) Uber die Wildenstamme der Insel Formosa. (2. f. Ethnol.. XLII, 228-241.) Treats of Berlin, 1910, t h e wild tribes of Formosa: Numbers (ca. 120.000). tribal-groups (Ataiyal, Vonum. Tso’o, Tsarisen. Paiwan, Pyuma. Amis. Pepo. Yami). psychical characters (brachycephalic 79-83;middle-sized), language (all Malayan; at pp. 238-239 t h e numerals 1-10 in all Formosa dialects), political relations, family and domestic relations (strict monogamy generally), birth and death, dwellings (not built close together), dress and ornament, tattooing (general with many tribes), food, tobacco (not much cultivated; great smokers, men, women and children). betel-chewing common, weapons (firearms obtained from Chinese; spears chiefly in Central and S. Formosa; bow and arrow.-in N. used only for birds; swords of all forms and sizes), musical instruments (jew’s-harp played by boys and girls; bamboo-flute of men), agriculture. money (binfuon). a r t a n d industry (weaving and wood-carving somewhat developed), fire (flint, friction. boring), law and punishment, religion and superstition (soul-lore; spirits, exorcism, festivals for ancestors’ spirits), head-hunt (widespread and deep-rooted). Neuhauss (R.) Brief a u s Neu-Guinea. (Ibid.. 1909.XLI, 962-963.) Letter of Sept. I , 1909, from Sissenau. describing CHAhlBERLAIN] PERIODICAL L I T E R A T U R E voyages u p the Markham river (to a place where the natives had nevei before met a white man), on the Augusta. etc. In the Kai country traces of a "prehistoric" people were found. T h e pottery and wood-carving of some of t h e Augusta river tribes are remarkable. N . thinks t h a t t h e native population of New Guinea has been f much underestimated. Collections o more than 1,550 objects (Kai, Bakaua, Sissanu. etc.), 52 skulls (14 from Augusta river), 700 developed negatives. 43 kinematograph films. 90 phonograph records (60 songs with texts and translations), etc.. were made. mollen (H.) Les differentes classes d'sge dans la societe Kaia-Kaia. (Anthropos. St Gabriel-Mtidling. 1909. I V , 553-573. I I pl.) Well-illustrated account of t h e age-classes in t h e KaiaK a i a society (passage from stage to stage is t h e occasion of festivals and dances) of Merauke. Dutch New Guinea, with description of dress. ornaments. etc.. distinguishing each class. T h e men's classes are: Pafur (boy). aroi-pafur (boys of pubertal age). wokavid (well-developed boys), m a t i (youth and time of wife-choosing), mrabim (fiance condition), amnaugib (married man), mesmiakim (old man). T h e women's: kiuazum (little girl), wahuku (girl of 10to I I years). Kivaeum-iwag (corresponds to the male m a l i ) . iwag (marriageable girl; most of these are betrothed or promised), saf (married woman), mcs-iwag (old woman; t h e very old a r e called sombanum). T h e head-dresses differ according t o t h e parts of t h e country. Paulinus (P.) Laute mit Kehlkopfverschluss and Palatale in der YapSprache. (Ibid.. 1910.v. 8og-810.) Notes on f . p', 1'. k. 1'. m'. n' and a ' ' genuine palatal E in the Yap language of t h e Carolines. Rap ( S . H.) Note on a point in Fijian orthography. (Man, Lond.. 1910.x. 104). Notes t h a t a s long ago a s 1885 Rev. S. H. Codrington pointed o u t t h e absurdity of using t h e instrumental prefix i in Fiji a s a sufiix t o t h e preceding word. See Hocart (A. M.). Reche (0.) Eine Bereisung des KaiserinAugusta-Flusses, Neuguinea. (Glohus. Brnschwg.. 1910. XCVII. 285-286, map.) Brief account of journey u p t h e Empress Augusta River in 1909. Three culture groups a t least were noted,- the sago-swamp culture of the mouth of the river (identical with t h a t of lower Ramu); a pile-dwelling culture, poorer in content; a third culture centering on the upper part of t h e river, with well-developed a r t and industry. Anthropologically also three types are to be distinguished. of which two a r e long and one short headed. Reiter (F.) Les "Kopftrophaen" a u x Iles d e Tonga. (Anthropos. S t Gabriel-Mtidling. 1910. 254-256.) Cites v. evidence t h a t the custom of presenting the heads or the entire bodies of people killed in war, to chiefs. idols, or gods, w a s in vogue in Tonga,-the Tongan language has a special name for it. fakaulu. Rice (A. P.) Cannibalism in Polynesia. (Amer. Antiq.. Salem. Mass., 1910. X X X I I . 77-84.) Treats o cannibalism f in Fiji (religious; b u t revenge is main cause; one "jolly chap. very hospitable t o strangers," boasts of eating 900 human beings). Tonga (no fixed hold on people), Melanesia (eating old relatives, f bodies o enemies killed in battle. etc.). Marquesas (fond of human flesh; women relished a s tid-bits). Samoa (human flesh not so much relished as in Fiji; bodies of those slain in war eaten), New Zealand (only in Taupo were women and girls permitted to eat human flesh; ceremonial eating of t h e heart). etc. Rivers (W. H. R.) T h e father's sister in Oceania. (Folk-Lore. Lond.. 1910. X X I . 42-59.) Treats of relation of m a n t o father's sister on the island of Pentacost or Raga in t h e New Hebrides (father's sister chooses wife for nephew; he oheys a u n t generally, and all his possessions are a t her command; helps her in garden-work. etc.; a u n t and nephew may eat together, b u t he m a y not say her name: hurina. special term for husband of father's sister). Banks' is. (of all relatives father's sister is most highly honored; names "queen" and "mother." etc.. applied t o her: her personal name never used in speech; community of goods t o a certain extent between a man and his father's sister; ceremonial functions in connection with pregnancy and childbirth in which father's sister figures for wife and offspring of nephew, share in ceremony of boy's entrance into a certain rank of t h e snqc or men's club; relation between m a n and husband of A MERIC‘A N A N T H R O P O L O G I S T [N. 5. 1 2 , 1910 . his father’s sister. poiopo~oor “chaffing”). ctc. T h e resemhlances of these customs to those concerning a man and his maternal uncle a r e close, b u t they may be explaincd on the ground that t h e father’s sister is a member of the opposite ccsc or social di\-ision of the community. Schlaginhaufen (0.) Zur gcographischen Xomcnklatur im Hismarckarchipcl. (Globus. Brnschwg.. 1910, X C V I I , 2 4 1 242.) In reply to Dr G. Fricderici ( ( 1 . v.), Dr S. holds that ’ ‘ F i n i is t h e real aboriginal name used by the natives“ of t h e islands in question. Schmidt (W.) Die soziologischen Verhilltnisse der siidostaustralischen Stiimme. (Ibid.. 157-160. 173-170. 186189.) T r e a t s o t h e sociological relaf tions of the aborigines of southeastern .Australia.-tribes without marriagetotemism, tribes with marriage-totemism. t h e significance of sex-totemism. mythology and religion, with special consideration of t h e views of Howitt and Graebner. and a critique of the latter. F a t h e r S. protests against the positing o marriage-totemism a s the f ever-present oldest stage pcr sc. Real marriage-totemism exists in some southeastern Australian tribes. b u t in origin and character it may be different from that o t h e western and northern tribes. H e h o g s t h a t sex-totemism has nothing to d o with marriage-regulations. hut has for its object t h e expression of a f certain equalizing o t h e two sexes in symbolical fashion. T h e idea o the f highest being is connected neither with t h e totemistic solar mythology. nor with t h e lunar mythology of t h e twoclass culture. Such traces of it a s occur in southeastern Australia must have been already present in the older “Nigritic” culture. Puluga. the supreme being of t h e Andamanese. (Man. Lond.. 1910. x. 2-7.) Replies t o M r A. R. Brown’s “attack on Puluga.” Father S. holds t h a t Puluga originally had nothing to d o with lunar mythology (being without wife and children, and therefore all t h e more “a true supreme being”), although his wife has accrued to him from t h a t source. I n the mythology and religion of the Austronesian peoples Father S. finds “an intimate connection between t h e spider. t h e plaiting and spinning women and t h e waning moon.” Sochmals: Puluga, d a s hochste Wesen der Andamanesen. (Ibid.. 6671, 82-86.) Reply to A. R . Brown (q. v . ) on t h e nature of “Puluga. t h e Supreme Being of the Andaman Islanders,” with answers to points raised by him. See Lang (A.). - Grundlinien einer Vergleichung der Religionen und Mythologien der Austronesischen Volker. (Denkschr. d. K. Akad. d. Wiss. in Wien. Phil.LIII. viii. 1-142, I PI.) hist. KI.. 1910, Outlines of a comparative study of t h e f religions and mythologies o t h e Austronesian (I ndonesian-Melanesian-Polynesian) peoples. T h e Bornean Dyaks. the Bataks of Sumatra, the Macassars. Bugis. Toradjas and Alfuros of Celebes, the natives of t h e island of Nias. t h e Malagasy of Madagascar, the natives of the smaller eastern and southeastern Indonesian islands. the Polynesians and Melanesians (Admiralty is., Gazelle peninsula in New Pomerania. New Mecklenburg, Solomon is., Banks is., New Hebrides. Gilbert is.. Marshall is., etc.) a r e considered with respect to t h e idea o a Supreme Being ar.d his f characteristics, p a r t in creation, etc.. myths of creation and origin, sun and moon, earth and sky and their rOles in mythology, etc. F a t h e r S. holds t h a t solar mythology is later t h a n lunar; the first has often very skilfully made use of certain earlier things connected with the latter. Austronesian solar mythology knows sexual reproduction, Austronesian lunar mythology docs not. Solar mythology was originally foreign to t h e purely Austronesian lands, its real territory being at the same time of t h e region of languages and tribes radically different from t h e Austronesian. e. g.. Papuan. T h e phallic magic-rites in t h e Austronesian region follow and d o n o t precede t h e solar mythology. Solar mythology is a deep and materia!ly interested seeking after t h e causes of t h e fertility of t h e e a r t h and a n endeavor in some way o r other to influence it. Animism is later t h a n reverence for great deities, later t h a n lunar mythology. Solar mythology and lunar mythology were preceded b y f t h e idea o a “supreme being,” with certain high. even ethical qualities. See also F a t h e r S.’s ”Die Mythologie der austronesischen Volker” in Mill. d. Anlhr. Ges. i n U’ioi. 1909, XXXIX.24c259. CHAMBERLAIN] PERIODICAL L I T E R A T U R E Seligmann (C. G.) A classification of t h e natives of British New Guinea. (J. Roy. Anth. Inst.. Lond.. 1909, XXXIX. 314-333, 10 pl.. I fg.) Treats briefly of following ethnic groups of the western Papuo-Melanesians: Lakwaharu (Motu. Koita. Lakwaharu. Ikoro. Gaboni. Sinangolo. Kabadi. etc.). Keopara (from Hood pena. E. t o t h e Aroma villages; taller and more brachycephalic than their eastern neighbors). K m n i (shorter. darker. and more Iongheaded than Keapera; little known of tribes between n r o m a and Mullins Harbor), Mailu (around P t Glasgow and Milport Harbor; Massim influence in pottery, tattoo patterns. etc.). Roro (Marihau. Roro, Paitana, Waima. Bereina, Kevori. about mouth of S t Joseph river; cultural differences from eastern coastal neighbors). Mckco (on S t Joseph river above Roro; two important tribes. Biofa and Vee; Mekeo men distinctly brachycephalic). Pokao (in Nara region; many individuals with curly, wavy. or almost straight hair; many women have unusually light skins). Koiari (in Motu hinterland; tribes are Gasiri, Sogeri. Uberi. Ebe. Agi, Meroka; mesaticephalic). Kagc (in higher mountains behind Koiari zone; more Melanesian t h a n Papuan blood), Garia (E. of t h e Koiari; two dialects. Garia and Manukoro). Kouio (Kuni. Mafulu. Kambisi. etc.; no other Melanesian language spoken a s far inland a s the Kuni). At p. 331 a r e a few notes on the Agaiambo of the Barigi hinterland, who speak a Papuan language but are not Papuans. D r S. observes (p. 332) t h a t he has seen oblique eyes among the Koita. Motu. Pokao, and a t Hula; Capt. Barton has noticed them a t Aroma and 0. C. Stone among the Koiari. Sagen und Sitten der Dieri Siebert (0.) und Nachbarsttirnme in Zentral-Australien. (Globus. Brnschwg., IQIO. XCVII. 44-50. 53-59. 9 fgs.) Gives German versions of IZ brief legends (also native texts of Nos. 4 and 7) of t h e Dieri and other Central Australian tribes,-sun and moon myths. origin of marriage. circumcision. etc. Also notes on ideas about storms (lightning = rain-penis); pinfara. mdduka and m M u ; ngbmbu (plant totem); wblkadard (sacred stones); birth and childhood; counting; cooking; medicine; musical instruments (wimo-koko. a wooden trumpet used in ceremonies such a s circumcision, etc.; striking together of boomerangs, clubs, etc.); expeditions for ochre and p i t c h a i ; visit of strangers; vengeance-expedition or pinja; "bone-giving" (sorcery) ; k h t k i (shaman); sorcery of various sorts; ideas about the soul, spirit, etc.; death and burial customs; the rnrilu7rga-dance. brought to the Dieri only in 1901 it has since gone further south to the Wirangu tribe. north of Port Augusta (photographs made by the author are the basis of the illustrations given of this dance, the migration of which from the extreme north has been treated of by W. Roth). The mulunga dance has a cohabitation postlude. Speiser (F.) Beitrage zur Ethnographie der Orang Mamma auf Sumatra auf Grund der Sammlung G. Schneider im ethnologischen Museum zu Basel. (A. i. Anthrop.. Brnschwg.. 1g10. N. F. IX. 75-89. zg fgs.) Ethnological notes (based on the collections of G. Schneider 1897-1899) on the Orang A4amma (so termed from their mafriarchy) of Indragiri. Sumatra. Habitat, settlements ( 3'or 4 huts, with 30-40 people). houses (on piles in forest; not particularly primitive and probably a rather late acquisition; little furniture; lamp o Malay origin. spoons possibly also, f clothing and ornament (little variety and ornament), mutilations. etc. (upper incisors filed down a t puberty, teeth blackened, no tattooing or scarifying), betel-chewing a n d tobacco-smoking (cigarettes). hunting and fishing (women take part in latter), implements. weapons, etc. (snares; spears, harpoon with release; fish-traps; fish-poisoning; knives; bow and arrow unknown) domestic animals (fowl, dog. cat, and often goat; no systematic breeding), food ("anything"; no traces of totemism here). fire-making (bow-string apparatusj. rice-cultivation (both sexes take part; several implements of Malay origin), gathering of garu-wood, resin caoutchouc, wild honcy and wax. rotang. etc. (traded off t o the Malays for salt, cotton, iron. tobacco, etc.). manufactures (sieves. baskets, grassbags, etc.. rotang-strips). musical instruments (bamboo flute), wood-carving (knives. spoons. sticks of a decorative sort). weaving and pottery (unknown), songs and dances, games and play (no data), family and tribal A M E R I C A N ANTHROPOLOGIST IN. s.. 1 2 . 1910 organization (most matriarchal of all Sumatran peoples; divided into sukus. within which marriages cannot take place). marriage (monogamy and no divorces); adultery unknown), diseases and medicine (shamanic dances), “spirit-boat” (due t o Malays), dance and drum ceremonies, shamans (not invariably men). burial, etc. I n many things t h e Orang Mamma a r e not higher t h a n the K u b u ; from the Malays they have evidently borrowed much. In height they range from 1 5 7 0 to 1640 mm. (women 1480 mm.). These aborigines probably belong somewhere between t h e Veddas and the Malays. - Pfeile von Santa Cruz. (Ibid.. 1909. N. F.. \ ‘ I I l , 308-311. I 7 fgS.) Treats of t h e collection of arrows from the Santa Cruz is., in the Berlin Ethnological Museum.-parts. points (fine bone-pointed more common. long etc. Dr S. thinks t h a t t h e Santa Cruz arrows represent a n earlier higher form of arrows. V. den Steinen (K.) Neuseelandisches Heitiki und Nephritbeil. (Ibid.. 1910, N . F.. IX. 43-49, 8 fgs.) Treats of h c i f i k i . miscalled “idols,” of the Maori and t h e nephrite ases. etc. T h e hcifiki is of stereotyped appearance and does not vary greatly in size, a n d , according t o D r V. d. S.. “is nothing else than a figuratively sculptured edge of a n axe.” T h e heiliki. like all other Maori things, is no free sculptural product, b u t a purely decorative object. We have here a notable example of t h e development of a carved ornamental attachment o u t of the simple tool-ornament. T h e child-ornaments o axes f among t h e Xingil Indians of Central Brazil m a y be cited in parallel here. Thurnwald (R.) Die eingeborenen Arbeits-Krafte im Siidseeschutzgebiet. (Kolon. Rundschau, Berlin, 1910. 607632. 1 0 fgs.) Treats of the working capacities of the native peoples of t h e German colonies, etc.. i n the South Pacific Ocean: Melanesians of Bismarck Archipelago. Solomon is., and German New Guinea (pp. 609-629). Micronesians of t h e Carolines. Polynesians of Samoa, etc. T h e Micronesians a n d Polynesians (in intelligence nearest to t h e Malays) a r e t h e least useful as laborers: the less intelligent and less cultured Melanesians are far more suited for physical labor in t h e plantations. etc.. b u t they a r e very diverse with regard to intelligence a n d productive capacity. Attention must be paid to the native’s conception of working when he feels like it. then resting or amusing himself. H e is n o t lazy; he is “active.” but his “activity” is not t h e “work” imposed upon him by the European. Some accommodation or compromise between these two ideas has been suggested a s a solution of t h e labor-problem. T h e call for Melaneian laborers has already led to decrease in population (e. g. in Neu-Mecklenburg). This may ultimately lead t o dependence upon imported Chinese, Malays, etc. T h e mifissagc of whites and Micronesians and Polynesians seems more hopeful than t h a t between whites and Melanesians. T h e ideal is a svmbiosis which will utilize t h e capacities of all races in t h e best way. rechte der Siidsee.(Z. d. vergl. RechtsX wiss., Strittgart, 1910, X I I I . 309-364.) A valuable monograph on t h e laws (national, government, intertribal, etc.; family and personal; property; punishment; legal processes. etc.) of t h e Melanesian aborigines of t h e district of Buin. south of Mgri mountains o n the island of Bougainville. between t h e Aku river and Lahfil lake. Their culture is relatively higher t h a t t h a t of the nieghboring mountain tribes. Characteristic of t h e Buin a r e t h e dinu (or ceremonial pledging of allegiances between vassals and chiefs); t h e abdcio (or “chiefs’ houses”) with their bolibai or particular spirit; feasting after battle; totemism; naIve ideas (p. 330)a s t o origin of children; mixture of age-classes and descent in relations h i p t e r m s (list of these pp. 330-334) ; monogamy common; chastity of wives more esteemed t h a n t h a t of girls before marriage; complicated weddings lasting several days; children independent at a n early age (corporal punishment rare); infanticide and suicide rare; f complicated ceremony o name-giving; dead cremated; real adoption n o t in vogue, b u t temporary exchanges of children frequent: slavery proper n o t present, only vassalage; soil property of district and n o t alienable, a n d usually not taken away after battle, taxes based on labor, not on land: in movable objects, there is rather per sonal t h a n individual property.-tools. CHAMBERLAIN] PERIODICAL L1 T E R A T U R E implements, weapons, ornaments. money, e. g., are made by one's own labor for one's own use; no markets; shell currency (table of values of 6 b r f a . pp. 353-356); practically only three crimes, homicide and murder, adultery and sorcery; blood-revenge almost only retaliatory process; theft unimportant; abortion common; legal processes proper hardly exist. Im Bismarckarchipel und auf den Salomoinseln 1 9 0 6 1 9 0 g . (2. f. Ethnol.. Berlin. 1910, XLII. 98-147. 20 fgs.. 3 maps.) Treats chiefly of the aborigines of Buin. anthropology and culture. T h e upper social section of t h e Buin consists of a Solomon is. type. t h e lower strata of a type related to the mountain-tribes of Bougainville. T h e Mono represent the first type (dolichocephalic), t h e Baining of the Gazelle peninsula (Neu-Pommern). perhaps better t h a n the Buin lower class, the mountaineer-type (brachycephalic). T h e non-Melanesian language spoken in Buin is closely related to t h a t of the mountain tribes (in the mountains of t h e Admiralty is.. also a non-Melanesian language is spoken). Pages 113147 contain notes on villages and houses (sleeping-houses, work-houses; temporary shelters of leaves, branches, etc.). economics (basal food faro; also yams, bananas, etc.); hunting proper unknown (only snares and pits. a s for men); technique and labor (sex division); trade and exchange; currency; women and marriage (festal prostitution in vogue); children (weaned by third year; adoptive education); totemism (animals not ancestors); political institutions; blood-revenge; weapons, war. etc.; cult of the dead (realm of dead in north; cremation); religion (spirits of dead chief factor); forestspirits; celestial spirits (sun. moon, Venus, etc.; ornamental ntofifs derived from these); sorcery and love-charms; t h e ingnief-society of the Gazelle peninsula; songs (German text of love and mourning songs, pp. 137-139); music; psychological observation (concrete method of thinking; great variations in ability to use numerals; people age rapidly; improvidence; laziness only relative; knowledge of nature very irnperfect; faculty of abstraction largely lacking; great variations in intelligence, character, etc.. among individuals). Vormann (F.) Zur Psychologie. Reli- gion, Soziologie und Geschichte der Monumbo-Papua, Deutsch-Neuguinea. (Anthropos, S t Gabriel-Modling, 1910. v. 407-418). Notes on t h e psychology (strongly-built. proud, rule of strongest. good-humored. presence of Semitic types. well-clothed children, agriculture, hunting and fishing. food generally boiled or roasted, blood-revenge, no head-hunting), religion and ethics (no Supreme Being. no moral good and evil; land of spirits. death no real complete separation from world of living; great fear of sorcery and magic; taboos of sex. etc.). sociology (marriages arranged by parents, etc.; monogamy the rule, principal men take another wife; adoption much in vogue; children follow relation-groups of father; inheritance of property; no political organization). mythology and history (origin-legend. etc.). Woodford (C.M.) T h e canoes of the British Solomon Islands. !J. Roy. Anthr. Inst.. Lond., 1909. XXXIX. 506516, I fg.. 7 pl.) Describes canoes of Shortland id.. Ysabel id. (Bugotu). Malarta id., with native names of parts; and (pp. 511-513).description of a lomako o r head-hunting canoe o New f Georgia. with list of native names of parts in t h e language of New Georgia Main id.. and t h e language of Goregore or Vekavekala. - Note on a stone-headed mace from Rennell Island. (Man, Lond., 1910, x. 1 2 1 - 1 2 2 . I fg.) T h e basaltic stone head is in form of a n eight-pointed star; the handle is of hard, dark wood. the lashings of rattan. Wulfl (K.) Indonesische Studien. I. Beitrage zur Stammbildungslehre der indonesischen Sprachen. (Anthropos, St Gabriel-Modling, 1910. v. z19--230. 457-472.) D r K., from t h e examination of numerous words in t h e various Indonesian languages (but Batak and Karo especially), concludes t h a t "cornposition of two synonymous, or almost synonymous. root-words has been. from primitive Indonesian times, one of the most notable factors in the morphology of these languages. and a feature sharply distinguishing them from the related tongues of Farther India." AMERICA A Laguna folk-tale. (So. Wkmn.. Hampton. Va., 1910. xxxix. 618-619.) A M E R I C A N ANTHROPOLOGIST IN. S, 12. I910 Legend of “the seven sisters.”seven black. ragged. and peculiar looking rocks. near the Pueblo of Laguna in New Mexico. They were seven ugly young women who ill-treated their beautiful younger sister; a sort of Cinderella-tale. Ambrosetti (J. B.) Un documento grifico de etnografia Peruana de la Cpoca colonial. (Fac. de Filos. y Letras. Publ. de la Secci6n Antrop., Nr. 8. Buenos Aires. 1910, 1-25. 1 1 fgs.) f Treats in detail o a painting (in possession of the author), more than two centuries old and surviving all sorts of vicissitudes, iepresenting the miracle said to have been performed by the Virgin Mary during the memorable siege of Cuzco by the Inca Manco in the revolution of 1535-1536. I n the picture are figured Cuzco and the fort of SacsaihuamPn. Indian warriors, weapons (bowand arrow, lance. shield, sling, partizans or axes), banners, drums, etc. D r A. compares the data in the picture with the accounts and representations elsewhere of Peruvian dress, ornament, weapons. etc. The picture was painted by Indians, possibly those employed by Don Francisco de Toledo. ca. 1600 A. D. I t was intended for the Capilla del Triunfo a t Cuzco. Ameghino (F.) Sur I’orientation de la calotte du Diprothomo. (An. d. Mus. Nac. de Buenos Aires. 1910.xx. 319327.) Replies to the critiques of his description of the crania of the Diprofhomo which maintained that certain peculiarities attributed to it were due to incorrect. position when observed and that the skull. after all. was that of a low variety of man. A. argues that these peculiarities (glabellar projection. etc.) are real and mark o f the skull f in question as a distinct species, not Homo, and farther removed than the anthropoids, etc.. from the latter. - Montaneia anthropomorpha un gCnero de monos hoy extinguido de la Isla de Cuba. Nota preliminar. (Ibid.. 317-318.) Brief account of16 teeth, discovered in the cave of S. Spiritu in Cuba, where had been previously found the jaw of the Homo Cubensis. These Dr A. determines to belong to an extinct species of American monkey (no monkeys exist in the island of Cuba). to which he attaches the name of Monfanria in honor of the discoverer Dr Luis Montan6. Certain resemblances in the crowns of the molars. etc.. to the anthropomorphic apes and man justify the qualification anfhropomorpha. Andrus (C. A.) Vacation days among (So. Wkmn.. Hampton Indians. XXXIX, 145-150.6 Hampton. Va.. 1910. fgs.) Brief account of visits t o the Lower Brute. Crow Creek, Yankton. Santee. Omaha. Oneida, and Winnebag0 reservations (over 200 Hampton Indians were seen in 3 months). Life seems much easier among the Omahas and Winnebagos than among the Sioux. The very good houses of the Indians surprise one. - The Indian convocation a t Medicine Creek. (Ibid.. 273-276. 4 fgs.) Treats of the Convocation of the Episcopal Church (Indian) of South Dakota a t Medicine Creek on the Lower Brul6 Reservation, in July. 1909. The district includes 91 congregations, with 6 white and 14 Indian clermmen and over So catechists and helpers, mostly native. van Antwerp (A. L.) The aqueducts of the city of Mexico. (Rec. of Past, Wash., 1910. IX.16-22. 3 fgs.) Notes on the old aqueduct on the Calzada de Chapultepec (a waterway dating from before the Conquest). the fountains a t Chapultepec. El Salto del Agua. etc.. and the Spanish inscriptions connected therewith. - San Hip6lito. (Ibid., 8 g - g ~ z fgs.) Treats of the church of San Hip6lito. Mexico. and the monument marking the scene of CortCs’s battle with the Aztecs. The legend (from Fr. Diego de Duran) serving as the basis for the carving of the eagle with an Indian in his claws is given on pp. 93-94’ Ashmead (A. S.) Some observations on certain pathological questions concerning the mutilations represented on the anthropomorphous huacos pottery of Old Peru. (N. Y.Med. J.. rgog. 857861.4 fgs.) According to Dr A.. ula. as a disease, is not responsible for all the amputation of feet shown on t h e huacos pottery.-“it made no difference to the artists whether the diseased conditions, which had frequently required amputation during life for cure was ufa. or syphilis, or both together, or another disease; they sculptured a picture of misery, a condition of CHAMBERLAIN] P E R I O D ICA L L1 T E R A T U R E physical distress, expressing it in their clay." Reproductions from photographs of five living cases of ufa a r e given. Citations are also made from Dr J. C. Tello. author of La anfiqucdad dc la Sifilis en el P n k . Dr M. 0. Tamayo. author of La ufa en el Perk. etc. There is no doubt of armless huacos. but there is yet doubt of actual surgical amputation in ancient Peru. See Lehmann (W.) Barrett (S. A.) T h e material culture of t h e Klamath Lake and Modoc Indians of northeastern California and southern Oregon. (Univ. of Calif. Publ. in Amer. Arch. & Ethnol., Berkeley. 1910, v, 239--192. pl.) Treats of territory 16 and environment, buildings (sernisubterranean earth-lodge, summerhouse, sweat-house of two sorts), implements of war (bow and arrow and javelin). hunting implements (bow and arrow; moose-snare; bird-net). fishing implements (dug-out canoe, dip-net. string gill-net, hook and line, fish-spears of 3 kinds), stone implements (twohorned muller. looped muller, etc.; small mortars and pestles, maul, arrowstraightener, obsidian and flint arrowheads, spear-points, etc.. stone pipes of several forms). games (many for both adult and young,-these have been treated by Dorsey and Culin). basketry (soft and pliable, stiff and rigid, first largely predominating), fire-making (usual drill; sagebrush bark torch), miscellaneous (deformation of head in childhood; porcupine-tail hair-brush; special bone implement for separating inner from outer bark of pine). T h e Klamath and Modoc people "possess a specialized culture due largely to t h e extensive use of fulc in the making of houses. basketry and various utensils." They stand b y themselves also with respect to stone objects, implements for use on the water, their characteristic foods. etc. Bateman (L. C.) T h e Passamaquoddy Indians of Maine. (So. W k m n . , XXXIX. 17-07.3 Hampton. Va., 1910. fgs.) Treats of history, population (about 500 a t Pleasant P t near Eastport and on the regular reservation at Dana's P t in Princeton), political organization ("old party" and "no party," the latter more radical and stronger). marriage. death, language (only English taught in schools; use Indian among themselves, three re- spected authorities (parish priest, Indian Agent, Sisters of Mercy who teach t h e children), state aid ($10,000 a year), Indians of ability (Gov. Tomah Joe), legends (tale of Glooscap; tale of twins; a tale of war with the Mohawks). etc. Bauer (L. A,) The most curious c r a f t afloat. (Nat. Geogr. Mag., Wash.. 1910, >;XI. 0-13-045. fgs.) 30 Some of t h e illustrations (Guatemalan breadoven, wooden plow, Greenland natives. etc.) a r e of ethnologic interest. Berry (R. M . F.) T h e American gipsy. LXXX. 614-623. (Century. N. Y., 1910. 8 fgs.) Notes on languape (Kalo j i b ) . "patteran" (tracing footsteps or wagontracks. etc.). methods of travel, cooking conveniences and cleanliness (modern cook-stoves; although tripod and kettle have n o t altogether disappeared). methods of domestic work, traits and habits (shrewd money-makers), fortune-telling or "dukkering." devotion to family life (the really predominant trait), division into families, respect for age, gipsy queens, gipsy wives and mothers. religious faith (little outward p a r t ; buro-dunel and fickno-duvcl). Real American Romany is well-off. Beuchat (H.) el Rivet (P.) La famille lingusitique Zaparo. (J. de la Sac. d. AmCricanistes de Paris, 1908,N. s.. V, 235-248.) Treats o the Zaparan linf guistic stock of Ecuador. List of tribes (some 40). vocabulary (pp. 041-045). grammatical notes (pp. 245-2471 and texts (Sign of the Cross. Pater Noster. Ave Maria, and Credo) in the lquito dialect. with translation. The best known of these Indians are the Zaparo proper; some are almost entirely unknown linguistically. T h e Iquito is represented here b y the religious texts reprinted from Gonzalez Suarez." - L a langue Jlbaro ou Siwora. (Anthropos, S t Gabriel-Miidling, 1909. IV. 1053-1064.) Continuation of monograph on the Jivaro language. Grammatical and lexicological affinities (loan words from other tongues; affinities with Arawak dialects, particularly t h e Campa; possessive pronouns); texts (pp. 1059-1064): Pater Noster. Ave Maria, Commandments, p a r t of Christian Doctrine. etc.. in Gualaquiza and Macas. with interlinear translation. For comparison t h e Pater Noster in JCbero (Mainan) is given. T h e authors a r e of opinion t h a t t h e Jibaro A M E R I C A N A NTHROPOLOGcST I . S , 12. 1910 N . belongs to the Arawakan stock; but. burials, human burials, cave at Cold to the reviewer. this is not yet proved. Spring. stone implements, pottery, inBiasatti (R.) Contributi all’antropologia cluding jar of Iroquois pattern, human e all’antropogeografia delle popolazioni skeletons. etc.). relations with the first del Pacific0 settentrionale. (A. p. settlers, the town of New Haerlem and I’Antrop.. Firenze, 1910. 51-96. 23 XL, the passing of the red man. The refgs.) Based on study of Californian mains in question belong to the Wickand Haida crania in the National quas-keek (corrupted into “Wickers Anthropological Museum in Florence, Creek”) Indians of the Mohican section and crania of Haida, Tsimshian, of the eastern Algonkians. Kolusches. Aleuts, Eskimo, Cbukchee Breton (A.) Seventeenth International and Giliaks in the Museum of Natural Congress of Americanists, Buenos History at Paris, with references t o the Aires. May 16th to 24th. 1910. literature developed by Boas and the (Man.Lond.. 1910, 141-144.) Gives x, Jesup North-Pacific expedition; craniobrief rCsumCs of most important papers, logical details, measurements (pp. 88notes on other proceedings. etc. 9 4 ) of 2 Eskimo, 4 Haida, 8 Californian von Buchwald (0.) Zur VGlkerkunde skulls, and comparisons with other Sudamerikas. 11. (Globus. Brnschwg., races. In California, according to 1910.X C V I I I . 74-75.) Treats of the Prof. B.. we “are fully in the territory culture-history. etc.. of Peru and the of the Homo Americanns.” with the N. W. Coast of S. America (older on absence of Mongolian traits. The the coast and in the mountains, later at ”Paleoasiatics.” Eskimo, Aleuts, and L. Titicaca; Ica culture resembles that partly also the coast peoples (Tlinkit. of Tiahuanaco). Von B. sees Asiatic etc.) down t o California are, as Boas influences in Peru. Discusses distribuobserves. typically “fringe peoples.” tion of words for “water (rain).” The The Ainu are “antecedent to the inwhole coast from southern Colombia vasion of the facics mongolica.” No t o the desert of Atacama “was posdirect relations of the American type sessed by related peoples, with somewith Oceanic or European races can be what uniform culture.” established; secondary intrusions of Bushnell (D. I.. Jr) The bows and Mongolian character seems demonarrows of the Arawak in 1903. (Man. strated. The American aborigines proLond.. 1910.x. 22-24, 9 fgs.) Reproper “are derived from an amongolic duces, from a Ms.. dated 9 May, 1803. Asiatic type, which passed into the descriptions and drawings of 9 arrows New World in some interglacial (3 for war; I to walk with; a for birds; epoch.” I for wild hogs; I for fish; I for all Blnckham (R. J.) Cheese: its position in quadrupeds. and their “Arowaak” history. commerce and dietetics. (J. names, with notes on the use of the Sanit. Inst.. Lond.. IQIO. XXXI. 40bow and arrow. These arrows are 450.) Contains some interesting facts said t o be from 5% t o 6 f t . long. T h e regarding the antiquity of cheese and Ms. belonged to Hon. J. H. H. Holmes, its varieties. who in the early part of the last century Blackiston (A. H.) Archeological inveswas a court officer of Demerara and tigation in Honduras. (Rec. of Past, Essequeho; they are now in Virginia. Wash.. 1910. IX. 1g5-ao1. 1 2 fgs.) where Mr B. had access t o them. Briefly describes author’s investigations Capitan (L.) Le xv’ Congres Interof the mortuary mounds near San national des Americanistes. Vienne. Pedro Sula and the Playas de 10s Septembre 1908. (J. de la Soc. d. Muertos. in the valley of the river Americanistes de Paris, 1go8, N. s.. v. Chamelecon. on which are also located 221-234.) Brief account of proceedthe ruins of the ancient city of Naco. ings with notes on principal papers and the remains discovered. etc..-the discussions. Les sacrifices humains et l’anthrBlackiston collection is now in the U. S. National Museum. pophagie rituelle dans I’Arnkique anciBolton (R. P.) The Indians of Washingenne. (R. de I*&. d’Anthr. de Paris, ton Heights. (Anthrop. Pap. Amer. 1910. xx, 170-179, fgs.) Treats of 15 Mus. Nat. Hist., N. Y. 1909. 111. 75human sacrifice and ritual cannibalism 109, 5 pl.. 6 fgs.) Historical notes, in prehistoric America, particularly as represented in the ancient Mexican aboriginal remains (shell-heaps, dog- CHAMBERLAIN] PERIODICAL LITE R A TU R E manuscripts. According to Dr C.. for the ancient Mexicans the victim often represented the god and sacrifice meant closer union with him, while his flesh and blood became those of t h e divine being. This fact removes some of the horrible character attached t o these practices by the old chroniclers. Chamberlain (A. F.) Note sur l’association des id& chez un peuple primitif: les Kitonaqa d e la Colombie Britannique. (Bull. SOC. d’Anthr. d e Paris. 1909, vc s.. x. 132-134.) Cites 1 7 association-groups of words in the language of t h e Kutenai Indians (birch-bark, onion; wild-cherry, plum, etc.; ear of corn, pine-cone; ear of corn, lupine; rose-hip, apple, etc.; shot, peas; juniper-berries. pepper; elk. horse; grouse, turkey; mud, flour; ice, glass; fog, frost; cloud; dust, smoke, steam; cradle, hobble, corral; sun. clock. watch; salt, vinegar; water, whisky). - Note aur I’influence exercee sur les indiens Kitonaqa par les missionnaires catholiques. (R. d. fit. Ethnogr. e t Sociol.. Paris, 1909. 11. 155-158. I pl.) f Treats o modification of pagan institutions and ceremonies (e. g. great hunting dance a t Christmas times) of Kutenai Indians by the Catholic missionaries; word for ”God.”etc.; t h e phraseology of the ”Lord’s Prayer” (terms for “Our Father,” “heaven.” ”will.” “hallowed.” etc.); names of the days of the week; influence on a r t (Shaman; “shaman of whites,”figure of Christ). Noun composition in t h e Kootenay language. (Anthropos. S t GabrielM6dling. 1910. v. 787-790.) Cites numerous examples under 9 headings. Chervin (A:) Anthropologie bolivienne. (Bull. Soc. d’Anthr. d e Paris, 1909. v’ s.. x. 128-132.) RCsumes briefly the Anlhropologic boliwinnc (Paris, 1908. 3 vols.) of the author, containing the results (ethnological and demographical. anthropometrical and craniologf ical) o t h e Mission Franwise en Amerique d u Sud.” Metric photography was employed o n a largescale. Clark (H. W.) T h e tale of Tshihat. (Pacif. Mo.. Portland, 1910. XXIV. sag530. g fgs.) Treats of Tshishat (18331go8), hereditary chief of t h e Makahs of Cape Flattery and his troubles with the whites. In 1881 he w a s made captain of police for his people. H e was finally deposed in favor of a younger man. Davis (J. B.) Some Cherokee stories. (Ann. Arch. & Anthrop.. Univ. of Liverpool, ~ 9 1 0 .111, 26-49.) English f texts o myths and legends (the author is a Cherokee of Chelsea, Okla.): How the world was made, How they got fire, Why t h e moon’s face is dirty. How they tried t o kill t h e sun. T h e pleiades. The race between t h e terrapin and the rabbit, W h y t h e turkey carries a scalp, How the partridge got his whistle, How the rabbit killed Flint, Why t h e Terrapin’s back is patched, W h y t h e woodpecker’s head is red, Why t h e opossum’s tail is bare, T h e first ball game. Why some animals can see a t night, T h e origin of t h e bears, T h e race between the crane and the hurnming-bird. W h y t h e mole has to hide. Why the pheasant drums. T h e first quarrel, How sin came, How disease started. Die Choctaw-Indianer a m See Pontchartrin. (Globus. Brnschwg.. 1910, XCVII, 349-351.) ResumCs d a t a in D. I. Bushnell. Jr.’s The Choctaw of Bayou Lacomb. St Tammany Parish. Louisiana (Bull. 48 Bur. Amer. Ethnol. Wash., 1909). Dieseldorfi (E. P.) u b e r Klassificierung meiner arch2iologischen Funde im nordlichen Guatemala. ( Z . f . Ethnol.. Berlin, 1909. XLI. 862-873, 6 fgs.) Notes on rude, inartistic vessels. idols, etc.. found in caves or deep beneath the surface. belonging to t h e prehistoric inhabitants (probably of Mayan stock): objects from t h e Lacandon Indians (pottery. sacrificial vessels, etc.). objects from t h e Kekchi Indians (idols, hollow with hole for producing sounds; pottery. fine enameled vessels. etc.); objects from t h e Chols or Acalls (idols, heads, etc.). objects of similar kinds from the Pokomchi Indians, etc. D. considers i t incorrect t o suppose t h a t , because t h e modern Lacandons carry out certain ceremonies at the temple of Mench6-Tenamit. their ancestors built it. T h e primitive home of the Lacandons is the forest-region west of Usumasintla. T h e finds a t Cham& a r e probably Kekchi. T h e finds from Alta Vera Pat resemble t h e most of all the M a y a Codices. Die stidamerikanische Amazonensage. (Globus, Brnschwg.. 19x0. XCVII. 351352.) Resumes t h e article of R. Lasch A ME R IC A N ANTHROPOLOGIST [N. s., 1 2 , 1910 on “The South American Amazon Legend” in t h e Mill. d. K.K . geograph. Ces. i n Wicn, 1910.L I I I . 278-289. See Lasch (R.). Dixon (R. B.) Shasta myths. (J. Amer. X Folk-Lore, Boston, 1910, X I I I . 8-37.) The Chimariko Indians and Language. (Univ. of Calif. Publ. in Amer. Arch. & Ethnol.. Berkeley, 1910, v. 293-380.) Treats of culture (pp. 295306) and language (307-380). Territory and history (population never more t h a n some hundred), material culture (dress, bodily decoration and ornament, ear-piercing, tattooing; food, roasting and boiling; houses of old type now disappeared; weapons: canoes; pipes: flutes; nets; twined basketry), social organization (only social units were village communities, no clans; monogamy general; puberty ceremonies simple: inhumation; “grass-game,” cup-and-ball game, cat’s cradle, etc.). religion (shamans of both sexes, instructed in dreams; dance of shaman neophyte. puberty dance, and simple sweat-dance for men only: “round dance” in summer) and mythology (dog chief figure in creation with coyote; fire-myth, animal-stealers), etc. T h e cultural affinities of the Chimariko a r e closest perhaps with the Shastan stock. Besides a grammatical sketch this monograph contains (pp. 339-361) t h e native texts of 6 myths and legends (the Sorcerer, T h e flood.T h e unsuccessful hunter, T h e theft of fire, etc.). with interlinear and free translations, explanatory notes, etc.; and also an English-Chimariko (pp. 363-370) and 370-379) Chimariko-English (pp. vocabulary. two columns to t h e page. together with some sentences, placenames (pp. 379-380). etc. On pages 337-338 is a list of lexical resemblances between Chimariko and languages of t h e Shastan families, which together with “the considerable degree of similarity in grammatical and phonetic character between the Chimariko and t h e Shastan families,” a r e of interest in connection with cultural rapprochrmcnl. According t o D r D.. there is a possibility of real relationship between these two stocks. Dominian (L.) T h e pyramids of S a n Juan Teotihuacan. (Rec. of Past, Wash., 1910. IX. 267-275. 7 fgs.) Describes “Pyramid of Sun” a n d “Pvramid of Moon,” smaller mounds. remains of dwellings; obsidian knives. etc. T h e “giants” a r e also discussed. Dunlop (-) Instruments en pierre d e Texas. (Bull. Soc. d’ Anthr. d e Paris, 1909. ve S . x. 56-57.) Notes o n . some hematite implements and seashells found together a t Eagle Food. Texas, and sent t o t h e Anthropological Society of Paris. Eberhardt (C. C.) Indians of Peru. (Smithson. Misc. Coll., Quart. Iss.. Wash., 1909. v. 181-194, 2 pl.) Gives list of tribes with estimated population, and notes on Huitotos. Campas. Aguarunas, Huichipairis. Inji-inji (lowest of Peruvian Indians; on Curaray R . ) , Nahumedes (tradition says they a r e t h e Indians who gave rise to the story of the “Amazons” or women warriors), Orejones. Also notes on t h e tribes a s a whole: Form of government, languages (many independent stocks), houses, food. physical characters (dark tribes of Putumayo probably have strains of negro blood from runaway slaves; light Huarayos of Madre d e Dios possibly some Spanish blood), mental traits (as a rule quick t o adopt customs of whites). polygamy common, diseases (smallpox, beri-beri. etc.). medicines (”wonderful knowledge of value of herbs, plants, roots.” etc.. a myth), cannibalism (still practiced by some tribes of Putumayo). slavery (exists in Peru. but Indian slaves not harshly treated). Information in this article is from a consular report of 1907 by t h e author t o t h e Department of S t a t e a t Washington, and is largely derived from M r G. M . von Hassel. “probably one of t h e best authorities on t h e subject.” -Sound-signalling by Indians of tropical South America. (Ibid.. 2 6 ~ 2 7 1 . I fg.) Brief account of the contrivance (suspended ”male” and “female” logs hollowed by burning. which a r e beaten by stick with rubber head) found among several tribes of the Amazonian region in Peru-Brazil, known to t h e Uitolos a s manguari. and by other tribes as hubra. Lundoy. etc. “Eine anthropologische Entdeckung von fundamentaler Wicktigkeit.” (Globus Brnschwg.. 1910, XCVII. 336337.) Note on t h e investigations of D r P. Boas as to the changes in skull-form, etc.. of immigrants a n d t h e children of such, as revealed in t h e publication of t h e Immigration Commission re- CHAMBERLAIN] PERIODICAL L I T E R A T U R E cently issued by the Government a t 1910. IX, 154-156. z fgs.) Cites Washington, Changes in Bodily Form evidences of t h e cremation of human of Descendants of Immigrant3 (1910). bodies (bone ashes, smoke-blackened roof, absence of human bones, relatively Etienne (J.) Les Boruns. (Anthropos. St Gabriel-Madling, 1909. IV. 942small number of human burials, etc.) in refuse heaps of caves, on the mesas, 944.) Notes on habitat (between etc.. indicating a wide distribution Rio Mucury. Rio Jequitinhonha and of this custom among both the pret h e Serra dos Aymorks). physical historic and historic peoples of Arizona characters (old Indian claiming to be and t h e Cliff-dwellers of the Mesa 108 years), customs (house and contents; ear-ornaments of women). lanVerde. -Prehistoric ruins of the Gila valley. guage (list of 37 words, pp. 943-944.ob(Smithson. Misc. Coll.. Quart. Iss.. of t h e extinct tained a t Oliven-). Boruns. T h e speech is plainly Tupian. Wash., 1909, 403-436. 5 pl.. 10 fgs.) v. Treats of t h e Middle Gila valley Farabee (\V. C.) Some customs of t h e compounds (ruins near Florence, EsMacheyenzas. (Proc. Amer. Antiq. calante ruin, Tcurik Vaaki. ruins SOC..Worcester, N.S. xx. 127-131.) near Casa Grande. near Blackwater. Treats of attitude toward the dead Santan ruins. Snake and Sweet Water (no fear; body handled with impunity a n d disposed of without ceremony). Ruins, Casa Blanca and Gila Crossing “burial” (body carried on litter from ruins), S a n t a Cruz river compounds house and thrown into swift river. (ruins near Tucson, Chakayuma. no ceremony a t house or a t river; Aquituno. Quitoac. ruins near Qwasome Indians of the tribe bury with hadt). Salt River compounds: Ruins no ceremonies, marking of grave or near Phenix (Patrick compound. Kalfus grave-gifts the bodies of those killed and Heard mounds), Tempe ruins (great in warfare; some again bury small Ternpe mound, Carroll compound). children among the rocks on the hills), Mesa City ruins (Stemart compound, house where death has occurred (if Los Muertos. Draine’s compound). Ruins on t h e San Pedro (ruins opposite small child had died there, house is still old Ft Grant, opposite Monmouth, used, but if other member of family. Seven Mile ruin. ruin near Clark’s i t is abandoned and new one built a t Ranch, Fifteen Mile ruin. etc.). Acsome distance; this is done, not from cording to D r F. “these settlements were fear of t h e dead but from fear of t h e disease t h a t killed him), soul-lore built by t h e ancestors of the present (according to tradition. souls of Machhouse-building Indians of the Southeyangas enter the red deer; the flesh west”; a n d “the abandonment of t h e of this animal they never eat, but d o custom of building Casas Grandes not object to others so doing, and will dates back to prehistoric times, and even kill it and cook the flesh for them; none of t h e great buildings in the Gila t h e soul is neither the deer, nor t h e valley were constructed subsequent t o soul of t h e deer, “it is t h e end of i t the arrival of t h e Spaniards“ (p. 435). when i t enters the deer“; they disT h e war between t h e nomads and t h e tinguish between the soul and life; house-builders of t h e Gila had pract h e soul “has nothing t o do with life, tically ceased before t h e Spanish adsleep, disease or death“), religion and vent. T h e overthrowers of the C a m mythology (“big man in the sky”; Grandes were not the Apaches, b u t creator, b u t has little to d o except rather people from the west, from t h e to thunder and send rain; attitude Gulf of California. T h e Pimas and towards him of Indians is one of Papagos represent the mixed blood of indifference, a s is his towards them). conquerors and conquered. The circuThese Arawakan Indians of Eastern lar houses m a y h a v e been introduced Peru “make no o5erings nor prayers by t h e prehistoric hostiles from the a n d have no ceremonies, no feasts, west. no sacred dances. no ceremonial Finch (J. I . Aboriginal remains on () objects, no charms, no fetishes.” M a n h a t t a n Island. (Anthrop. Pap. This paper is valuable for the psycholAmer. Mus. Nat. Hist.. N. Y..1909. ogy of primitive man. 111, 63-73.) Notes on archeological Fewkes (J. W.) Cremation in Cliffsites ( F t Washington Pt. T h e Knoll. dwellings. (Rec. of Past, Wash., Cold Spring, Inwood Station, Harlem AH. ANTH.. N. S.. 13-47 A M E R I C A N ANTHROPOLOGIST [N. s.. 12. 1910 Ship Canal, Harlem River, Isham's Wailaki." The myths and tales also show considerable difference from those Garden, Academy Street Garden, Dog burials found in 1895. Shell pockets a t of the Wailaki. Pomo influence in folk21 rth St., etc.). chiefly shelldeposits, lore and culture is traceable. The coyote is a prominent figure. Other -the only Indian remains now left are at Inwood and Cold Spring. Mr figures are: Wolf, yellow-hammer, Calver's discoveries since 1886 are skunk, elk. gray-squirrel. grizzly, doe, turtle, gopher, meadow-lark, goose, described and some historical references added. The Indians known as Manserpent, rattlesnake, milk-snake. waterpanther, "man eater." kangaroo-rat. hattans (their territory includes Manhattan Island and that part of the etc. In the creation-myths Nagaitcho mainland which is west of the Bronx and Thunder are prominent. The River north of Yonkers) were a subprocesses of creation. transforming, and tribe of the Wappinger division of the "becoming" in these myths are particularly interesting from a psychologMohicans. See Bolton (R. P.), Skinner (A.) ical point of view. In one myth a Goddard (P. E.) Apache tribes of the "supernatural child" figures. Greene (J.) Indian traditions. (So. Southwest. (So. Wkmn.. Hampton. Wkmn.. Hampton. Va.. 1909, XJLXVIII. Va.. 1910, XXXIX. 481-485, 6 fgs.) Notes on the Jicarilla. Mescalero. etc. 691-692; 1910,XXXIX. 38-39.) Brief creation legend (Good ruler made man Houses, food-gathering. hunting, ceremonies (annual feast of the Jicarilla and f s ; evil one made snake and ih monkey); marriage customs; idea of resembles, and may be copied from, the end of world; example of Indian humor; well-known yearly feast a t Taos). The animal stories (why horse and dog Apache believe that "the present age cannot speak, but are friends of man): is one in which the gods are against them,'' and they have sought to estabhappy hunting-grounds. Author is a Seneca graduate of Hampton Institute. lish a new moon cult in lieu of the old sun religion; but after 6 years have Grinnell (G. B.) Coup and scalp among given up the attempt. the Plains Indians (Amer. Anthrop., W s . 1910, N. s., XIJ, 296-3x0). ah, - Navajo blankets. (Amer. Muscum J.. N. Y . 1910.x. 201-211, 1 2 Hamy (E. . T.) La corbeille de Joseph de l Soc. d. Am&. de a Dombey. fgs.) Treats of the beginnings of Paris. 1908, N. s v. 157-161. I fg.) . Navajo weaving, method of weaving, Treats of a willow basket, now in the colors of blankets. designs, kinds of Trocadero Museum belonging to the blankets, recent acquisitions of the American collection of J. Dombey. but museum (some 4a specimens). The evidently not native to the regions most valuable blankets are those conexplored by him (Peru, Chili, Brazil). taining bayeta. which have not been Form, texture, ornamentation. etc.. made since about 1875. The designs suggest the Northwest Pacific Coast are partly taken over from basketry, region as the place of origin (perhaps partly influenced from Pueblo and some part of California). To the shell Spanish sources, partly the result of disks with which this basket is orna"a natural growth coordinate with the mented feathers seem once to have development of Navajo weaving." In been attached. Dr H. sees in the recent years aniline dyes have superresemblances between ars plumaria seded native ones. Blanket-making is of the Hawaiians and the Indians of now the chief art of the Navajo. California proofs of Polynesian origins Kato texts. (Univ. of Calif. Publ. of some Indian tribes. in Amer. Arch. & Ethnol.. Berkeley, 1909. v. 65-238. I pl.) Gives native Hardenburg (W. E.) The Indians of the Putumayo. Upper Amazon. (Man, texts, with interlinear and free translaLand.. 1910. x. 134-138.) Treats of tions. explanatory notes. etc.. of 37 the Huitotos: Tribal organization myths, legends, and tales of the Kato (sub-tribes independent with own chief; Indians of the Athapascan stock. Mendocino county, California (13 vary in number from a5 t o 500 or more individuals). language ("a simple diamyths of origin, 10-24 tales of animals, lect. with but little grammar"). physical 25-37 tales of the supernatural). The characters (small but well-formed and language is "unmixed Athapaxan, strong; epilation; men toe outward, distinct to a considerable degree from u. CHAMBERLAIN] PERIODICAL LITERATURE women inward; flexible big toe), mutilations (perforation of septum of nose, ear-lobe, etc.), character (humble and hospitable, except the ”wild ones”), marriage (few formalities; women naturally chaste), child-birth. naming (name of dead passed on to another), burial under floor of hut (new one then built), tobacco-drinking ceremony, houses (several families in each usually, each one having own place, utensils, etc.), hammocks, weapons (blow-gun and curare-tipped arrows; light spear with poisoned tip; macana) fishing (nets, spears, hooks); manguart or “wireless telegraphy.” dress, food, and drink (preparation from yuco and aguaje pulp), use of coca; dances (rare; paint themselves all over). religion (worship sun and moon: usiffamu. a sort of superior being). Harrington (J. P.) Notes on t h t Piro language. (Amer. Anthrop.. Wash., 1909. N. s.. XI, 563-594.) An introductory paper on the Tiwa language, dialect of Taos, New Mexico. (Ibid.. 1910.N. s., XII, II- 48.) - On phonetic and lexic resemblances between Kiowan and Tanoan. (Ibid.. I 19-123.) On the etymology of Guayabe. (Ibid.. 344.) “ButterAy” in Southwestern Ianguages. (Ibid.. 344-345.) H-gton (M. R.) The last of the Iroquois potters. (N. Y. State Mus. Bull. 133. Fifth Rep. Dir.. 1908. Albany, rgog. 222-227, 10 pl.) Gives results of investigation in July. 1908, of pottery-making (jar, pot, bowl) among the eastern Cherokee of North C a r e ha.-half the specimens obtained were the product of one old woman, who with one other, still knew and practiced the art. The Cherokee pottery of today resembles the Iroquoian type, but “the ancient pottery of the Cherokee embraced forms still more like the Iroquois styles than are those of modem make.” The carved decorating paddle became obsolete among the Iroquois at an early date. A few years will see the last of the Iroquoian potters. The rock-shelters of Armonk. New York. (Anthrop. Pap. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist.. N. Y.. 1909,111, 123138, 3 pl.. 7 fgs.) Notes on Finch’s Rock House, the largest and most important (pp. 125-127).Neb0 Rocks, Hdicker’s Cave, Leather Man’s Shelter, Little Helicker’s. Mahoney shelter. Quartz, Quarry Rock-Shelter, Riverville Shelter, etc., and remains found, giving revults of investigations of 1900-1901. etc. In some of the caves evidence of European contact was common. In “Finch’s Rock House” a potteryless people first used the cave; then, after a period of non-use came Indians with pottery of the Iroquoian type chiefly; the last Indians represented were Algonkins (Siwanoy or Tankitekes) who saw the coming of the white man. See Schrabisch (M.). Ancient shell-heaps near New York City. (Ibid.. 167-179. 3 fgs.) Notes on shell-heaps and remains found in them a t Tottenville (Staten 1) .. Cold Spring, Pelham Bay Park, near near Westchester. Port Washington, L. I.,’Oyster Bay, etc.). Harsha (W. J.) The sense of humor aniong Indians. (So.Wkmn.. H a m p XXXIX. 504-505.) Cites ton, Va.. 1910, numerous examples from Omaha, Arapaho, Apache, Kiowa. Comanche Indians. The Indian’s reputation for gravity has led to a general mistaken impression t h a t he lacks a sense of humor, but those who meet him or who know him well are fully aware that, in the privacy of the Upi. or around a n evening campfire. or out on a companionable hunt; he can be “full of simple pleasantries that are of the essence of humor.” Haynes (H. W.) Discovery of an Indian shell-heap on Boston Common. (Rec. of Past, Wash., 1910. 79.) Note on IX, discovery during the autumn and winter of 1909 of traces o an Indian f shell-heap (soil blackened from decay of animal substances, broken and blackstained shells of the soft clam. etc.). in one of the trenches excavated for irrigation purposes. No flints or implements of stone or bone occurred. but *‘a smooth. thin, flat pebble, marked with deeply incised cuts.” possibly a game-marker, was found. Hem6 (G.) Remarques sur un C r b e d e I’Ile aux Chiens d k r i t par Winslow. 1712. (R. de I&. d’ Anthr. de Paris. 1910, xx. 52-59. 5 fgs.) Treats of the skull of an American Indian from Ile aux Chiens. a n islet near SaintPierre in the French possessions w. of Newfoundland, and briefly described in the Mim. de 1’Acad. Roy. d. Scicnccs AMERICAN ANTHROPOLOGIST [N. s , 12, . for 1722 by the celebrated anatomist Ignace (E.) Les Indiens Capiekrans. J. B. Winslow. According t o H.. this (Anthropos. St. Gabriel-MSdling. 1910. skull (the body to which it was atV, 473-482.) Notes on habitat (upper tached, when found in 1721.was “still Maranhdo near the Serra dos Canelas). clothed“) is not Eskimo, or Beothuk. physical characters, manners and customs (coui or ear-plug; b f o or villagebut Micmac. I t is very dolichocephalic. with very prominent zygomatic regions. chief; marriagefestival; drum and maraca), religion (Catholic with many Hewett (E. L.) The excavations a t El remains of heathenism), language (list Rito de 10s Frijoles in 1909. (Amer. Anthrop., Wash., 1909, s., XI.651N. of 36 words, p. 479). classification and comparison with other tribes (table, 672. 13 fgs.) Hillinrd (J. N.) Sitting Bull’s capture p. 480). history, etc. The C a p i e h n s belong with the Timbiras or G@a and the Messiah Craze. (So. Wkmn.. Hampton, Va., 1910. XXXIX. 545-551.) (Tapuyan stock). Indian workers and leaders. Treats of the arrest and death of (So. Wkmn.. Hampton. Va.. 1910, XXXIX, Sitting Bull. In the “messiah craze,” Sitting Bull saw his chance for revenge 277-279,2 fgs.) Notes on Indian deleon the white man, and he w a s one of the gates to Washington (Dept. of Intefirst to accept the doctrine of “the Red rior) from Standing Rock and Cheyenne Messiah.” River reservations re cession and opening of Indian lands. Hodge (F. W.) The Jumano Indians. (Proc. Amer. Antiq. Soc.. Worcester. Jackson (J.) The upward march of the Indian. (Ibid.. 242-245.) Notes re1910.N. S . xx. 249-268.) Cites his. torical. ethnological, etc., evidence sults of Indian education since the first that the Jumano Indians (the “Cow bringing of Indians to Hampton Institute in 1878. Indians” of Cabcza de Vaca. in 1535). knownalsoas Patarabueyes.“Rayados.” Jones (S. B.) Indian Warner, a Carib etc.. of Chiuahua. Kew Mexico, Texas, Chief. (Ibid.. 555-258.) Gives story of “Indian Warner, half-blood son of and, subsequently, Kansas, were the Sir Thomas Warner. a colonist of some Towehash. “the name of a division of the Wichita, also the term by which note, Governor of St. Kitts. who after the Carib massacre of 1629.took one other Caddoan tribes knew the Wichita proper.” This identification of the of the womcn who were parceled out among the whites. He was ultimately “Jumanos” with the Wichita “accounts killed by the Caribs at the instigation for the disappearance of a tribe that of the English. has long been an enigma to ethnologists Kessler (D. E.) The outpost mission of and historians.” Holand (H. R.) Are there English words Santa Isabel. (Ibid.. 31-32.) Notes on the Kensington rune-stone? (Rec. on the past and present condition of the Santa Isabel Mission, one of the oldest of Past, Wash.. 1910. IX, 240-245.) in southern California. Its first padre Shows that from, of vest. illy. dhedh. was Father Craegorio. mans may be good Scandinavian. See - El Capitan Blanco-the White Upham (W.). Chief of the Mesa Grande: (Ibid.. Holmes (W. H.) Some problems of the 1909.XXXVIII. 655-671. 5 fgs.) Treats American race. (Amer. Anthrop.. of Edward Davis, adopted by these N. 149-182. fgs.) 15 Wash., 1910. 5..XII. mission Indians of California and their van Hyning (T.) The Boone mound. hereditary chief Mata Whur or Cinon 157-162. (Rec. of Past, Wash., 1910,1x. Duro. the keeper of their sacred tra4 fgs.) Treats of the Boone mound in ditions. Brief account of the adoptionBoone co.. Iowa, practically void of ceremonies. the usual artefacts (except a few stone Kinnaman (J. 0.)Chippewa legends. implements. numerous fragments of (Amer. Antiq.. Salem. Mass,. 1910. pottery and many shells of Unionidac). XXXII. 96-102.) English texts only but said to be unique in possessing a of three legends of the Lake Superior stone floor. .Scattered over the floor Ojibwa: “The Phantom Canoe (the were many human bones, including story of the wife of Weetshahstyshy one entire skull and parts of four others. Aptapee),” “The White Stone Canoe.” On top of the floor were logs against and “Wawabezowin” (a sort of Undine which on the outside were stone slabs forming an enclosure. myth). CHAMBERLAIN] PERIODICAL LITERATURE Koch-Grihberg (T.) Die Chipaya und Curuah6, Para. Brasilien. (2.f. Ethnol., Berlin, 1910. XLII. 609-611.) Introductory historical ethnographical remarks t o t h e article of E. Snethlage (9.v.) on t h e Chipaya and Curuahe. two Tupian tribes of the Iriri-Cum6 region of Par&. T h e Chipaya is dose to t h e Yurdna language. Kroeber (A. L.) Noun composition in American languages. (Anthropos, S t Gabriel-MMling. 1910, V, 204-218.) According to D r K.. “of 30 North American families in which t h e order of composition has been established, 22 place t h e determining noun differently from t h e determining verbal or adjectival stem, 8 t r e a t them alike; 29 American families place t h e determining noun first, 6 place i t second; 1 3 place t h e determining verb or adjective first, P I place i t second.” Illustrations from numerous languages a r e given. T h e Indo-European order of composition is followed b y t h e Algonkian. Utc-Aztecan. Kootenay. and some small families in N. California and Oregon (here t h e determining element, irrespective of i t s part of speech, precedes t h e determined noun): in the MayaTsimshian type t h e noun follows; the most common method, especially north of Mexico, is where t h e noun precedes. T h e Yokuts “lacks composition nearly as thoroughly as Eskimo.” b u t for quite a different reason. Iroquoian. according t o M r Hewitt. “cannot combine two noun-stems into one word.” Eskimo ”is a purely derivative language.” Shoshonean “employs derivation much more freely t h a n composition.” There is evidence t h a t “adjacent languages of unrelated origin and diverse vocabulary have influenced ea& other in their methods of structure.” See Chamberlain (A. F.). -T h e Chumash and Costanoan languages. (Univ. of Calif. Pub]. in Amer. Archeol. & Ethnol., Berkeley, 1910. IX.237-271.) Treats of t h e dialects and territory. phonetics, grammar, etc.. of these t w o Californian linguistic stocks. T h e Costanoan language has 7 known dialects, in two groups, northern (San Francisco. San Jose. Santa Clara. Santa Cruz). and southern (San Juan Bautista, Soledad. and Monterey); a comparative vocabulary of these dialects is given on pages 243249. Besides versions of t h e Lord’s Prayer. t h e text of a Monterey legend of the origin o t h e world, with interf linear translation, etc., a n d a few brief songs a r e given (pp. 253-260). Of t h e Cliumash comparative vocabularies of 5 dialects belonging to 3 groups a r e given (pp. 265-268). with text of t h e Lord’s Prayer a n d two brief songs. In spite of marked lexical divergencies the Chumash dialects a r e comparatively uniform in grammar. O n pages 25g-263. with a comparative word-list, D r K. discusses t h e possible relationship of Costanoan and Miwok, based on lexical and grammatical resemblances. and suggests t h a t if such a relationship be ultimately determined t h e name Miwok be applied to t h e resulting larger family of speech. T h e Miwokof the interior represents perhaps “a more primitive stage of synthetic structure, which has already largely broken down in t h e coast Miwok dialects and has been replaced by a n almost entirely analytic one in Costanoan.” Lasch (R.) Zur siidamerikanischen Amazonensage. (Mitt. d. K. K. Geogr. Ges. in Wien. 1910.278-289.) Brief, well-documented s t u d y of South American “Amazon myths,’’ from t h e report of Orellana in 1541 down t o recent a t t e m p t s at interpretation. Among t h e tribes credited with “Amazons” are: Natives o n t h e Amazon (named from this) near Trombetas. Indians beyond t h e Xarayes and Urtueses of Bolivia, Indians east of the Tapacuras. Indians of t h e Icamiaba mountains a t t h e source of t h e Nhamunda. T h e Trombetas region seems specially favored i n t h e earlier reports. T h e m y t h itself i s widespread over northern S. America; it occurred also in the Antilles a n d in C. America. in isolated fashion. L. thinks t h a t “the legend of t h e Amazons is neither a historical nor a new culture-myth, b u t a mythical story invented to explain social arrangements.” It represents the primary economic separation of t h e sexes a n d is also only “a somewhat idealized picture of this division of primitive society.” I t is also an attempt to justify t h e male-association f against t h e aspirations o t h e women. L. agrees with Ehrenreich in assigning to this legend a n origin among t h e northern Caribs,-the mythopoeic dis- A M E R I C A N ANTHROPOLOGIST [N. s.. 12. 1910 position being very marked in the Cariban stock. Latcham (R. E.) Ethnology of the Araucanos. Roy. Anthr. Inst.. Lond., 1909, XXXIX, 334-376. 2 pl.) Treats of clothing (anciently skins only; spinning and weaving, making “bark” cloth learned from Calchaquis), ornaments (not much given t o personal adornment; women’s ear-rings. bracelets, pendants, collars, head-bands, etc.; no face-painting nor tattooing now). habitations (primitively bldo or skin tent, now wattle and daub huts at first circular, then oval, finally rectangular) and furniture, weaving, skins, pottery (generally made by women; coarse variety for domestic purpose, finer in burial-places). fire (now by matches or with flint and steel; friction method occasionally; no special rites), food (various tubers, fruits. berries, pifion, flesh and fowl; maize and beans introduced by Incas; cooking done by women; horseflesh favorite meat; meals generally at mid-day and sundown; now greatly addicted to drunkenness). agriculture (due to Incas; desultory and primitive even now; irrigation in north adopted from Incas), religion (great admixture of Christian beliefs and customs; rude form of nature-worship; chief deities evil genii t o be propitiated; Pillan. the thundergod. now almost entirely replaced by Ngune mapun. lord of the earth; moon the only beneficent deity; no hell; Mocha id., starting-place for other world). superstitions (omens, dreams), magic and witchcraft (sorcerers, diviners, exorcists). morals, laws and customs, relationship (list of terms (pp. 357-358). marriage customs (polygamy general. limited by wealth), child-birth, totemism (not now in vogue, but author sees traces in children‘s names), cannibalism (no case known for nearly a century; only prisoners of war were eaten), war. burials, ceremonies (detailed account of ceremonies of machi or medicine-man at house of chief supposed to be poisoned. pp. 365-369). Laval (R. A.) Del latin en el Folk-lore chileno. (An. de la Univ.. Santiago de Chile, 1910. cxxv. 9 3 1 9 5 3 . ) Cites numerous phrases. exprewions. refrains, verses. anecdotes, etc.. in Chilian folk-use. containing Latin words and sentences (Latin is no longer a com- u. pulsory subject). Curious is the proverb, Beali indiani qui manducant charquicancm. Macaronic Latin verses in imitation of liturgical phrase, also occur, with other joco-serious “poems” in which Latin words are included. - Cuentos cbilenos de nunca acabar (Ibid.. 955-996.) Cites 26 examples of ”endless tales.” LBden (C.) Kurzer Bericht iiber meine Gronlandreise 1909. (Globus. Brnschwg.. 1910. XCVII. 197-zoz. 6 fgs.) Contains notes on Eskimo of Umanatsiak. Umanak, North Star Bay, etc. According t o the author, “the Christian Eskimo of Danish Greenland seemed like withering leaves as compared with the heathen Eskimo of Cape York.” The “only place, perhaps. in Danish Greenland, where the Eskimo have preserved their culture is Umanatsiak.” From Umanatsiak came four singers of the old native songs and the author was able to obtain a number of good phonographic records. A few songs were also obtained elsewhere; observations of dances, etc.. were made. In Jacobshavn the Eskimo sang banal religioui verses. learned from the missionaries. Lehmann (W.) Syphilis und Uta in Peru. (Globus. Brnschwg.. 1910.X C V I I I . 1213.) Resumes the data in J. C. Tello’s La antiguldad de la Si>lis en el Perti (Lima, 1909) and R. Palma’s La U ta dcl P A (Lima, 1908) concerning the alleged existence of syphilis in prehistoric Peru, etc.. which question is not settled by these works. Uta. may be another disease, leprosy of some sort. and not syphilis,-Uta is popularly thought to be carried by a fly or a mosquito. Syphilis-infection of the llama from man has not been substantiated. Tello thinks that the representations on Peruvian pottery refer to syphilis rather than to U f a . See Ashmead (A. S.) Lehmann-Nitsche (R.) Dibujos primitivos. (Univ. Nac. de la Plata. Extens. Univ.. Confer. de 1907 y 1908. La Plata. 1909. 111-132. 49 fgs.) Treats of drawings of children of the white race (Argentinian boys and girls) and of adults of primitive races, especially American Indians.-Guat6. Bakairl. CainguP. Fuegian. Baniva. Boror6, Ipurinl. etc. (Schmidt, v. d. Steinen, Koch. Ambrosetti. etc. The rarity of trees and plants is noted. D r L.-N. sees WAMBERLAIN] PERIODICAL LITERATURE parallelism of ideas and artistic development in the child and the uncivilized races. Lenders Indian collection. (Amer. Museum J.. N. Y.. 1910, x,92-95.) Brief account of collection made by Mr E. W. Lenders, a noted artist of Philadelphia and bought for the Museum by Mr J. P. Morgan. Represented are the Sioux (costumes especially). Cheyenne, Arapaho, Blackfeet ("medicine man's'' costume and paraphernalia, etc.). Crow, Nez PercC. Plains Cree. Apache, Comanche and Kiowa (dress, etc.), Shoshone; also by art-work, weapons, etc.. articles of painted buffalo hide. Plains Indians, Indians of the North Pacific Coast, the Southwest and the Eastern Woodlands. L e d (E.) Albinism0 parziale eredofamigliare in Negri della Luisiana. (A. p. I'Antrop.. Firenze. 1909. XXXIX, 5-13,I pl.) Treats of hereditary partial albinism involving 14 members of one family-stock (genealogical tree, p. 9) of Louisianian negroes (resident about a century in that State). From a normal negro father and his wife (affected partially with albinism) have descended 15 children of whom 8 are partial albinos, and 5 grandchildren, all partial albinos. Of the normal children 3 are male; of the partial albinos 3. The third generation consists of 4 females and I male. Attenuaf tion o the phenomenon with successive generations is shown. In none of these cases was the eye affected. Lewis (L. M.) Sunlight legend of the Warmspring Indians. (So. Wkmn., Hampton. Va.. 1909, XXXVIII. 685686.) Poem. Tells how Ah-ah, the crow, got the box of sunlight from Qui-amir. the eagle, and dashed it down on the rocks, letting the light out into the world. - The Warmspring Indian legend of the fox and the spirits. (Ibid., 1910, XXXM. 94-98.) Poem. Tells how the crafty fox. Lute-si-ah. made Whoolwhool, the lark, inform him how to signal for the spirits, and how he visited the little daughter he had lost, in the spirit-land. Libbey (0. G.) The proper identification of Indian village sites in North Dakota: A reply to Dr Dixon. (Amer. Anthrop.. Wash.. 1910. N. S. XII. 123128.) Lipps (0. H.) The co-education of Indians and whites in the public schools. (So.Wkmn., Hampton. Va.. 1910, XXXIX, 152-161. I fg.) Records the success of the Fort-Lapwai (Idaho) co-educational school for whites and Indians (125 Nez PercCs, 110 white pupils). The State Normal Schools and State University are open to Indians on the same terms as to whites. At p. 155. the word L U ~ W said to is Q ~ mean "the place where the butterflies dwell." hewenthal (L.) Ein irokesisches Marchen. (A. f. Religsw.. Lpzg.. 1910. XIII, 47Q-480.) Gives Mohawk text and English translation of a brief tale,-Kaniengahaka akaran. "Peopleof-the-hunt (i. e. Mohawk) story" of the "Great Frog" from Ms. of J. 0. Brant-Sero. Ludwick (L.) The Oneidas of to-day. (So. Wkmn.. Hampton. Va.. 1910. XXXIX. 34-36.) Many are prosperous farmers; women are energetic and hard-working (almost all have learned lace-making), education appreciated (nearly zoo have been a t Hampton; some educated Oneidas have gone abroad t o teach, etc.. in Canada, New Mexico, etc.). bad effects of money and liquor of whites (particularly during the last two or three years). Last summer the reservation was incorporated as a township. Author is an Oneida girl. Manuel (V.) The Pimas: Christian Indian tribe of the Southwest. (Ibid.. 161-162.) Calls attention to peaceful character of this tribe, every member of which belongs to some church, and all the children go to school. The Pima "were tillers of the soil before the first paleface discovered this country." According to M.. who is a Pima. the name P i m a comes from pimatre. "I don't know." in the language of these Indians. Marelli (C. A.) L a complicaci6n y sinostosis de las suturas del crLneo cerebral de 10s primitivos habitantes de la RepGblica Argentina. (Rev. d. Mus. de L a Plata, Buenos Aires. 1909. xvt. 353-487.) Detailed study of sutural complication and synostosis (complication. obliteration; influence of complication, metopism. sex, age, cephalic index, cranial capacity, deformations and anomalies, etc.. on obliteration) in the skulls of Argentinian Indians, with comparisons with material from other races, and refer- AMERICAN ANTHROPOLOGIST “. s., 12, I910 ences to the literature of the subject (Ribbe. FrhdMc, etc.). The crania investigated number some 600 including 91 Araucanian. 86 Calchaqui. 306 Patagonian, 13 Ona and Yamana. 14 Toba. I Guaycurii. I Guayaqul. I Mataco and z Tereno. Complication and age seem not to have direct influence upon the synostosis of the cranial sutures. Influences of metopism. sex (less capacity and a finer cranial type have their effect here also). cephalic index (extreme variations of the index are correlated with analogous variations of ossification; synostosis increases with dolichccephalj-.and is retarded in hyper- and ultrabrachycephaly). cranial capacity, deformations and anomalies are found. Greater or less capacity is accompanied by less or greater ossification respectively; deformation by an accentuation of aynostosis due t o plagiocephaly and changes of ossification parallel with the cephalic index in artificial deformation. The groups studied are characterized by simplicity of serration of the two upper divisions of the coronal suture (-0cranial), quite different from the IndoEuropean skull, when we find here so often the pars Camplicaio. Three sorts of beginning of obliteration occur (temporal, vertex, obelion). Mead (C. W.) South American. (Anthrop. Pap. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist.. N. Y. 1910. Iv. 307-312. I PI.. 3 fgs.) Notes on recently acquired specimens. Schmidt and Weiss collections from Baniva Indians of Rio Isana (hutbuilding, cassava-products, implements used in making farinha, fapioca and cariri; Furlong Patagonian collection (some IOO specimens; Yahgan spears and basketry; Ona arrow-maker’s outfit complete; Tehuelche material. Also decorated paddles from the Madre de Dios and the Rio Beni; prehistoric noseornaments from Yarumal. Antioquia (Colombia). Mochi (A.) Appunti sulla paleantropologia argentina. (A. p. 1’Antrop.. Firenze, 1910.XL. 203-254 1 2 fgs.. I pl.) Discusses the evidence as to the antiquity of man in t h e Argentine, and gives the results of the author’s studies of the crania of Arrecifes. Chocori. Miramar (La Tigre). Necochea, etc. That other than quaternary man existed in Argentina is not yet proved, the human origin of some of the objects in evidence being still doubtful. The Arrecifes cranium is of the Lagoa Santa type corresponding to quaternary European skulls of Galley Hill. Engis, Briinn, etc.. being not specially “American” in type. The Chocori cranium corresponds to a part of Verneau’s platydolichocephalic Patagonian type and to the quaternary Cro-Magnon of Europe. Ameghino’s Homo Pampacus (Miramar, Necochea) suggests relationship with the quaternary European type of Chancelade and Combe-Capelle. and with the Eskimo.-it may, indeed, be termed p c - Eskimoid, and in relation t o the simian stocks, Hapalidoid. S. doubts that Ameghino’s H. copufinc clinafusis a new species; also his H . sinmenlo. Montgomery (H.)“Calf Mountain” Mound in Manitoba. (Amer. Anthrop., Lancaster. Pa., 19x0, N. s X I I . . 4 9 3 7 , 5 fgs.. I PI.) Recent archeological investigations in Ontario. (Trans. Canad. Inst.. Toronto, 1910. IX. Repr.. 12 pp.. 8 pl.) Gives results of 4 excavations in the so-called “serpent mound.” in the township of Otonabee. Peterboro co., with lists of copper (axe. spear, knife; “thin sheet of native silver and copper greatly resembling the pieces of naturally mixed silver and copper seen in northern Michigan), stone (scraper, “banner-stone,’’ adze, gouges, Celts. slate spear and arrowheads, flint and chert scrapers and arrow-heads, limestone bird “amulet”) objects, pottery (sherds. pipe), cowry shell from Pacific ocean. flat, circular peke of lead (“nearly similar t o the few n leaden discs which have been found i Wisconsin”), etc. Prof. M. concludes that the earthwork in question is an artificial mound intended for the burial of the dead; it is o prehistoric date f (ca. 1000 years old); no evidence of contact with whites. The skeletal remains and the character of the artifacts indicate that “these Ontario mounds are closely related to those of Ohio.” They were perhaps built by the Hurons. Morice (A. G . ) The great Dhne race. (Anthropos. St Gabriel-MOdling. rgxo. I. 113-142.419-443.643453. I3 PI.. 38 fgs.) Continuation o monograph on f Athapaskan tribes. Treats of hunting (criterion of tribal status, fur-bearing game of Den&, modes of hunting. CHAMBERLAIN] PERIODICAL LITERATURE 356, 3 pl.. map.) chase, impounding, decoying, snaring, beaver-hunting, observances of t h e hunter, game laws and etiquette), fishing (fishes and fish-names, ichthyophobia in the south among Navahos and Apaches, fish-nets, fish-traps, other fishing methods, fishing observances), berry picking and preserving, esculent roots and plants, occupations of H u p a women (food-gathering and preparation). sheep-tending and agriculture among the Navahos, occupations according t o seasons among Den& of t h e North, travel and transportation (snow-shoes, and snowshoeing). sledge&(until about a century ago "women-sledges only were known among t h e northerners." their dogs being unfit for draught), and sleighing, hauling, canoes and navigation (sails now used, b u t not before advent of whites; no truly native name for "sail" in DCnC tongues), commerce (home transactions. intertribal commerce, aboriginal middlemen, native currency of hiaquu or dnrfdium), the trading companies a n d their relations with and influence upon t h e Indians, modern currency of t h e fur-trade, etc. Morlep (S. G.) T h e inscriptions of Naranjo, northern Guatemala. (Amer. Anthrop., Wash., 1909.N. s , XI,543. 562, I fg.) Nelson (N. C.) T h e Ellis Shell-mound. (Univ. of Calif. Publ. in Amer. Arch. & Ethnol.. Berkeley, 1910.VII, 357426. 25 pl.) Gives results of investigations of 19061907 of t h e Ellis Landing mound near Richmond, S a n Francisco Bay, t h e largest of over 400 in this region, with descriptions of human remains (the mound, used from t h e beginning for burial purposes, and from 3.000-4.000 years old. must have contained several thousand skeletons,from t h e portion excavated 160 more or less complete were obtained), artefacts, etc. (about 630 implements. weapons. ornaments, etc., of stone, bone, antler, shell; meager indications of pottery and textiles), etc. Whatever peoples (if more t h a n one) dwelt upon t h e mound, "were all essentially of t h e same t y p e of culture (no important breaks) and t h e last occupants . . . were probably Indians similar to those t h a t lived in Middle California within historic times." - Shell mounds of t h e San Francisco Bay region. ([bid., 1909. VII, 309- Resum& results'of investigations of 1908;o n t h e m a p a r e located 425 separate accumulations. b u t a t greater distances from t h e shore many more evidently exist and earlier the number must have been larger still. T h e mounds range from a basal diameter o 30 t o one of 300 feet; in f height from a few inches t o 30 feet; the typical outline is oval or oblong. The bulk of the mound-material is made u p of the soft-shelled clam." a n d t h e "soft-shelled mussel." T h e condition of t h e animal bones found suggests the absence of t h e dog. T h e burial of human bodies seems to have been b y interment rather t h a n cremation (occasional evidence of latter). group burials being not uncommon. T h e material culture is "neolithic." a n d there a r e certain minor local variations. O n i t s positive side, in i t s broader features, this culture "conforms to t h a t of t h e late Indians of t h e surrounding territory roughly designated as Middle California." Some of t h e mounds a r e at least from 3,000 t o 4.000 years old; the mound-territory could have contained zo.000 t o 30.000 persons. Newton (E. A.) Some observations on Indian education. (So. Wkmn., Hampton. Va., 1910.XXXUC. 281-293.) Arg:ues t h a t "the logical plan to b e pursued b y t h e Government" is " p r e p aration lor t h e gradual assimilation of Indian children b y S t a t e school systems." T h e Indian should first b e taught "what he needs t o know"; a n d iniliafive should b e brought o u t in t h e Indian child. Character m u s t b e educated. Nordenskitild (E.) Meine Reise in Bolivia 1908-1909(Globus. Brnschwg.. 1910. xcvii. 213-219. 13 fgs.). Contains notes on t h e .4Eluslay (in m a n y of their villages no white m a n has ever been seen; they now count some 1o.000 souls); Tapiete ("a Guaraniized Chaco tribe": deaf-mute signs collected); C h a d (many legends obtained; Arawakan "half-culture" in E. Bolivia); Yanlygua (partly-wild Tapiete); t h e wild Tsir6kua of t h e Rio Parapiti a n d Rio Grande region, w i t h very low culture (Samucan family: artefacts obtained): YuracPre and Chacobo (good collections made); Movima a n d Chimane, t h e latter closely related to t h e Mosetenes; Trinitarios (civilized); GuCirayGs; Chiriguanos. etc. Mounds A M E R I C A N ANTHROPOLOGIST [N.s.. 12. 1910 of the Rio Yvari region, graves, etc.. Odum (H. W.) Religious folk-songs of with urn-burial (later culture; the the Southern Negroes. (Amer. J. older buried the dead simply laid out Relig. Psychol.. Worcester, 1909, 111, straight). The secret language in use 265-365.) Forms Chapters 1-11 of a among the C h a d is Arawak. showing projected volume on Nego Folk-Song their pre-Guaranian speech. Imporand Character. Numerous specimens tant archeological finds were made in are given, and content discussed. Treatthe Caipipendi valley. Altogether N.'s ment of God, Jesus, Satan. Hell and collections, ethnographic and archeologHeaven, reference to religious and ical ntmtbered some 11.000specimens. other historical characters, mother and Sind die Tapiete ein guaranisierter other relatives, sinners of various sorts, Chacostamm? (Ibid.. 1910. XCVIII. calamities and d i c t i o n s , Bible refer181-186. 6 fgs.. map.) Ethnological ences. etcc The songs here considered notes (houses, ornaments and dress, "are distinctly the representative avertcmbcta, food. implements, tattooing. age songs that are current among the language. etc.) on the Tapiete (Tapii. negroes of the present generation," Tapuy). an Indian tribe of the region and they "are as distinct from the 0 between 20° and p i o 3 ' S. lat. and white man's song and the popular 6 ~ O - 6 3 ~ long. in Bolivia, with a W. 'coon songs' as are the two races." sketch-map of the distribution of the These songs are "beautiful, childlike. Indians of the Bolivia-Argentina borsimple and plaintive." The "spiritder-region. According to N. the Tapiuals" current now "are very much like ete belong culturally with the Mataco. those that were sung three or four Choroti. Toba. etc.. although they now decades ago.'' Little trace of original speak Guarani; they are. in fact, "a African songs can be found in the songs Guaraniized Chaco people.'' of today. Spontaneous and individual - Spiele und Spielsachen im Gran compositions are common. This monoChaco und in Nordamerika. (Ztschr. graph is a valuable addition to the f. Ethnol.. Berlin, 1910.XLII, 427-433. literature of the folk-lore of the Amer1 2 fgs.) Describes "dice-games" (in ican negro. detail) on the LenguP. Choroti and O'Donnell (S.) People of the puckered other Chaco tribes; "hockey" of the (So. Wkmn.. Hampton. moccasin. Matacos; racket ball game of the Va.. 1910. xxxIx. 4 3 ~ 4 0 . ) Notes on Chiriguanos; "buzz." "bean-shooter,'' name (Ojibwa or Chippewa means "bull-roarer." tops, stilts, etc.. are "people of the puckered moccasin"). noted as in use among one or other of the a r t and ornament. activities, religion Cham tribes. References to the corre(great and less spirits; summer-taboo sponding games in Culin's monograph of legend-telling; medcwiwin still has (Rep. Bur. Amer. Ethnol.. 1902-1903) influence) relations with whites, etc. are given. Some (if not most) of the Author is a Chippewa woman of dice-games of the Gran Chaco Indians Mahnomen. Minn. have Spanish or Quechuan elements. Orchard (W. C.) Notes on Penobscot The laba game, with astragalus bones, houses. (Amer. Anthrop.. Wash.. is of Spanish origin. In the Mataco 1909, N. 5.. XI. 601-606, 3 fgS.) "hockey" sometimes 50 Indians take - Penosbcot collection. (Anthrop. part. N. is preparing a monograph on Pap. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist.. N. Y.. S.American Indian games. 1910. IV. 282-284. 4 fgs.) Notes on Hordenskjold (0.) Fr&n danska Sydrecent acquisitions: birch-bark vessels v3stgrt)nland. (Ymer. Stckhlm.. 1910. with ornamentation. wood-carving xxx. 17-46. 12 fgs.) Account of visit (decorated cradle-board). splint basket, in 1909 to Danish S W. Greenland. . hair-brush, metate and muller. Pages 33-41treat of the Eskimo (houses Outes (F. F.) Informe sobre la IV* reand settlements, trade, education, social uni6n del Congreso Cientifico (' 1 life, etc.) As to race-mixture, N. Panamericano) Santiago de Chile, 2 5 observes, "all the individuals of imde diciembre de 1908 6 5 de enero de portance in the modern development 1909, presentado al 5eKor Presidente of Greenland are of mixed blood." de la Universidad. &a Univ. Nac. de L a Plata en el I O Congr. Cientlf.. Ruttall (Z.) The Island of Sacrifiuos. V (Amer. Anthrop.. Wash., 1910, N. S.. Buenos Aires. 1909. 41-46. Rep?) X I I . 257-295. 1 1 PI., I fg.) Brief report to President of Universlty CHAMBERLAIN] PERIODICAL LITERATURE on the First Panamerican Scientific Congress, held at Santiago. Dec. 25. 1908-Jan. 5. 1909. Contains (pp. 446) alphabetical list of papers by authors not connected with t h e university. Comunicaci6n preliminar sobre 10s resultados antropol6gicos de mi primer viaje B Chile. (Ibid.. 216221.) Gives results of anthropological expedition t o Chile in February-April, 1908. D r 0. measured 50 male natives of Chiloe (av. stature 1.603 mm.. av. cephalic index 80.90), 2 male and 7 female Alacalufs (av. stature of males 1.597 mm.. females 1 , 5 1 1 ; av. cephalic index of males 78.96,females 81.31),an& X I female and 3 male Onas (av. stature of males 1,781 mm.. females 1.j77; av. cephalic index of males 76.52. females 80.25). Color of skin a n d eyes are also given. An interesting male cranium (ceph. ind., 72.41)from the Guaitecas is., and a female skull (ceph. ind.. 78.40) from the same locality. are described (p. 219). el BUckinR (H.) Sur la structure 1910). des scories e t “terres cuites.” trouvees Perkins (G. H.) Aboriginal remains in daus la serie p a m p k n n e e t quelques the Champlain valley. (Amer. An6l6ments d e comparison. (R. d. Mus. throp.. Wash.. rgro. N. s.. XII, 607-623, d e L a Plata. Buenos Aires. 1910. 9 PI.) XVII. 78-85. I pl.) Supplement to Peterson (C. A.) A possible father for previous memoir (see A m n . AnSequoya. (Ibid.. 132-133.) fhrop.. 1909. N . s . XI, 808). Gives . Pierini (F.) Mitologia d e 10s Guarayos descriptions a n d microphotographs of d e Bolivia. (Anthropos. S t Cabrielt h e lava of Monte Hermoso and the Mbdling, 1910, v, 703-710.) First material under discussion. also of the part of article on t h e mythology of t h e loess of Monte Hermoso and t h e maGuarayos of Ascensi6n. Bolivia. Prindterial in question from Chapadmalal. in pal figures are Tupa or Tumpa (higher comparison with scoria of maize good spirit), Abaangui and his brother sweepings, scoria produced in the Zaguaguayu, a n d Candir. Mbiracucha laboratory, and the material in question (evidently Quechuan Viracocha, also from Los Talas. T h e artificial human appears asMbirocucha) made theland of origin of t h e scoria and “terra cotta” t h e Brazilians, Abaangui t h a t of t h e is disproved. Guarayos. Candir t h a t of t h e negroes. P a r k e r (A. C.) Iroquois uses of maize Abaangui in t h e legends comes t o and other food plants. (Educ. Bull. figure a s the chief progenitor t o t h e N. Y., NO. 482,N. Y. S MUS.Bull. 144. . neglect of the rest. T h e journey t o t h e 1-119, 31 pl.. 23 fgs.) Albany, I ~ I O . land of ancestors is described with some This valuable monograph, after briefly detail. treating of maize, or Indian corn, in (H.) Costa Ria-Vulcan’s Pittier history, early records of corn cultivaSmithy. (Nat. Geogr. Mag., Wash., tion among t h e Iroquois and cognate 19x0.XXI, 494-524. 32 fgs.) Some of tribes, deals with Iroquois customs of t h e illustrations (pottery-making) a r e corn cultivation (pp. 2r-36). cereof ethnologic interest. monial and legendary allusions to corn Pratt (R. H.) T h e Indian no problem. (36-40). varietiesof maize used (41-43). (Proc. Del. Co. Inst. Sci.. Media, Pa., corn-cultivation terminology (44-45,) 1909. v. I - 2 1 . ) Cites examples of utensils employed in the preparation Indian acceptance a n d successful mainof corn for food (45-58).cooking and tenance of white civilization (e. g. Dr eating customs ( 5 p 6 5 ) , foods prepared from corn (6680). uses of the corn gf plant (80-88). Pages 8 f . treat of the use of beans and bean-foods, squashes and other vine vegetables, leaf and stalk foods, fungi and lichens, fruit and berry-like foods, food nuts, sap and bark foods, food-roots. A welcome feature is t h e giving (in phonetic transcription) of the Iroquois names of foods, articles, processes, plants, a n d parts of plants, implements, etc., concerned (a good contribution to philology,-and t h e author gives them in the Seneca dialect, for one reason because “the Seneca a r e t h e most conservative of t h e Iroquois and remember more concerning their ancient usages”). Pennsplvanien zur Zeit Penns. (Globus, Bnlschwg.. 1910, XCVIII. 189-190.) Cites items concerning t h e Delaware Indians of Pennsylvania in the time of Penn from E. Heuser’s Pmnsylvaninr im 17. Jahrhundnl und die arsgmanderfen Pfdlxr in England (Neustadt. A M E R I C A N ANTHROPOLOGIST IN. S . 12. . I910 Carlos Montezuma, a full-blood Apache), argues that civilization and savagery are both only "habits." The policy of reservations and merely Jndian schools is wrong: likewise much of missionary work which keeps the Indian Indian. The Indian "must get into the swim of American citizenship." Prince U. D.) A Passamaquoddy aviator. (Am. Anthrop.. Wash., I 909.N.s.. XI. 628650.) -The Penobscot language of Maine. (Ibid.. 1910.N.s.. XII. 138-208.) Radin (P.) The clan organization of the Winnebago. A preliminary paper (Ibid.. 209-219). Reproduction o the ruins at Mitla, f Mexico. (Amer. Museum J., N. Y.. 1910, 95-101. fgs.) Describes the x. 4 reproduction of the south chamber and chamber of the grecques and the court of the quadrangle of the grecques in the restaurant of the museum. The stained glass windows represent preColumbian mythologic figures from a n ancient Codex. Richards (J. E.) The Y. M. C. A. secretary for the Sioux. (So.Wkmn.. Hampton. Va.. 1910.xxx~x. 150-152, I fg.) Account of Stephen Jones, an Indian now Secretary of the Y. M. C. A. among the Sioux, having under his charge some 60 Associations, from Poplar. Montana, t o Santee, Neb. Rivet (P.) Note sur deux c r h e s du Yucatan. (J. de la Soc. d. Americanistes de Paris, 1908. N. s. v, 251259, 4 fgs.) Treats, with details of measurement, description, etc.. two skulls exhumed in 1907 by M. de PCrigny a t the church of Chichanha in southern Yucatan and now in the collection of the Anthropological Laboratory of the Museum of Natural History (adult male: child of 5 to 6 years). The index of the adult skull is 93.16and i t does not seem to have been deformed. The type is antithetic t o that of Lagoa Santa. To the list of Yucatecan skulls available for comparison should be added the cranium from Progreso studied by Boas (Proc. A m a . Antiq. SOC., 1890). - Recherches anthropologiques sur la Basse-Californie. (J. de la Soc. d. AmCricanistes. Paris, 1909,. N.S., vr. 147-253, 15 fgs., map, bibliogr.) Treats with details of measurements and description (stature from long bones; bodily proportions; particular bones: ribs, and vertebrae, clavicle; humerus, radius, metacarpians. coccic bone, sacrum. femur, tibia, peroneum. astragalus. calcaneum. metatarsians and phalanges), of the physical characters and crania (12 male and 3 female adult; 3 children) of the Indians of Lower California, chiefly from El Pescadero and Espiritu Santo id.. all probably belonging to the Pericu tribe of the Yuman [?I stock. Altogether 188 long bones of adults and 5 2 of children were studied. The bones of children are treated on pages 68-70. These Lower Californian Indians are characterized by absence of platycnemia. a high pilastric index, low relative length of the neck of the femur and low torsion. marked sexual dimorphism. greater robusticity of the proximal over the distal segment of both limbs. stature below the average. The average cranial capacity is 1.438 c. cm. for males and 1.325for females; average cephalic index, males 66.15, females 68.50. According t o Dr R. the Indians in question were of quite limited distribution in the Lower Californian area; they are closely related t o the South American type of Lagoa Santa and present likewise marked resemblances with the h y p sistenmphalic race of Melanesia and Australia. T n Kate's view of a ree semblance between the skulls of Lower California and those of Lagoa Santa. set forth in 1884is thus confirmed. Roe (W. C.) A broom factory for Winnebago Indians. (So. Wkmn.. Hampton. Va.. 1910.XXXIX.459-460.) Suggests such a plant as likely t o help much in the renascence of these Indians. One of the leading members of the tribe has already begun making and selling brooms on a small scale; and the region i well-adapted for s raising broom-corn. de la Rosa (G.) A propos d e la red& couverte de la ville antique de Choquk quirao sur la rive droite de 1'Apurimac. PCrou. de la Soc. d. AmCricanlstes N. de Paris, 1908[190g], s. v. 261-264.) Cites references t o the "famous Inca city" of Choqutquirao ("cradle of gold").-the name does not occur earlier than the close of the 17th century,-and its reported discovery in 1909 by Prof. H. Bingham of Harvard Wale]. Sapir (E.) Two Paiute myths. (Mus. u. CHAMBERLAIN] PERIODICA 1 .ITERA T U R E Journ.. Univ. of Pa., Phila.. 1910, I. 15-18.) English texts of t h e Stratagem of Wood R a t and T h e Contention of Sparrow Hawk and Gray Hawk, obtained from Tony Tillohash. a young Paiute Indian from S. W. Utah. M a n y myths were gathered from this source and t h e author intends t o publish a volume of Paiute texts, with translations, etc. - An Apache basket-jar. (Ibid.. 13-15, I fg.) Detailed account of a large urn or jar-shaped basket (decorated). from t h e Arizona Apache, said to have taken two years in t h e making. An idealized form of the smaller and less profusely decorated flat-bottomed basket jar used by t h e Apache for storage purposes. - Takelma texts. (Anthrop. Publ. Univ. of Penn.. Phila., 1909, 11. 1-263.) See A m n . Anthrop.. r g r o . N. s.. XI[, 320. review b y T. Michelson. and Dixon (R. B.) Yana texts. (Univ. of Calif. Publ. in Amer. Arch. and Ethnol.. Berkeley, 1910, IX. 1-235.) Gives native text with interlinear and free translations, explanatory notes, etc., of g myths in t h e central dialect. 4 in t h e northern, beside Q items concerning manners a n d customs, all b y D r Sapir; also 2 m y t h s in t h e northern dialects and 13 Yana myths. (pp. 309-235). collected b y D r Dixon. Among the principal figures a r e coyote, blue-jay, pine-marten, loon, buzzard, heron, lizard, fox. grizzly. woodpecker, wood-rat, rabbit; the flint people, the goose people; the rolling-skull. This is a decided addition to t h e mythological literature of the Yanan stock. I n Curtin’s Crcafiun Myths of Primitine America (Boston, 1903) a r e printed “thirteen Yana myths, some of which are closely parallel forms of myths published in this volume.” b u t neither names of informants nor places where t h e materials were obtained a r e given b y Curtin. Curtin’s version of “the theft of fire” and t h a t obtained by D r Sapir a r e interesting for comparison. Sapper (K.) Der Feldbau mittelamerikanischer Indianer. (Globus. Brnschwg.. IQIO. XCVII, 9-10.) Treats of agriculture among t h e Central American Indians,-grubbing and “Pflanzstockbau” (not Hackbau, as t h e role of t h e hoe is n o t great here). Central American agriculture is attend- ed to by the men,-the Caribs, however. where t h e “agriculturalists” a r e women, a r e a South American people. Dr S. believes t h a t for t h e S o u t h American Indians. negro and South Pacific peoples, where agriculture is largely t h e concern of women, i t w a s invented b y them: b u t in C. America. in all probability m a n has been the inventor. Schmidt (M.) Szenenhafte Darstellungen auf alt-peruanischen Geweben. (2. f. Ethnol.. Berlin. 1910, XLII. 154-164. 10 fgs.) Treats of scenes represented on ancient Peruvian fabrics from Pachacamac in t h e Museum fur Vtilkerkunde in Berlin (old Tiahuanaco style with human figures; boat-scene on cotton fabric; picture-writing; plantation-scenes; mythologic motif; animals helping to build a house, etc.) S. thinks t h a t t h e loom. the plantmotifs and the mythological coincidences with E. Asia, suggest transPacific origins. Schrabish (M.) Indian rock-shelters in northern New Jersey and southern New York. (Anthrop. Papers Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., N. Y.. 1909.111, 139165.) Notes on rock-shelters in Passaic co. (Upper Preakness. Pompton Junction), Morris co. (Pompton Plains, Towakhow). Rockland co. (Torne Brook, T o m e Mt.. Ramapo river, Pound Hill, Mine Hill), Orange co. (Tuxedo, Horsestable Rock, Goshen Mt.). T h e frequenters of these shelters were all Algonkian Indians,those of northern Jersey t h e Minsi division of the Lenape. those of t h e Ramapo M t shelters either Minsi or Mohegans, b u t t h e determination of the boundaries between the t w o is difficult. Since 1900 t h e author h a s discovered altogether I 7 such shelters, g in New Jersey and 8 in New York. T h e remains found i n some indicate great frequenting b y Indians; those with a northern exposure invariably show few signs of former occupation. All are situated near water. T h e y seem to have been “used only temporarily and chiefly during t h e hunt.” A succession of culture-horizons is indicated in all. See Harrington (M. R.). Seler (E.) Die Tierbilder der mexikanischen und der Maya-Handschriftea. (2. f. Ethnol.. Berlin. 1909. X I . 784-846. fgs. 415-653; 1910, XLII. 31-97, 242- A M E R I C A N ANTHROPOLOGIST [N.s.. 12. 1910 287. fgs. 654-1005.) Continuation of _ _ Tupf und Guaranl. Eine theodetailed study of the figures of animals kosmogonische Indianerlegende. (Ibid.. in the Mexican and Maya Mss.: Buds 1910.XCVII, 160-161.) Gives Ger(eagle, vulture, owls. moan-bird. turkey, man text of tale of brothers Tupf Yaxcocahmul,quail.grouse.dove.heron, and Guaranl. a legend of fratricide etc.), reptiles. etc. (crocodile. tortoise, (6. Cain and Abel). obtained from lizard, serpents, rattlesnake, frog, toad, the Indians of the Rio M a r a d , a fishes), insects. etc. (butterfly, beetles. tributary of the Amazon. Tupl beof some grasshopper; the “bee” came the ancestor o ithe P i t i g u d . f authorities is according to S.. a beetle. Tupinambas. Tabajarls. Cahetes. Tuof some sort; spider, scorpion, centipiniquils. and many other tribes; pede; wingless insects, larvae, worms), Guaranl became ancestor of the Guacrabs, snails, shell-fish. etc. yanas. Carijb. TapCs. etc. Bericht iiber die Reise D r KissenShimer (H. W. ond F. H.) The lithoberth’s. (Ibid.. 1909. XI. 965-968.) logical section of Walnut Canyon, Arizona, with relation t o the CliffNotes on D r K’.s travels among the Caraye and Cayap6 Indians of the dwellings of this and other regions of Araguaya region in Central Brazil in Northwestern Arizona. (Amer. Anthrop.. Wash.. 1910. N. s.. XII, 2371909. The TapirapC were also visited. Some 300 ethnological objects (indud249,4 fD.1 ing 22 mask-costumes) were collected. Shufeldt (R. W.) Examples of unusual In the Cayap6 village of MekaronZafiian pottery. (Rec. of Past, Wash., kotukikre a great dance-festival was 1910.IX. 208-212. 3 fgs.) Describes witnessed. Many excellent phototwo rather unique jars obtained in 1885 in the Pueblo of Zufli. One of these is graphs were obtained. - Costumes et attributs des divinitCs elaborately decorated but is a crude piece of work, made perhaps by some du Mexique selon le P. Sahagun. (J. little girl (the make is modern, but the Soc. d. Am&. d e Paris. 1908 [1909]. reliefs archaic in style of pattern, etc.). N. s.. v. 163-220.14 fgs.) First part of The other, with “scarified” ornamentaSahagun’s account of the costumes and tion. may likewise be the work of a n attributes of Mexican deities. Translated from E. Seler’s “Ein Kapitel unskilled potter. Skinner (A.) The Winnebago Indians of aus dem Geschichtswerk des P. SahaWisconsin. (So. Wkmn.. Harnpton. gun.” in Vmtiff. aus dcm Kgl. Mus. Va.. 1910, XXXIX. 217-221. 4 fgs.) f VMkkdc. 1890. . Notes on name, history, dress and Antrittsrede. (Stzgber. d. k. ornament, religion (still hold to ancient preuss. Akad. der Wiss.. Berlin, 1909. XXXIII. 867-870.) Treats of the study beliefs: two families converted to Christianity and two to the “Mescal of the languages and civilizations of the ancient peoples of Mexico and C. religion”). relations ’with whites (friendly; evil influence of whisky). America. with references to the work moral condition (very good, “much of Buschmann. A. v. Humboldt. higher than neighboring Ojibway and Forstermann, and the patronage of the imported New York tribes“). M.my Duc de Loubat. and the progress of these Indians still live in “the primihitherto made in interpreting manutive semi-globular mat-houses.’’ scripts and explaining the significance A visit t o the Ojibway and Cree of of statues, monuments, etc. Central Canada. (Amer. Museum J.. Seljan (M. u. S.) Drei sildamerikaniN Y.. 1910,x. 9-18. 1 1 fgs.) Gives schen Sagen. (Globus, Brnschwg., account of trip of the summer of I909 1910. XCVIII. 94-96.) German texts among Ojibwa and Cree of Lac Seul. only of “Los Penitentes” (origin of Ft Osnaburgh (on L. S t . Joseph), snow-figures resembling human form), Ft Hope, the Albany nver. etc. “Lake Ipacaray (origin through curse Notes on shaman, influence of white of woman, whose daughter had died culture (few practice primitive culture); of thirst), and “Jandua” (tale of a author offered Indian girl by father cacique’s daughter), from Punta de (medicineman). According t o S.. Vacas. the Itarare (a tributary of the Ojibway once lived further t o the ParanPpanema). L. Ipacaray. etc., in south, and since coming north they the Paraguay-Brazil-Argentine border have not only given up many of the region (Tupi-Guaranf area). CHAMBERLAIN] PERIODICAL .ITERA T U R E manners and customs of t h e typical Ojibway of the south, b u t have also taken on some of t h e customs of the Eastern Cree. In addition they have “evolved some new points of culture distinctively their own.” Iroquois material. (Anthrop. Pap. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist.. N. Y.. 1910. IV. 278-281. 2 fgs.) Notes on recently acquired specimens: Onondaga “false faces.” Seneca witch masks. elk-horn war-club (fine example but non-Iroquoian in design and form. being decidedly Siouan). ornamented burden-strap, Seneca bowls, etc. - Cherokee collection. (Ibid.. 284289. 4 fgs.) Notes on winnowingbasket, pottery, rattles, clothing. weapons, ceremonial objects (armscratcher, dance-wand, masks). dicegames, etc.. from the Eastern Cherokee of North Carolina. Wisconsin Winnebago collection. (Ibid.. 289-297,I pl.. 7 fgs.) Notes on skin-tanning, ear-rings, hair-dress. moccasins. leggings. other garments. garters, head-dress, bead belts and cross-belts. medicines, utensils and appurtenances of shamanism. (bag. rattle, doll, etc.). ball-game (lacrosse rackets), cupand-ball game, tomahawk pipe, etc. T h e LenRpe Indians of Staten Island. (Ibid.. 1909.III. 1-62, 1 2 pl.. 5 fgs.. map.) Noteson 24archeological sites. descriptions of specimens (stone implements, hammerstones. rubbing or polishing stones, knives, drills and scrapers.. banner stones, plummets, stone mask, bone and antler tools, pottery, pipes, copper, trade articles; history and ethnography of Staten Island (pp. 29-38); cultural reconstruction (pp. 38-58). T h e prehistoric culture of Staten Island was “identical with t h a t of the Algonkin Lenape, Hackensacks. Raritans and Tappans of the historic period.” T h e archeological remains, as a whole “differ from those of t h e Mahican of t h e Hudson valley and the tribes speaking Algonkin dialects in New England and Long Island in a number of ways.” Iroquois traces a r e faint. Archeology of Manhattan Island. (Ibid.. III-121. 9 fgs.) Notes on arrow-points, net-sinkers, stone implements of various sorts, gorget. “bannerstones.” bone and antler implements, awls, etc.. pottery (two rare methods of design). On 214th St.. near E a s t River, “a splendid and nearly perfect Iroquoian vessel of great size was found in 1906. - Archeology of the New York Coastal Algonkins. (Ibid., 211-235, 6 fgs.) Notes on chipped articles (arrow and spear points. knives, scrapers. drills), rough stone articles (hammerstones. netsinkers. hoes, hand choppers. axes, Celts, adzes, gouges, pestles, mullers. grinders, polishing stones. sinew stones, mortars, pigments, paint-cups, plummets, masks, knives, beads), polished stone articles (gorgets. amulets, banner-stones, pipes, steatite vessels), pottery pipes and vessels. metal beads, articles of shell (wampum. pendants, scrapers, potter stamps, etc.). fossils, articles of bone and antler (awls, needles, arrow points, harpoons. beads and tubes, worked teeth, turtle shcll cups and rattles. cylinders, pottery stamps, etc.), trade articles. During historical times t h e Delaware, W a p pinger and Montauk occupied this area. and t h e remains found indicate no very great geological antiquity,the oldest remains in every case a r e Algonkian. Absence or scarcity of steatite vessels. long stone pestles, gouge, adze, and plummet and t h e abundance and character of bone and pottery articles indicate t h a t t h e local Indians were “intermediate in character between t h e Lena* on t h e south and west and the New England tribes on the east and north.” Smith (De Cost). Jean F r a n w i s Millet’s drawings of American Indians. (Cen1910, LXXX. 78-84. 5 fgs.) tury, N. Y., Roproduces. with notes, etc.. pictures of Indian and frontier life made by Millet under the inspiration of Bodmer. t h e Swiss artist, who had been in America among the Indians of t h e Canadian f Northwest. In 1852 4 lithographs, o which parts were d u e to Bodmer. were published. One was called “Simon Butter.” and later “ T h e Indian Mazeppa.” Smith (H. I.) A visit to t h e Indian tribes of the Northwest Coast. (Amer. Museum J.. N. Y.. 1910. x, 3142. 7 fgs.) T r e a t s of expedition of summer of 1909. Kwakiutl of Alert Bay (burial in tree-tops still in vogue: even Christian cemetery burials show tracesof old customs; totem poles. etc.); Kwakiutl of Rivers Inlet (potlatch A M E R I C A N ANTHROPOLOGIST (N.S.. 12. 19x0 with labor-agitation); Bella Coola (chipped implements marking the farthest north of art of chipping stone in British Columbia; wooden representatives of “coppers“ and canoes in native cemetery; carved posts); Tsimshians of Skeena and Nass rivers, etc.; Tlingits of Wrangell (totem-poles, canred grave posts and mortuary columns; Chilkat blankets). See Taylor (W. S.). Fire-making apparatus. (So. Wkmn.. Hampton. Va., 19x0. X X X E X , 84-94. 6 fgs.). Describes various methods of producing fire: The fireplow (Polynesia, Papua. Australia), fire-saw (usually bamboo; Malay Archipelago, Farther India, etc.). fire-drill (American Indians, Africa, Ceylon, and a large part of Australia; simple among Thompson Indians of British Columbia; string-drill of Ojibwa; pump drill of Iroquois; complicated forms of string-drill, bowdrill o Chukchee and Eskimo),’ flint and f iron (“strike-a-light”). fire-syringe (Malaysia, Farther India). use of tinder. slow-match, friction-matches, optical fire-making lens or mirror, electricity. etc. Archeological remains on the coast of northern British Columbia and southern Alaska. (Amer. Anthrop., . Wash., 1909.N. s . XI, 5g5-600, 2 pl., 2 fgs.) An unknown field in American archeology. (Bull. Amer. Geogr. Soc.. N. Y., 1910. XLII, 511-510.) Treats of the area stretching from the Gulf of Mexico to the Arctic Ocean and occupying most of the country between the Mississippi valley and the Coast Range.--“darkest archeological America.” the character of the peoples inhabiting it, their culture, etc. An interesting part of this area is the region of Wyoming i which numerous n archeological discoveries have recently been made (new type of steatite pot; stone circles; prehistoric quarries; pottery; boulder figures, petroglyphs. etc.) Ancient methods of burial in the Yakima valley, Washington. (Amer. Antiq.. 1910, XXXII. 111-1x3.) Notes on rock slide graves (Naches river, Nez PercC region) and cremation circles.-these may be “the caved-in remains of earth-covered burial lodges, built somewhat on the plan of the semiunderground winter-houses.‘’ British Columbia and Alaska. (Anthrop. Pap. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist.. N. Y.. 1910,IV. 298-299, I pl.. I fg.) Notes on recently secured specimens, including two Chilkat blanket patternboards from Kluckwan. Other specimens secured by M r Smith were aa paddles from Alert Bay, a Nutka cedarbark hat, etc. Snethlage (E.) Zur Ethnograpbie der Chipaya und CuruahC. ( . Ethnol.. 2 f. Berlin, 1910. XLII. 6x2437. 4 fgs.) Treats of the two Tupian tribes of Par6 (Brazil), the Chipaya and CuruahC. Dwellings (molocos), culture-relations (furniture, implements, food, hammocks, mats, dothing and ornamentc hairdress. feather-ornament rare, no tattooing. blue-coloring of lips, native weapons only bows and arrows; good boat-builders, preparation of food; fishing with limbo; monogamy general; treatment of sick; sensitiveness to cold marked; dances and ceremonies t o receive strangers), relations with other tribes and whites, language (vocabulary of some z a g words, with many corresponding items in Yunlna and MundurukG; also a few personal names). The Chipaya differs much from the CuruahC. the latter resembling more the Mundurukfi. See Koch-Grilnberg 0.). Speck (F. G.) Some uses of birch bark by our eastern Indians. (Univ. of Penn. Mus. J.. Phila.. 1910. I, 33-36. 6 fgs.) Notes on Penobscot birch-bark canoe, pack-basket. cooking-vessels. “moose-call”; decorative dgsigns (e. g. the double curve mofif, rendered complex by added interior modifications in the center and at the sides.-the symbolism seems at first obscure). Notes on the Mohegan and Niantic Indians. (Anthrop. Pap. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist.. N. Y.. 199.111. 181-2x0. 4 pl.. 4 fgs.) Treats of history (only xoo now left, none pure-blood; negro strain), local traditions (tale accounting for Papoose Rock). material life (wooden mortars, spoons. bowls, knives, pipes; basketry still manufactured of several types; bow8 and arrows; food; skunk-hunting), clothing and ornaments (women’s leggings alone preserved), customs, etc. (clans and relationship-terms; burial; dance; green corn dance; death-song). shamanism (witch-tales. etc.; medical herbs). beliefs and folk-lore (dwarfs; ghosts. C H ~ 8B ELILAIN] PERIODICAL JTERATURE will-o’-the-wisp; scraps of folk-lore), myths (3 brief tales of T d n i m i d , t h e trickster). O n pages 205-206 t h e Scaticook Indians (14 now left) a r e briefly considered and on pages 206-210 t h e western Niantic formerly dwelling s. e. of t h e Mohegan o n Long Island sound (outside of possible survivors among the Brothertons of Wisconsin, one woman is all of the tribe now living, -from whom t h e information here given was chiefly obtained). Steflnsson-Anderson Arctic Expedition (Amer. Museum J.. N. Y.. 1910.x. 133-138.map.) Gives d a t a in letters from Herschel id., Aug. 1 2 . and camp near Toker pt., Oct. 16. 1909. Contains a few notes on Eskimo. Swanton (J. R.) Some practical aspects of t h e study of myths. (J. Amer. FolkLore. Boston. 1910.XXIII, 1-7.) Taylor (W. S.) Results of a n a r t trip to t h e Northwest Coast. Mural decorations planned t o show Indian industries. (Amer. Museum J., N. Y., rgro. x. 4249, z fgs.) Gives account of author’s visit t o Wrangell and Kluckwan to obtain material and sketches for a mural painting representing t h e weaving of the Chilkat blanket; and to Masset for a similar purpose in regard t o the pt-occupations of t h e Haida Indians. Also notes on the natives of t h e places visited. See Smith (H. I.). Tozzer (A. M.) and Allen (G. M.) Animal figures in the Maya codices. (Pap. Peab. Mus. Amer. Arch. & Ethnol.. Harv. Univ., Cambr.. 1910. IV. 273372. 39 pl.. 24 fgs.) Synoptic consideration of the meaning and occurrence of animal forms, zoological identification and ethnological explanation of animal forms. Covers much t h e same ground a s the similar work of Seler (9. v.) b u t treats with more detail of the Maya side of t h e question. D r Seler concerning himself more with t h e Mexican. T h e authors utilize t h e material in the stone carvings. stucco figures, fresco, etc., as well a s t h a t in t h e M a y a Mss. “Turning Kogmollik” for science. (Amer. Museum J.. N. Y.. 1910. 2x2x. ZZO. map.) Treats of t h e StelinssonAnderson expedition t o t h e Kogmollik Eskimo of t h e Mackenzie delta and eastward, the leaders of which are now living “as Eskimo” among t h e Eskimo. A t Coronation gulf and on Victoria Land to the north are “tribes wholly AM. AKTH., N. s. 12-48 . uninfluenced by t h e white race.” Since 1906 the Eskimoof t h e Mackenzie delta, who would then hardly take pay for anything, have changed so t h a t now “an Eskimo seldom remains permanently satisfied with t h e most liberal pay for services.” Many photographs, a large series of head-measurements. d a t a concerning t h e ceremonial language of the shamans. records of songs and tales, specimens. etc.. a r e among t h e results of the expedition. Uhle (M.) Peruvian throwing-sticks (Amer. Anthrop.. Wash., 1909.N. s.. XI, 624-627,3 PI.) Uhlenbeck (C. C.) Ontwery v a n eene vergelijikende vormleer van eenige Algonkin-talen. (Verh. d. k. Akad. v. Wetensch. t e Amsterdam, Afd. Letterk.. 1910,N. R . D. XI. NO. 3. pp. V, . 67.) Sketch of t h e comparative morphology of Ojibwa. Cree, Micmac, Natick. and Blackfoot, based on Baraga. Wilson, Lacombe. Horden. Maillard. Rand, Eliot, Trumbull. Tims. Mliller. Sowa, Schoolcraft, Hulburt. Cuoq. Adam, etc. Nouns, pronouns. a n d verbs a r e considered. Zu den einheimischen Sprachen Nord-Amerikas. (Anthropos. St Gabriel-Modling, 1910. v, 779-786.) Adds to d a t a in previous article on the literature of North American Indian languages further titles concerning Athapaskan. Algonkian. Siouan (notes o n Catawba from Gatschet). Muskhogean. “Aztecoid” (notes on LuiseAo from Sparkman). Mariposan (Kroeber on Yokuts). Moquelumnan. Washoan (Kroeber). etc. Upham (W.) T h e Kensington rune stone, i t s discovery. its inscriptions and opinions concerning them. (Rec. of Past, Wash., 1910.rx. 2-7. 2 fgs.) Treats of alleged rune stone, discovered in August, 1898. b y a Swedish farmer, about 3 miles N. o Kensington station f on t h e Minneapolis. St Paul. a n d Sault S t e Marie R. R., Douglas co.. Minnesota, purporting t o be t h e record of a n exploring expedition of Norsemen from Vineland in t h e year 1362. T h e stone is now in the Museum of the Minnesota Historical Society. According to M r H. R. Holand and others, this is a genuine runic record; but the proof has not convinced many others. Valentine (R. G.) T h e United States Indian Service problem. (So. Wkmn.. A M E R I C A N ANTHROPOLOGIST 91.) IN. 5 . 12. 1910 . Hampton. Va., 1909. XXXVIII. 678683.) Address by Commissioner of Indian Affairs. Emphasizes need of corps o inspectors. real superintendf ents. a n d proper attention t o health, schools, a n d industries. Stealing from Indians by whites must be made as much a breach of t h e moral code a s the reverse. Vom Tocantin6-Araguaya. (Globus, Brnschwg.. 1910. X C V I I . 379-381.) Resumes. from t h e Mouormcnl Clographiqur, L. Thiery’s account of his 1901-1902 expedition in the TocantinsAraguaya region of Brazil. Contains a few notes on the Caraya (p. 382) and Cayapb. T h e bad effects of contact with t h e whites (especially for Indian children) a r e noted. T h e Dominican missionaries among the Cayapb are praised. Waterman (J. T.) T h e religious practices o the Diegue6o Indians. (Unlv. f of Calif. Publ. in Amer. Arch. & Ethnol.. Berkeley. 1910. V I I I , 271-358, 8 pl.) See A m n . Anlhrop.. 1910. N . s.. X I I , 329-335, review by J. P. Harrington. - Hudson Bay Eskimo. (Anthrop. Pap. Amer. Mus. N a t . Hist.. N. Y . . 1910. IV. qg-307. 8 fgs.) Notes on new collection from this area: specimens from old house-sites; threepronged fish-spear; sewing implements; mouth-piece for drill-apparatus; decurated hair-ornarnent (notable variation in t y p e ) ; combs; nmglolang game; types of ornament. Will ( G . F.) Some new Missouri River Valley sites in North Dakota. (Amer. Anthrop.. Lancaster. Pa., 1910. N. s., X I I . 58-60.) Willoughby (C. C.) A new type of ceremonial blanket from the Northwest Coast. (Ibid.. 1-10. 4 fgs.. a pl.) Wilron (G. L.) Sinew arrowheads. (Ibid.. 131-132. I fg.) Wissler (C.) Publications on t h e Indiana of the Northern Plains. (Science. Lancaster. Pa., 1910. N. 5.. XXXII. 562-564.) Notes on Dr R. Lowie’s The Nodhrru Shoshone (1909) and The Assiniboinc (1909) embodying investigations of 1906-1908; also D r C. Wissler’s The hfalninl Cullurc of the Blockfool Indians (1910). All a r e publications of t h e American Museum of Natural History IN. Y.). Woltereck ( K . ) Indianer von Heute. (Globus. Brnschwg., 1 9 1 0 . X C V I I I . 90- Notes on t h e reservation Indians of the United States (Pueblos. Navahos, f Sioux. etc.). clars o old a n d new civilization, work of t h e “Women’s National Indian Association.” l n d i a n Schools (visited by author), etc. - Aus dem Leben eines SiouxNotes Indianers. (Ibid.. 128-130.) (from oral and written d a t a ) on t h e life and experiences of D r Charles A. Eastman. “Ohiycsa.” personally known t o the author. D r Eastman is a graduate of Dartmouth College a n d Boston University (Medical). H e married in 1891 Miss Elaine Goodale. Woodworth (E. E.) Archeological observations in South Dakota. (Amer. Anthrop.. Wash., 1910, N . s., X I I , 128131, 1 fg.) Work of the School of American Archeology. (Rec. of Past, Wash.. 1910. IX. 162-165.) Resume of activities from Bullelin for February, 1910. T h e San J u a n valley and the Rio Grande valley a r e the two general regions being investigated a t present. Wright ( R . R . ) T h e northern negro a n d crime. (So. Wbmn., Hampton. Va., 1910. XXXJX. 137-142.) T r e a t s of statistics (difficulty of finding accurate basis for comparison), analysis of offenses (numerous convictions for petty offences hardly equal a conviction for a very serious offense. HistoriCAI,,negroes have had to prove their innocence. Credibility of negro witnesses has been often impeached. T h e crimes of t h e poor a r e generally their vices, which affect them more t h a n they f d o the rest o the community. Poverty suffers even before justice. Yome (L. R.) Yiddish folk stories a n d songs in S t Louis. (Washing. Univ. Rec.. S t Louis, 1910. v. n o - 2 2 . ) Stories are of two kinds, religious (dealing usually with t h e wonder-working power of a rabbi in some little Russian town.-the tales a b o u t Bal Shem Tov. the “Master o the Good Name,” a r e f legion; also leviathan stories. and tales of the river Sambatian in “Never never never Land”; there is a proverb. “even the river Sambatian rests on t h e Sabbath”). Zaborow6ki (S.) D k o u v e r t e . p a r . M. Engerrand. d’une station d e la pierre a u IMexique. (Bull. Soc. d’Anthr. d e Paris. 1910. VI’ s.. I . 6-7.) Resumes, from the publication of t h e Geological Society of Mexico. M. Engerrand’s CHAMBERLAIN] PERIODICAL LITERATURE account o his discovery near Concepf cion. in the State of Campeche. of a "station" of the stone age, "representing the qustenary man of this region." The flints are numerous and of Chellean and Achulean type. Les metissages a u Mexique. (Ibid., 48.) Notes, after M. Engerrand, that in the State of Yucatan, with a total population of only 200,000 there are now 600 Javanese families and a number of Koreans. besides Chinese. http://www.deepdyve.com/assets/images/DeepDyve-Logo-lg.png American Anthropologist Wiley

PERIODICAL LITERATURE

Chamberlain, Alexander F.
American Anthropologist, Volume 12 (4) – Oct 12, 1910
Download PDF
118 pages